Can Media Owners Save Themselves By Blaming Others?

 

Ken Cloke in his book Mediating Dangerously asks: how can we transform conflict so other options emerge that do not require winners and losers? As mediators, we are asked to guide people through conflicts, shedding light so they can see and as a result move towards more creative and productive ways to conduct their personal and business affairs. As I blog on another litigation scheme designed to “save” a right’s based culture by monetizing infringement, what appears is just another version of lawyers fomenting schemes, and an industry grasping for rescue rather than creating new ways of serving its consumer.

Infringement => $$$


Here’s the newest copyright scheme to monetize infringement. David Kravets’ July 22 blog post over at Wired.com reports that Righthaven LLC, a Las Vegas company associated with Review-Journal owner Stephens Media LLC, as represented by lawyer-entrepreneur Steve Gibson, has executed a new litigation strategy designed to save “ the media world’s financial crisis.” Gibson, predicting that millions of additional infringements will yield revenue as his business plan expands in scope to capture the massive online infringements of media clients’ rights in their content, is optimistic:


Gibson’s vision is to monetize news content on the back-end, by scouring the internet for infringing copies of his client’s articles, then suing and relying on the harsh penalties in the Copyright Act — up to $150,000 for a single infringement — to compel quick settlements. Since Righthaven’s formation in March, the company has filed at least 80 federal lawsuits against website operators and individual bloggers who’ve re-posted articles from the Las Vegas Review-Journal, his first client. Borrowing a page from patent trolls, the CEO of fledgling Las Vegas-based Righthaven has begun buying out the copyrights to newspaper content for the sole purpose of suing blogs and websites that re-post those articles without permission. And he says he’s making money. We believe it’s the best solution out there,” Gibson says. “Media companies’ assets are very much their copyrights. These companies need to understand and appreciate that those assets have value more than merely the present advertising revenues.”

It appears that the scheme is in service to online-media owners against those who re-post or excerpt their content – websites and bloggers, not wholesale aggregators. Because the law with respect to online excerpting of media content is based mainly on Fair Use which is explicated on a case-by-case basis, uncertainty in the strength of the claims exists. There is no clear admission in these cases of copyright infringement (as may arguably exist with illegal filesharing of entertainment media) even though there may be use of another’s content without permission. The law is not entirely in the content owner’s favor.  The Copyright Office website cautions:

The distinction between fair use and infringement may be unclear and not easily defined. There is no specific number of words, lines, or notes that may safely be taken without permission. Acknowledging the source of the copyrighted material does not substitute for obtaining permission. The 1961 Report of the Register of Copyrights on the General Revision of the U.S. Copyright Law cites examples of activities that courts have regarded as fair use: “quotation of excerpts in a review or criticism for purposes of illustration or comment; quotation of short passages in a scholarly or technical work, for illustration or clarification of the author’s observations; use in a parody of some of the content of the work parodied; summary of an address or article, with brief quotations, in a news report; reproduction by a library of a portion of a work to replace part of a damaged copy; reproduction by a teacher or student of a small part of a work to illustrate a lesson; reproduction of a work in legislative or judicial proceedings or reports; incidental and fortuitous reproduction, in a newsreel or broadcast, of a work located in the scene of an event being reported.” 

Instead of asking what are users’ expectations in the digital culture and how might publishers and authors meet them and adapt, content owners are asserting rights rather than interests, ignoring that the very business model from which these content owners derive their rights is based on two pillars of constitutional dimension, free speech and copyright, both equally designed to serve the consumer market and also anchored in democratic ideals.  In commodifying its copyrights to monetize infringement, media owners and their attorneys seem to overlook the vitality of digital content and the fact that digital content also acts as a vehicle through which individuals “speak” – communicate – in exercise of their 1st Amendment rights.

 

Can this strategy lead to Self-Censorship? 

Unlike a song or film copied and distributed online through filesharing, Righthaven brings complaints for posting in many cases excerpts of articles even though linked to the complete article with attribution - news content shared on sites not to consume as entertainment, but as information, not for its expression, but rather its currency. The chilling effect of this new litigation strategy is that it is designed to impose self-censorship, sending a message to potential infringers unable to bear the costs of litigation, that they dare not exercise their rights to repost excerpts of content, which in many cases would otherwise be fair use, one of the copyright safeguards to preservation of free speech.

Copyright and 1st Amendment coexist because, as our Supreme Court articulated in Eldred v. Ashcroft, “copyright’s built-in free speech safeguards are generally adequate to address any conflict with free speech rights.” If linking to and reposting excerpts of online content is our cultural currency –and linking and attribution the tool which allows the flow of information and communication - what might an industry which is itself built on free speech and fair use do to address copyright infringement? Is the result of a litigation strategy designed to lock up online content the preservation of a market monopoly, or is it that plus a monopoly over our cultural currency?

Media owners have an exalted status with respect to content (e.g. “hot news” as reported by Mike Masnick and Kevin Smith), and are treated more deferentially than other speakers. First Amendment and free speech are the driving force of media law. To assert as Gibson does that copyright is a media company’s core asset is to see 1st Amendment and copyright as separate rather than as twin pillars supporting the industry. When it sues its own consumer, and will even sue its content’s interviewee who has reposted, a dysfunction arises.

Copyright, a limited monopoly, cannot and does not lock up facts, opinions, ideas, or unprotectible content, and media companies’ attempt to monetize online infringement risks disrupting the twin pillars on which it bases its own survival. Online content cannot be treated as a static commodity - the digitization of information and its use on the web is not static but rather like search engines, a pointer to a flow of ever changing content transforming its static nature to process, movement creating more content, educating more consumers, transforming yesterday’s news to today’s pointer.

Freedom of speech depends on a vast public domain. Most consumers see excerpting and linking as essential to dialog in today’s marketplace. A new Facebook Page "stop the LVRJ/RIGHTHAVEN witch hunt! (may have to be logged in to FB to see it) is an online dialog about Righthaven, resulting in a black list of its media clients. Is this the way to save media from its financial crisis? Where is the bigger view which sees the creativity in mutually beneficial indexes and roadmaps?

The internet has completely changed the outcome of a copyright holders’ right to prohibit and restrict copying and distribution of copyrighted works for essentially non-commercial purposes. Assertion of these rights is based on the assumption that the use of copyrighted content is static. Robert Chender’s Robert ChenderJuly 11 Contemplative Law post asks: what if the legal framework under which we assert legal rights is based on an incorrect assumption and yet is constitutionally permissible? Media owners might ask themselves this same question. The digital “free” culture has proven that a right’s based assumption no longer serves the consumer who uses content to communicate, dialog, connect, and create new uses of content. If an industry fails to serve its consumer, how can that be a means out of a financial crisis? Rather than using new technology to entrap users, technology could be used to discover ways to enhance the uses, capture new value and generate a more vital marketplace – actually, the goal of both copyright and the 1st Amendment. Wouldn’t that be cool?

Citizen’s Media law project has posted a copy of one of the complaints here. Additional links to complaints offered here.Steve Green

How can we learn more about this?

Here are two great articles by Steve Green with the Las Vegas Sun, updating issues involved in this strategy to save the media, from August 9 and August 4.  

As these articles suggest, one of the issues to emerge in this dispute is the implication of the DMCA take down provisions with respect to third party content and the

essential step some websites and bloggers may have skipped in order to fall under the safe-harbor provisions (e.g., registering designated agent with the Copyright Office). Note also that Professor Eric Johnson at Blog Law Blog is tracking this story and provides good updates as well as the back-story on the Righthaven cases. There is also an interesting podcast here by Robert Ambrogli on the extent that a blogger can use content of a news story without attribution.

-MZ

 

California's Trade Secret Disclosure Statute Doesn't Apply in Federal Court - or Maybe it Does

It's been a little while since I have posted on matters relating to the IP ADR Blog, but perhaps I can start with California’s special take on trade secrets, one of my favorite subjects. In particular, recall the state statute requiring plaintiffs to identify their trade secrets “with reasonable particularity” before discovery can be commenced. (California Code of Civil Procedure Section 2019.210.) I blogged about this earlier when Sylvester Stallone’s low carb chocolate pudding kindly added to our understanding of the parameters of the trade secret designation statute. Well, the statute is in the legal news again.

This time, the question is whether CCP 2019.210 applies to trade secret cases in federal court. One would think this would be a relatively easy issue – pick one, yes or no, and let’s get on with it. But apparently that would take the fun out of it. Instead, California’s district courts have had a tough time making up their minds on this one…and it’s causing we trade secret practitioners some consternation.

The latest to try his hand at this one is Judge Moskowitz in the Southern District of California, who believes he has sorted it all out for us in his recent opinion in Hilderman v. Enea Teksci, Inc. (USDC SD CA 2010) No. 05cv1049, 2010 WL 143440.

CCP 2019.210 Review

A little background first (with apologies to fellow TSGs who know this already).

Recall that CCP 2019.210 requires a plaintiff to describe his trade secrets “with reasonable particularity” before he can commence discovery. The rule certainly seems reasonable enough:

“Before a defendant is compelled to respond to a complaint based upon claimed misappropriation or misuse of a trade secret and to embark on discovery which may be both prolonged and expensive, the complainant should describe the subject matter of the trade secret with sufficient particularity to separate it from matters of general knowledge in the trade or of special knowledge of those persons who are skilled in the trade, and to permit the defendant to ascertain at least the boundaries within which the secret lies.”

Diodes, Inc. v. Franzen (1968) 260 Cal.App.2d 244, 253, 67 Cal.Rptr. 19.

The purpose of the disclosure rule is also noble enough: (a) help the court shape discovery; and (b) provide the defendant with sufficient notice of what he is alleged to have stolen so he can develop a defense.

So what can go wrong with this? Plenty.

Does 2019.210 Apply to Federal Cases?

In the Hilderman case, the counterclaimant, apparently just assuming that 2019.210 applied in the federal action, served a trade secret disclosure on the counter-defendants identifying the trade secrets at issue as (a) employee contact information; (b) customer information; and (c) some kind of “processes and checklists.” Discovery and litigation thereupon proceeded and the cased steamrolled forward.

However, just before trial, it appears that the counterclaimant may have been trying to pull a fast one – it wanted to present evidence of additional allegedly stolen trade secrets, including pricing information, vendor leads, and employee leads. Naturally enough the counter-defendants cried foul, moving to exclude this evidence on the grounds that it had not been disclosed pursuant to 2019.210. Not a bad argument – since it wasn’t disclosed, the party didn’t know these alleged secrets were part of the case, and hence did not undertake appropriate discovery regarding them. One cannot blame the counter-defendants for feeling sandbagged.

Judge Barry Moskowitz of the Southern District of California surprised everyone by ruling that the counter-defendants' argument lacked merit, not because they weren’t sandbagged, but because Section 2019.210 doesn’t apply to federal court actions to begin with.

The Court first noted that while the 9th Circuit has so far been silent on this issue, “[t]he district courts have reached different conclusions.” Nonetheless, with appropriate “due respect” for its sister courts who obviously got it all wrong, the Hilderman court held that 2019.210 conflicted with FRCP 26. (Rule 26 requires certain initial disclosures by parties in all federal cases, and serves as the gatekeeper for the initiation of discovery.) It would be unseemly, after all, for a little state court rule like 2019.210 to impact the initiation of discovery in big federal court when there is a perfectly good federal rule on the books doing the same thing.

Now this would seem to be a good thing for the counterclaimant who was hoping to have no limits on the alleged trade secrets it could assert at trial as having been misappropriated. On the other hand, is it fair to the counter-defendants, having relied on the now non-mandatory 2019.210 disclosures, to have to defend against new alleged trade secret thefts without having had a chance to prepare a defense? Talk about your surprise at trial.

Fairness

Well, that wasn’t a hat rack sitting behind the bench. Judge Moskowitz was all over the fairness argument, and had that one covered without the need for 2019.210:

"Accordingly, the Court holds that § 2019.210 does not apply to federal actions. The Court's holding does not, however, give [the counter-claimant] free reign to try trade secret claims that were not disclosed in its “Trade Secret Disclosure.” As discussed at the hearing, as a matter of fairness, Counter-Defendants must have been given fair notice of [couner-claimant’s] trade secret claims, whether in the “Trade Secret Disclosure” or other discovery responses. If Counter-Defendants were not given fair warning of certain trade secret claims, [counter-claimant] may be barred from presenting these claims at trial."

In other words, defendants are entitled to notice of the trade secrets at issue, even in federal court. And whether that notice comes by way of a potentially non-mandatory 2019.210 disclosure, or an interrogatory response, it doesn’t really matter. So long as the defense is given “fair warning” of the trade secret claims, all is good. At least in Judge Moskowitz’s court.

What does all this mean? Well, it continues the debate over whether 2019.210 applies to federal trade secret cases. The money now seems to be favoring “inapplicable.” Nonetheless, if you find yourself as a defendant in a federal trade secret claim, cover yourself. Whether there is a 2019.210 disclosure or not, make sure your interrogatories at least ask for an itemized statement of each and every trade secret at issue.

 

-MY

Door Number One? Door Number Two? Or Door Number Three?: Part II

How do I choose the "right" mediator for my IP-related dispute?

Yesterday I discussed the top three questions one should ask in order to select the “right" mediator for your Intellectual Property-related dispute. Briefly, we discussed the importance of a mediator’s training, experience and reputation. I recommended that you select a mediator who has been taught the craft of mediation at an established Institution (such as my Alma Mater, the Straus Institute at Pepperdine), has several years experience in the craft of mediation, and who has a reputation for being able to settle disputes similar to your own.

The last three questions you should ask when choosing your IP mediator are more nuanced and relate to your personal taste and the circumstances of the case you are working on.


4. What is the Mediator's Typical Negotiation Style?

Your mediator must have the style of mediating that the parties like.

Several years ago, Professor Len Riskin defined the various approaches used by mediators into a system he called a “grid” which went from being “facilitative” to “evaluative” and from being “narrow” to being “broad.”

A facilitative mediator would be someone who promotes the communication between the parties with the goal of helping to find an acceptable resolution of their dispute. An evaluative mediator on the other hand would be the person who will express an opinion about the various aspects of the case, - usually including a dollar amount that she believes to represent a fair settlement in a distributive,
zero-sum negotiation.

In my view, the best mediator will in fact consider the “grid” to be a true continuum, in which she can freely use the facilitative and evaluative styles in the same mediation, applying these differing approaches to the various stages or aspects of the process as she sees fit. In either case, the mediator should attempt to refrain from advising a party what to do.

5. Do they have Substantive Legal Knowledge? (Notice that I put this requirement in fifth place!)

If the mediator is unfamiliar with intellectual property laws, it is obvious that she will need more time to understand the issues that arise from that area of the law, and she may require a more detailed briefing. Therefore, if for example the dispute involves a copyright matter, it is highly recommended that the mediator knows something about copyright law. Just as when a dispute involves family law it is highly recommended that the mediator is an experienced family lawyer.

In many ways, the considerations are the same as when you would select an arbitrator.

On the other hand, it should be remembered that the more important skill-set of the mediator is his or her training and experience in the mediation process. If you had to choose between a mediator with lots of experience in copyright law but without adequate training in mediation and a mediator with no experience in copyright law but with extensive training and experience in mediation, be sure to CHOOSE THE TRAINED MEDIATOR!

6. What is the Mediator's Availability Like?

Last but not least is the availability of the mediator. Imagine both parties have settled on the ideal mediator who meets all of the above requirements. As this is a big case, you guesstimate that the mediation will require two days. And now you find out that the mediator doesn’t have two consecutive days available before a date that is almost five months away.

In such a case, I recommend that you check the availability of the next two mediators on your list. The timing of the mediation – and being able to settle it when it is “ripe” – is not to be underestimated.

We will discuss “ripeness” in a future post.

 

-EvG

Door Number One? Door Number Two? Or Door Number 3?: Choosing the "Right" Mediator?

How do you select a mediator in an IP-related dispute?

In 2009, better than 96% of federal cases filed never went to trial. Roughly 12% of those were withdrawn or dismissed on motion. Conclusion: some 84% of all federal cases were disposed of by either direct negotiations or mediation.

If the general federal statistics are any guide, it’s safe to say that the vast majority of IP-related disputes are settled either by direct negotiations or mediation. Regrettably, we don’t know which settlements are achieved in mediation. Suffice it to say that mediation plays an important role in the settlement of IP-related disputes.

There are quite a few steps attorneys can take in advance of mediation that will contribute to a successful mediation. While I leave other steps to a future post, clearly one of the most important items is the selection of the “right” mediator. But how do you accomplish that?

When searching for the "right" mediator for your IP-related dispute, you should ask six questions... I will discuss them in descending order of importance and will provide the top three today and follow up with the next three tomorrow:

1. What Training has this Mediator Received?

The mediator must have received formal, preferably extensive, training in dispute resolution. As in most states, anyone can put up a shingle that proclaims that he or she is a mediator, the parties need to investigate what formal training the mediator has received.

I recommend a mediator who has received at least a Certificate in Dispute Resolution, or its equivalent, from a law school that has a reputable dispute resolution institute. A Certificate from the Straus Institute at Pepperdine Law School means the mediator has received at least 14 law school units (14 hours per unit for a total of 196 hours) of instruction and practical training in dispute resolution. A Master’s degree means he/she has received at least double that.

2. How Much Experience Does the Mediator Have?

The mediator needs to have a fair amount of experience as a neutral. Certain mediation skills cannot be taught and really come only from doing it for quite a while.

3. How is the Mediator's Reputation?

The mediator must have a reputation as a good and effective mediator. There are mediators who have had all the training there is to be gotten, have done a lot of mediations and have still not mastered the craft. A good and effective mediator will have certain personality traits, including flexibility, creativity, patience, persistence, knowing how to set the “climate” of a mediation session, and (most importantly) will be able to instinctually guide the parties to a settlement.

These are qualities a mediator either does or does not have. They are hard to define, and practically impossible to learn, but they are vital when it comes to breaking an impasse and achieving a settlement.

 

To be continued… 

 

Von Dutch Tradename Settlement Gives Rise to Legal Malpractice Action and Questionable Mediation Confidentiality Decision

by Michael D. Young

Here we go again.  A California appellate court has judicially created another exception to mediation confidentiality -- this one for alleged attorney malpractice occurring during the mediation but outside the presence of the mediator or opposing parties. Cassel v. Superior Court (.pdf). 

Essentially, the court (in a 2-1 vote) holds that a communication with one's attorneys only -- one that does not involve the mediator or the opposing party -- is not part of the mediation process, does not fall within the policy reasons supporting confidentiality, and hence is not protected by California's mediation confidentiality statutes.

For those who are interested, I go through the case  in a little more detail below.  However, at this point, I have  a question:  

Is there a public policy reason to protect communications  between an attorney and a client (and only between them) during the mediation  process?  In other words, do we need to protect those private  communications in order to reap the benefit of mediation?  Or are the  policies behind confidentiality amply supported if we only protect  communications with the mediator and opposing parties?  I had always  thought of confidentiality as being necessary to encourage frank and candid  discourse between the disputants.  Is it also necessary to encourage frank and candid discourse between a client and his or her own  counsel?

SUMMARY OF OPINION

In this new case, Cassel v. Superior Court, the client alleged that his attorneys bullied and coerced him into signing a settlement agreement in mediation that was for less money than the client wanted.

He wanted to introduce evidence of things his attorneys said and did during the private time in the mediation when neither the mediator nor opposing party were present.

The debate was:  (a) were these communications simply privileged under the attorney-client privilege (and thus waived in a subsequent malpractice claim); or (b) were they also covered by the mediation confidentiality statute (not a privilege), and thus inadmissible even in a subsequent malpractice claim.

The trial court held the communications inadmissible under the mediation confidentiality statutes, and then stayed the proceedings to allow the parties to take a writ.

The appellate court looked at the policy behind confidentiality and decided it did not apply to communications between a party and his or her own counsel:  

Legislative intent and policy behind mediation  confidentiality are to facilitate communication by a party that  otherwise the party would not provide, given the potential for another party  to the mediation to use the information against the revealing party;  they are not to facilitate communication between a party and his own  attorney.

The court quoted language from other cases describing the purpose of confidentiality to encourage frank discussions with "the mediator" and "the opposing party.The court acknowledged the Wimsatt case (familiar to our California brethren) which upheld confidentiality in the face of malpractice claims.

That court reluctantly stated:

[t]he stringent result we reach here means that  when clients ... participate in mediation they are, in effect, relinquishing  all claims for new and independent torts arising from mediation, including  legal malpractice causes of action against their own counsel.

The Cassel court sidestepped this by saying the quoted language was not the Wimsatt court's holding and thus was not binding authority.  Instead, the Cassel court determined that the attorney/client communication, despite being held during a mediation process and addressing issues such as whether the client should settle and for how much, was not "linked" to the mediation:  "there is no readily identifiable link to the mediation in the communications."  ["Huh?" says Mike.]

As another example of why the communications were "tenuous," and were "more related to the civil litigation process as a whole rather than to the mediation:" 

For example, according to the record, Cassel[] expressed in his  deposition that, during the course of Wasserman Comden's conference with  their client that occurred after the mediation process had begun, he was  evaluating the value of the case as he always does when it appears that the case will go to trial.

[Can I say HUH? a third time?  Of course one values a case when it appears it will go to trial.  One values a case before it is filed and at every stage thereafter.  One also values a case in mediation; and indeed, one uses the mediation process to refine and test that valuation.  According to this court, simply because the communication was of a type that occurs as part of the trial process, it is not sufficiently "linked" to the mediation to enjoy confidentiality protection.]

After all this wind-up, the court finally got to what I think is the main point:

That  is, as we previously concluded, they were not  communications between “disputants” and the “mediator,” as required to come within the  definition of a “mediation” or “mediation  consultation” and, therefore, to qualify for  protection under mediation  confidentiality.

In other words, if the communication does not involve the mediator or the opposing party, it is not part of the mediation process, and hence is not covered by the mediation confidentiality statutes.  The attorneys were not part of the class of persons who confidentiality was designed to protect.

 One thought that comes from this -- the discussion between counsel and client during the mediation process regarding the wisdom of settlement will inevitably include an analysis of information and communications from the mediator and opposing party.  If these private attorney/client communications are admissible, won't that necessarily result in the disclosure of the mediator's and opposition's thoughts and actions?  Would this exception swallow the rule?  The Court anticipated this argument, and sidestepped it, with the following:

Neither Cassel nor Wasserman Comden assert that  the communications contained information which the opposing party (or its  representatives) or the mediator provided during mediation or otherwise  contained any information of anything said or done or any admission by a  party made in the course of  the mediation.

The dissent noted that the confidentiality statute covers all communications in mediation, and that the court should not judicially create new exceptions.  That's the legislature's job.

[Ed. note:  I reached the same conclusion over at the Negotiation Law Blog and also raised some questions about the recent Carrie Prejean/Larry King Dustup at the same time here]

Insurance Coverage for Trademark Infringement Actions

Whether a commercial case can be settled or not often depends upon the existence of insurance coverage.  This opinion - answering the question "yes" for a trademark infringement action - was sent down by the California Court of Appeal today.

Caveat reader:  I haven't read the case yet and am only providing the summary provided by a local legal rag below (I'll come back to this).


Where insurance policy defined covered "advertising injury" as "injury arising out of one or more of the following offenses: a) oral or written publication of material that slanders or libels... b) oral or written publication of material that violates a person’s right of privacy; c) misappropriation of advertising ideas or style of doing business; or d) infringement of copyright, title or slogan," such policy included trademark infringement actions. Prior publication exclusion applies to trademark infringement claims where the claimed offending words in underlying action both before and during the policy period are identical. Kim Seng Company v. Great American Insurance Co. of New York - filed November 13, 2009, Second District, Div. Five.

Using the Power of Social Media to Win Copyright Fight

The following from Carolyn Elefant at My Shingle:

[T]his recent article from NPR . . .  reports on Rock Art, a local Vermont brewery that successfully fended off a copyright challenge by the national company that makes Monster energy drink.  Rock Art didn't win as a result of a clever legal team. In fact, after Rock Art received a cease & desist from Monster, demanding that the company stop using the name Vermonster in connection with its drink, Rock Art's lawyers told the company that fighting a national corporation would be too pricey and that the company was better off registering a less controversial trademark.  After Rock Art's lawyers backed down, Rock Art launched a social media campaign, enlisting customers to help with the effort.  The campaign went viral and ultimately, the bad publicity lead Monster to back down.

Now that's alternative dispute resolution.

Anatomy of a Software Licensing Mediation

Here's a great post on the mediation of a software licensing dispute from Disputing by Peter S. Vogel.

After receiving a Temporary Restraining Order (”TRO”) the Judge ordered a mediation conference between the plaintiff software licensor and their customer in Alabama. The software in dispute was a specialized tax website that the plaintiff had spent many years developing, and after defendant abruptly terminated the license the plaintiff was shocked that the defendant had a competing website providing specialized tax services somewhat a kin to the plaintiff. So the trial judge had no trouble issuing a TRO. As oftentimes happens the Judge ordered me to mediate the case since I was a programmer and have a masters in computer science. My law practice of more than 30 years has always been limited to representing buyers and sellers of IT and Internet services.

Step One – In Depth Review of Plaintiff’s Technology

Since the defendant was in Alabama I arranged a meeting with the plaintiff licensor’s technical staff at my offices a few days before the mediation conference. Plaintiff’s IT staff demonstrated the construction and schema for their data base, and how the website processed data. This exercise lasted a couple of hours, but provided good insight about their IT solution and web business.

Continue reading here.

 

 

Patent Infringement Prevention from High-touch Legal Services

I was just alerted to a new Start Up Company Blog -- The High-touch Legal Services Blog - which recently provided a little good advice for licensees entering into nonexclusive patent license agreements  below.

So, if you enter into a nonexclusive patent license agreement as licensee, make sure the licensor is obligated to stop third-party infringement. The relevant provision should:

    • Take effect if you notify the licensor, or the licensor otherwise learns, of infringement;

    • Obligate the licensor to bring suit to stop the infringement; and

    • If the licensor fails to stop the infringement, give you the right to (a) stop paying royalties or (b) bring suit in the licensor’s name ( in which case the agreement needs to include the licensor’s consent to be named as a party and obligation to cooperate in the litigation).

For full article, click here.

The author of the post -- Dana Shultz -- whose picture links to his "About" page is

a business-savvy licensing and intellectual property attorney with in-depth knowledge of law, business and technology.  Dana provides high-touch legal services for startup and early-stage companies - thus the name of this blog.

Antitrust Attack on Reverse Payment Settlements in Pharma Patent Cases

This just in from Weil Gotshal's Summer 2009 Antitrust UpdateDOJ Allies with FTC in Antitrust Attack on Reverse Payment Settlements; While FTC Also Seeks Legislative Solution by WG attorneys Ausra O Pumputis and Alan R. Kusinitz.

The term “reverse payment” in the context of pharmaceutical settlements encompasses agreements reached between patent holders and an alleged infringing manufacturer of a generic version of the patent holder’s branded drug in which monetary or other consideration flows from the patentholder to the alleged infringer. 

On July 6, 2009, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) ended an apparent policy split with the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) regarding the legality of such settlements by filing an amicus brief in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit1 that supports the FTC’s view that such  settlements are presumptively unlawful.2

The brief advances President Obama’s goal of banning reverse payments3 and Assistant Attorney General Varney’s confirmation hearing promise earlier this year that she would “align the Federal Trade Commission and the DOJ on the issue.”4

Continue reading this important article here.  And thanks to @WeilGotshal on twitter for calling it to our attention!

How to Respond to Cease and Desist Orders from Trademark Owners

(left, the T-shirt at issue)

We talk a lot about the resolution of IP litigation here, but not a lot about IP conflict prevention.  I've long said that the best insurance against liability is good relationships.  The New York Times Magazine today (in its terrific "Consumed" column by writer Rob Walker - author of Buying In) demonstrates the way in which responsible and respectful action following a trademark infringement claim can lead to a happy collaborative resolution.

In Boxers, Not Briefs, Walker tells the story of journalist and entrepreneur Chris Isenberg's No Mas brand T-shirts -- T-shirts of the type that

visually remix intellectual property that belongs to somebody else - tweaking or parodying recognizable logos and the like . . . [which often] draw cease-and-desist letters from trademark owners.

CKX, Inc., "the company that . . . oversees the rights to commercial uses" of Mohammed Ali's name and likeness, sent Isenberg an e-mail of the type with which we lawyers are familiar, one that Walker describes as usually ending unhappily "with the small-brand creator stymied, the rights owner accused of bullying or both."

This story, however, had a happy ending because everyone - not just the big company so often accused of bullying - but Isenberg too - acted honorably.  Walker explains:

[Isenberg's] response was unusual:  Not only would he pull the shirts off the shelves; he would also give an accounting of what he already sold over the years and offer a retroactive royalty payment.

The response of CKX was equally admirable - its CEO noting that Isenberg "seemed like an honorable guy" and that his product was high quality.  The upshot?

The Cassius Clay shirt returns to Bloomingdale's, the No Mas site and other venues, in the new officially sanctioned version, this month.

Note CKX's caution that it is "not in the habit of going into business with license violators."  Why the exception?  I think Walker's readers can connect the dots themselves.  For readers of the IP ADR Blog, the lesson goes a little deeper. 

Conflict, you'll recall, is a neutral state of affairs existing in a world of scarce resources.  Conflict does not erupt into a dispute until someone suffers an injury that appears to be someone else's fault, i.e., the injured party names a perpetrator, blames him for losses suffered, and makes a claim for redress. Here, CKX, which describes itself has having a "vibrant policing organization," named No Mas as an infringer of its rights, "blamed" it for the losses typically suffered when trademarks are infringed and claimed a right to redress.

This, of course, is how all disputes and all lawsuits begin.  No surprises here.  What makes the CKX-No Mas story one worth telling is the surprising choice Isenberg made when the dispute erupted.

The parties to a dispute have three major paths to resolution:  yielding or avoiding; contending (ingratiation and gamesmanship; threats, promises and arguments; and coercive commitments or violence); or, problem solving.  Litigation, of course, is all contending and contending is worrisome, expensive, lengthy, and uncertain.  Though businesses choose contending and legal action when the fish is too small to fry  (we don't do business with license violators) or the opposition intractable, the best businesses choose problem solving whenever they have a reputable and wiling bargaining partner.

Below, the short course on the way conflict erupts into disputes (actionable or not) and the pro's and con's of available responses.

 

Are You Certain You Don't Have Coverage for the IP Dispute?

Once, a long, long time ago in a legal practice far, far away, I represented, for a brief time, the interests of Guess? in litigation against Jordache.  Many years after I'd left the firm for which I was an associate at the time, I learned that both companies had "gone behind their lawyers backs" and settled the long-running, acrimonious litigation, and proceeded to sue their attorneys for malpractice.

One such lawsuit for legal malpractice against former Jordache counsel -- the now defunct firm of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison -- was based upon Brobeck's years-long failure to tender the defense of the Guess (or Marciano) action to Jordache's insurance carriers.

Although Brobeck prevailed in its statute of limitations defense, the damage to Brobeck's reputation at the time, not to mention the cost of litigation up to the Supreme Court and back to the trial court again, cannot be calculated. 

I practiced commercial litigation for a decade before I began representing insurance carriers against so-called long-tail claims for environmental liabilities in the 1990s and early 2000's.  As soon as I learned enough to know my way around a coverage action, I realized I'd never truly understood coverage in the way I should have for the benefit of my (largely) corporate clients.

It is for this reason that the first thing I want to know as a mediator of an IP dispute is whether there's coverage.  It's also the reason I'm excepting here and giving you a link to an article discussing the Jordache case and emphasizing the importance to IP litigators of a thorough understanding of the law of insurance coverage.  The article, entitled Insurance Coverage for Lawsuits: Allocate Responsibility and Avoid Malpractice Claims, was written by Deidra D. Gold and Kenneth S. Ulrich in  ACCA Docket 21, no. 4 (April 2003): 58–68.

Recent years have seen a proliferation of lawsuits involving intellectual property and other issues for which it is uncertain whether insurance coverage will be available. Because the possibility for insurance coverage, which may provide for a defense and indemnification of a portion or all of a settlement or judgment, is not obvious, it is often overlooked at the early stages of litigation. If the possibility for coverage is identified later, it may be too late to successfully tender defense to the insurance carrier. In several instances when this situation has happened, finger-pointing unfortunately has ensued, in some cases resulting in malpractice claims against outside counsel.

Indeed, in several recent reported decisions, courts have wrestled with the issue of whether, in the absence of a clear agreement regarding who should be responsible for seeking insurance coverage, it is malpractice for outside counsel to fail to do so. Likely many other such claims have not resulted in reported decisions. It is not a coincidence that many of these cases arise out of intellectual property lawsuits.

Copyright and trademark lawsuits often are defended by general commercial litigators or by intellectual property specialists who may be unaware of the existence of insurance coverage under the advertising injury sections of general liability policies. See the sidebar on page 62 regarding personal and advertising injury coverage.

The purpose of this article is not to debate the merits of such malpractice claims. Rather, we suggest ways to avoid having to consider a malpractice claim in the first place.

Continue reading here (.pdf)  Thanks to the law firm of Goldberg Kohn for featuring this useful article on its Policyholder Insurance Practice Group page here.

And if you're looking for dynamite policy holder insurance coverage advice from one of the best insurance recovery lawyers in the country, check out Dickstein Shapriro partner Stephen N. Goldberg's new Catastrophic Insurance Coverage blog here.  Yes, he is my husband but he was my incredibly difficult opponent first so I know full well whereof I speak when I say he's best in policy holder coverage counsel breed.  Put his new blog in your newsreader.  It's an easy way to stay up to date on insurance matters that perplex even the most sophisticated litigators.

 

WIPO Mediation Case Studies

From the files of the World Intellectual Property Organization

Set out below are examples of mediations conducted under the WIPO Rules. The Center also makes available a summary overview of its caseloadThese examples have been prepared while respecting the confidentiality of WIPO proceedings.

M1. A WIPO Patent Mediation

A technology consulting company holding patents on three continents disclosed a patented invention to a major manufacturer in the context of a consulting contract. The contract neither transferred nor licensed any rights to the manufacturer. When the manufacturer started selling products which the consulting company alleged included the patented invention, the consulting company threatened to file patent infringement court proceedings in all jurisdictions in which the consulting company was holding patents.

The parties started negotiating a patent license with the help of external experts but failed to agree on the royalty as the multimillion dollar damages sought by the consulting company significantly exceeded the amount the manufacturer was willing to offer.

Continue reading here.

 

Best IP Settlement Advice in the Role of a Cartoon Character

Courtesy of Charles Fincher at the LawComix Blog

My own personal best deposition-settlement story:  our settlement team was in London while I completed the corporate designee deposition.  Condition of settlement:  the designee's deposition would never be transcribed.  My supposition:  our opponents never wanted to see the following questions and answers in writing:

Q:  "So when you used the term 'catastrophic,' in section ___ of the Agreement, it didn't add anything to the meaning of the clause in which it appeared?"   

A:  "That's right."

Q:  "You might just as well have used the word 'tulip'?

A:  "Yes." 

My settlement team told me the following day that the tulips were in bloom at Buckingham Palace.

Eight Challenges to the Successful Mediation of Patent Cases

Seasoned mediators say that the negotiation does not really commence until the parties reach impasse.  The eight impediments to settlement of patent cases on appeal listed by Chief Circuit Mediator Amend in Patent Mediation on Your Horizon? are impasse creators, not settlement preventers.  It is helpful to anticipate and guard against some of these impediments (party representatives with full authority not being present for instance) but some of these (contingency fee cases for instance) simply provide a challenge to the mediator.  They are not arguments against mediation.

Chief Circuit Mediator Amend identified at the Conference eight impediments to settlement of patent cases on appeal. The impediments are:

  1.  the case involves a "troll" (which might be defined as a non-inventive entity with no commercial product that acquires and asserts overbroad patents in an attempt to extort a toll from others) and the defendant company wishes to avoid a "bulls-eye" inviting further litigation;

  2.  party representatives with settlement authority are not present for the mediation session;

  3. the party having lost the judgment appealed is reluctant to mediate (although perhaps counterintuitive, because the winning party might seem more reluctant, the cost of rolling the die on appeal may appear small relative to the cost already sunk into the case);

  4. the patent was held invalid (one solution might be to ask the district court to vacate its invalidity holding as part of a settlement award);

  5. counsel is representing the appellant on a contingent fee basis;

  6. an emotional, entrepreneur patent owner appeals a loss and seeks "justice";

  7. a summary judgment of non-infringement is appealed and the plaintiff seeks millions (the "lottery" case); and

  8. a party believes it is entitled to attorney fees or enhanced damages.

 

PEZ vs. PEZ

Read all about it at Pez takes on the museum of Pez

Why don't the parties enter into an affordable licensing agreement with the fee reflecting the value to Pez of a Pez Museum.  I hate the term "win-win" but goodness gracious! this does seem to be more of a benefit than a burden for Pez!  And litigation is as yesterday as, well, Pez!! 

Thanks to Grant Griffiths of Blawg Tweets for making it so easy to cruise the blawgosphere and a special thank you to 3C Patent Law (a new IP Law Blog to me) for the great write-up and image which I'm copying here.

Successful Fed Circuit Mandatory Mediation Program Takes a Patent Dip in First Half of '09

by

Robert Rose

of Sheldon Mak Rose & Anderson

 

 In 2005, following the lead of the other United States Courts of Appeals, the Federal Circuit initiated a pro bono Appellate Mediation Program.  James Amend is the Chief Circuit Mediator, and the program is administered by Wendy Dean, the Circuit Mediation Officer.  An overview of the program is published at “Let's Make a Deal: Negotiating Resolution of Intellectual Property Disputes Through Mandatory Mediation at the Federal Circuit,” 6 J. Marshall Rev. Intell. Prop. L. 365 (2007).  There are 15 outside volunteer mediators on the panel, who are not in active practice before the Federal Circuit.

 Since the panel mediators may still be associated with a law firm, however, the Mediation Guidelines require recusal on any case involving a party which the law firm has represented on appeal in the last five years.  Mediators must disclose all potential conflicts, including “issues” conflicts.

 The Mediation Guidelines require that at the initial mediation session a party representative with actual settlement authority also attend. This does not simply mean sending a person allowed to accept or offer a minimum or maximum dollar amount.  Rather, the party representative has to be a person “who can make independent decisions and has the knowledge necessary to generate and consider creative solutions.” This requirement may be modified or waived by the mediator only if the circuit mediation officers concur and circumstances dictate.

The Federal Circuit posts both quarterly and annual statistics for the program, reported by patent versus non-patent cases.  From 2007 to 2008, the overall success rate, measured as the percentage of cases settled that were selected for mediation, rose from 42% to 52%.  Patent cases make up most of cases in the program, with 84% of the cases in 2007, and 78% in 2008.  The patent case settlement rate rose from 44% in 2007 to 51% in 2008.

For the first half of 2009, however, the overall success rate has dropped back to 42% overall, and patent case settlements have dropped to 31%.  Second quarter 2009 patent results look especially dismal at 21%.  (Chief Circuit Mediator Amend has identified eight impediments to settlement of patent cases on appeal, which the IP ADR Blog lists here.)  Nevertheless, the program’s overall success still compares favorably with other circuits, which report between a 35% and 45% settlement rate.

 

 

Patent Arbitration - Abiding By the Rules

by Robert J. Rose of Sheldon, Mak, Rose & Anderson

The arbitration of all patent disputes, including patent validity, is governed by 35 USC § 294 and the Federal Arbitration Act, Title 9 of the U.S. Code.  Of special note, and likely to be overlooked, is the statutory obligation to give notice of any award by an arbitrator to the USPTO.  A copy of the award is then made a part of the file history for the patent in issue.  While the award is final and binding between the parties to the arbitration, it has no force or effect on any other person, and is unenforceable until the required notice is received by the USPTO.

The Rules for Non-Administered Arbitration of Patent & Trade Secret Disputes available on-line and published by the (known simply as CPR) are crafted specifically with patent disputes in mind.  The rules are non-administered, and can be tailored for use with any appointing authority.  The notice of arbitration requires a list of the patents, patent claims and/or the general area of alleged trade secrets involved.  Within the first six weeks the parties must make early disclosure, including a computation of damages.  An initial pre-hearing conference is spelled out, including each party’s proposed construction of terms in the asserted patent claims, plaintiff’s claim charts and defendant’s responsive claim charts, and the defendant’s identification of prior art, if any.  The scheduling contemplates six months from commencement to submission, including a discovery period.  Interrogatories are limited to 10 per party, and depositions are limited to 8 hours, 5 per party.  A confidentiality order is built into the rules.

The rules also allow for interim relief by a court in urgent circumstances, and provide that such requests are compatible with the agreement to arbitrate, and do not act as a waiver of that agreement.
 

Mediator's Proposal: Take It or Leave It by Robert J. Rose of Sheldon Mak

by Robert J. Rose * of Sheldon Mak Rose & Anderson
 
Both sides seem to be progressing to resolution, but have hit a wall.  Is it time for the mediator to make a proposal for settlement?  If so, should the mediator use the value that the case is worth (which one side or the other likely won’t accept), or the value that the mediator thinks will settle the case?

The typical “mediator’s proposal” is given to both sides as a take-it-or-leave-it proposition to resolve the case.  Each party can confidentially accept or reject the proposal without compromising their negotiating position.  The problem is that the mediator knows who accepted, and who didn’t, and it usually means the exit of the mediator from the matter.  In other words, the mediator only gets one bite at the apple.
 
The technique can have dramatic results.  A reluctant plaintiff will make a large jump if the money is really “on the table.”  Defendants will come up with money they otherwise deny having, if it means that the case is really over.  It also eliminates reactive devaluation.
 
Generally, the mediator should choose a number that both sides could agree to, rather than a number that the mediator thinks they should agree to.  If the parties think that the mediator might make an evaluative proposal, they will approach the mediation like a mini arbitration right from the start.
 
The mediator should not discuss a proposal until the parties ask for it, or at least until the mediation seems to be over.  It is best to set a cut-off time for a simple “yes” or “no” response, allow no negotiating with the mediator about the proposal, and unless there is a deal, don’t end the time period early.  Someone could change their mind at the eleventh hour.

____________________

Robert J. Rose is a registered patent attorney and practices patent prosecution and patent, copyright, trademark and antitrust litigation. Currently serving as Sheldon Mak's Managing Director, Mr. Rose has written, lectured and testified extensively as an expert in the areas of patents and antitrust.

Mr. Rose has authored patent litigation opinions in the fields of image compression, digital imaging, printer ink cartridges, industrial control of high-speed food processing machines, industrial lighting, geometric optics and remote control devices.  He has been chair of the Board of Advisors to the Physics Department of the University of Arizona since 2000. He is also a member of the Dean’s Board of Advisors for the College of Science at the UA. He is also Adjunct Professor of Law at the University of La Verne College of Law in intellectual property. He was also awarded the UA Alumni Association Professional Achievement Award in 2004, nominated by the College of Science. Mr. Rose was recently profiled in the American Physical Society newsletter, APS News, click here.  Rose is Chambers rated.

Previously employed as Senior Litigation & Antitrust Counsel and Assistant Secretary of Twentieth Century Fox Film Corporation, he has valuable insight into the needs and problems of in-house counsel.

They Must Still Be Doing Mediation Opening Statements in Texas

Follow LawComix on Twitter here and Charles Fincher's hilarious law partners Richard Prickman and BeatriceBitcher (of Bitcher and Prickman) here and here because practicing law is just too hard not to roll on the floor laughing out loud at least once a day.

Litigation Accounting for In-House Counsel

Our good friend John DeGroote talks with Law.com about Making Sense of Corporate Warfare.  Excerpt below.  Full must-read article at the link.

Creative litigation executives are adopting a new frame of reference resembling a business accounting program. Legalistic measures of progress are replaced with borrowed and hybridized concepts from the accountants, such as relative cash flow (managing two or more suits to push fee and cost investments from the nonpaying dead ends into the paying winners), mark-to-market values (discounting stated claim amounts by screening a claim's merits against case law) and income statement (organizing a number of suits toward cash settlements, the lawyer's equivalent of "sales," by month or quarter).

According to Settlement Perspectives, a blog covering corporate dispute resolution, considerations like these can be even more valuable when they are systematized through decision-tree analysis, which is a long-standing, graphically oriented decision-aiding exercise, using line and box shapes to resembles the trunk, branches and leaves of a tree. It proceeds somewhat like the creation of a flow chart. The person undertaking the exercise is forced to break down his or her expectation about a process into a sequence of actions and probable outcomes of those actions.

According to John DeGroote, the blog's author and himself a general counsel, managers who sit down with outside counsel to discuss the branches of a decision tree and answer the questions presented bring focus to one critical question: What is this litigation really worth?

In litigation management, suddenly the idea of cash flow is gaining a new and enthusiastic following. Business managers have long tracked a company unit's cash flow separately from its net income or the distribution of its working capital to snuff out incipient managerial problems within the unit. Unlike an income analysis, a cash flow statement illustrates when money is spent and collected and exposes any long periods of cash outflow not offset by cash influx. Litigation managers are finding that using cash flow analysis to study their lawsuits helps enable effective management of litigation.

Negotiating the Global Environment on Independence Day

(image from Lift Think)

On this Independence Day celebrating U.S. freedom from the tyranny of foreign rule, I'd like us to consider whether a new day might be added to our holiday calendar -- Global Inter-dependence Day.  This thought is spurred by the New York Times' Green, Inc. Blog post Climate Change and Intellectual Property.

In his Monday post here at Green Inc., James Kanter wondered what it would take to get the developing world to sign a climate change deal. Besides cash, some suggest that any accord must ensure developing countries have access to the proprietary mitigation technologies — that is, the intellectual property that companies in the developed world are creating to fight global warming — at bargain basement prices.

For instance, Nicholas Stern’s proposed “global deal” includes the following quid pro quo: “In return for increased R.&D. funding or extended developed-world I.P. protection, obligations could be imposed on developed-world technology providers that new technology be made available to the developing world on a marginal cost basis, or for some reduced license fee.”

For both the pro's and the con's, read on here.

Is Your Settlement Agreement Durable? Leaving Terms Open for Future Agreement

Though the recent Ninth Circuit opinion of Nutraceuticals v. Mucos Pharma (.pdf) is notable for setting the standard for preliminary injunctive product recall relief in a trademark infringement action, IP ADR's interest is stimulated by the settlement agreement that failed to head-off this expensive and protracted litigation (after the preliminary injunctive relief hearings; the appeal; and, the return of the case to the trial court, what further litigation damage do the parties have the stomach and budget to sustain?)  (with apologies for the hopelessly run-on sentence to Strunk & White & my 8th grade English teacher who first introduced me to The Elements of Style).

Leaving the holding of this case to Likelihood of Confusion, we weigh in on the Settlement Agreement that failed to settle the parties' dispute, which ominously provided that

[w]ithin 30 days after the Effective Date, MUCOS and Marlyn shall use their good faith efforts to enter into a formal distributorship agreement containing the following terms and such other terms as may be mutually agreed to or are customary in the industry.”

Though the impossible to define "good faith" provision saves this clause from being an illusory "agreement to agree," the parties - already having been at odds - cannot have realistically hoped a "formal distributorship agreement" would follow.

What are the parties to do when they are ready to settle their past disputes but not ready to craft the agreement that will govern their future relations?  Here are a few suggestions from someone who helps IP attorneys close deals the principals are not prepared to cast in stone:

  • give the parties more than thirty days to conclude any deal that likely requires lengthy negotiations and strategic planning on both sides
  • create consequences (or at a minimum, options) in the event the parties' "good faith efforts" fail to produce an agreement -- consequences could include grant or withdrawal of benefits likely traded to get the deal done in the first place
  • include in the settlement agreement a detailed list of provisions both parties are required to negotiate in "good faith."  Such a list:
    • should anticipate those deal points the parties would have to agree upon (or concede) so that unexpected post-settlement demands would not prematurely scuttle negotiations over items left open; and,
    • should provide a structure for the parties to follow which should help keep paranoia about the other side's intent to over-reach or engage in bad faith somewhat at bay.
  • Consider whether a neutral third party should be included in negotiating the future relationship, either as a facilitator of agreement or as a neutral decision-maker on terms the parties are willing to submit to third party decision.

There are dozens more ways future agreements premised upon "good faith" obligations to negotiate can be enhanced.  The parties to the dispute are always in the best position to brainstorm what those provisions might be.  Based on twenty-five years of litigation and five years of neutral practice, I give any skeletal "good faith" negotiation provision a 10% chance of success.  My pessimism is, of course, based on the fact that all I ever see is conflict and never the happily successful agreement crafted by a first-rate transactional lawyer.  That being the case, I ask friend Ken Adams -- he of Adams Drafting -- to chime in here if he has the time and inclination.

Oh Canada! Will It Abandon Attempt to "Lasso a Locomotive with Cobwebs"?

(image from the Digital Standards Organization)

Thanks to Law is Cool (An Extraordinary About Face on Copyright Reform) we learn that Canadian Ministers Finally Embrace Canada's Digital Future.  Below, an excerpt from the LawBytes column of TheStar.com.

[Industry Minister] Clement went first, noting how much has changed in the year since Bill C-61, the much-criticized copyright bill, was introduced. He said it was ``at least a somewhat different'' public policy environment and committed to a broad copyright consultation this summer. Canada last consulted on copyright in 2001, so the promise of open consultation alone represents an important shift in approach.

[Canadian Heritage Minister] Moore was even more forceful with remarks . . .  emphasiz[ing] the power of new technologies, saying that standing in the way of digital developments is akin to "trying to lasso a locomotive with cobwebs."

Moore continued, acknowledging "the old way of doing things is over. These things are all now one. And it's great. And it's never been better. And we need to be enthusiastic and embrace these things."

Read on here.

Tactics of the Adept Practitioner in Modern IP Mediation

I'm sharing today a power point presentation that was the basis of an ALI-ABA IP Mediation seminar conducted by me and David Donoghue of Holland + Knight.  The course outline with bios is here.  The course itself can be found here.  This presentation is modified from one I presented with the Hon. John Leo Wagner of Judicate West at an ABA conference.  Many thanks to Judge Wagner for his insights, many of which are captured here.

Texas Jury Buys Tivo's Bull?

IP Trial Strategy: Buying Tivo's Bull

Zusha Elinson
The Recorder
June 26, 2009

 

As the make-or-break patent trial between Tivo Inc. and EchoStar Corp. got under way in Marshall, Texas, Tivo's top brass had an idea: Let's buy a cow.

It was late March in 2006, and that meant it was time for Farm City Week in the home of America's most popular venue for patent litigation. Featuring the Harrison County Cattlemen's Ball and the 4-H Cake Show, the main event at Farm City Week is the livestock auction, where prize-winning steers, heifers, lambs, goats, broiler chickens and rabbits are sold by dedicated young farmers.

Samuel Baxter, perhaps the best-known lawyer in the Eastern District of Texas, was representing Tivo, along with Irell & Manella's Morgan Chu, the big-time, bow-tie-loving patent litigator. Baxter recalls now how execs at Tivo, an Alviso, Calif., company that makes set-top digital video recorders, told him, "Wouldn't it be great if we could go to the auction and buy a cow because the people have been so nice to us here."

The McKool Smith lawyer did that and more. Baxter bid on the Grand Champion Steer -- the most prized farm animal at the auction -- and bought it for what at the time was a record-breaking sum of around $10,000. The lucky steer-raiser was a high-school senior from Hallsville, who, like all the students selling animals, got to keep the money for herself to use for college. They named it Tivo.

Perhaps lacking sufficient grazing land in Alviso, Tivo offered to give its namesake back to his original owner, Baxter says, but she couldn't take their bull because she was headed off to college. "We turn 'em into steaks and burgers," he says.

Cynics might view it as a rich, out-of-town company trying to influence the jury pool in a small city of 25,000, where the grand champion is big news. But Baxter says it was just a symbolic gesture of kindness on the part of his client. "I thought it was great that the Tivo people were so nice and wanted to help out in the community like that," he says.

Two weeks later, on April 13, the Marshall jury found EchoStar (now known as DISH Network) guilty of infringing Tivo's "time warp" patent, used in technology that lets viewers record, fast-forward and rewind TV shows. And it awarded Tivo $74 million in damages.

Continue reading here.  I'm wondering what Anne Reed of Deliberations has to say about this.

Make Progress, Not War: IP in the 21st Century

What can be done to . . . . to stop the international “IP war”?

Read the full-on analysis of the problem to appreciate this excerpt of the solution at Duncan Bucknell's IP Think Tank here. (or download a .pdf here)

The lengthy article by by Dr. Roya Ghafele, Lecturer, University of Oxford is more than worth your time.  I'm hoping that Duncan's posting -- and ours -- will begin a new conversation in the IP blogosphere about our continuing struggle to come to terms with the tensions created by the new global connected culture and the old law of intellectual property.  Below, an excerpt of some proposals for resolution.

Both, business and civil society have an “incentive” to move from a stage of war to a constructive, solution driven approach. For business the increasingly negative publicity that IP is giving it, may actually translate into serious bottom line profit losses due to loss of reputation and image. For civil society again, the stage of continuous critique can not be maintained either. At some point in time donors do want to see solutions and constructive output. Thus, there are good chances to move from a “win” to a “win-win” situation.

So far, IP has been largely looked upon from a legal perspective, which comes as no surprise since current educational systems worldwide only train lawyers in IP. Economists, political scientists, sociologists, historians or even engineers know most of the times very little about intellectual property.  A pity, since it is exactly this multidisciplinary perspective that is needed to turn IP into a tool for economic, social and cultural prosperity and leverage it as a means for wealth and welfare creation.

A different perspective on IP, one that looks at it as a strategic asset more than a legal framework gives way to new managerial perspectives on intellectual property.  While so far, the readjustment of the IP system has primarily been looked upon through the perspective of compulsory licensing (again a very legal approach to IP management), few have taken a more pragmatic approach and asked what types of management choices may work towards obtaining inclusion and an equitable distribution of research and development findings within the existing intellectual property framework.

Public interest IP management seeks to offer strategic choices on how to reconcile the existing contradiction between the exercise of exclusive rights and the universal right to equitable access. Innovation functions as a public private partnership; according to current research by Ashley Stevens at Boston University the vast majority of FDA (Food and Drug Administration) approved pharmaceuticals were developed with public sector support. While the public sector is asked to thoroughly negotiate agreements in the public interest, business can explore opportunities to leverage IP for the wider public interest. 

Public interest IP management comprises different approaches to ownership and access of IP and makes use of market and non-market incentives. It includes defensive publication, the pre-emptive creation of a public domain (including waiving of IP rights) and a deliberate deployment of legal exclusions. The application of the right to exclude can further be used to safeguard the open quality of a shared innovative domain. 

A good example is “humanitarian licensing” where IP is being licensed to market participants on the condition of several tied in arrangements.  In this case the licensor tends to reserve the right to license the technology also out to developing country producers or allow for parallel trading. It is further common practice to assure in licensing agreements “public interest” clauses that aim not only to assure commercial, but also public welfare gains. In practice, “humanitarian licensing” works if regulatory frameworks are in place clarifying ownership over IP developed in the public domain as well as sufficient practice in managing IP. 

A comprehensive, strategic IP approach furthermore represents the public interest as early as the selection phase of a research topic and plays a decisive role in the interaction between the public and the private sector. An ex-ante IP strategy is different from an ex-post intervention. The latter are only public interest remedies treating IP as a commodity, where negotiation is only possible over price. 

Read on here.

I'm most interested in what Dennis Crouch at Patently O, Jackie Hutter at the IP Asset Maximizer Blog, David Donoghue at Chicago IP Litigation Blog and Jeremy Phillips at IP Kat have to say on this topic.

Beat the Recession with Negotiation Training Now!

Unsurprising Speculation on Bratz Litigation Resolution: Licensing Agreement in the Works

 

Doll Dispute Edges Toward a Deal from the Los Angeles Daily Journal (for subscribers only; excerpt below)

RIVERSIDE - The Bratz doll copyright fight appears to be edging closer to a settlement, with lawyers for two dueling toy manufacturers reviewing a mediator's proposal with their clients in attempts to resolve their differences.

 

By Jason W. Armstrong
Daily Journal Staff Writer

The jurist overseeing the case, U.S. District Judge Stephen G. Larson, said in a case filing late Tuesday that "progress was made" at a court-ordered settlement conference Monday. He didn't go into specifics.

Last month, the court-appointed mediator, Pierre-Richard Prosper, told the judge in a hearing that while he felt the parties still had a lot of work to do to reach a settlement, they were "closer than ever" to resolving the five-year-old case, in which Mattel is fighting for control of rival MGA Entertainment's popular Bratz line. Larson then postponed discovery for a second phase of the trial to give the lawyers a chance to discuss a possible settlement with Prosper.

Although the lawyers aren't discussing the settlement talks, some intellectual property experts have speculated that resolution options for the case could include a licensing agreement in which MGA would continue making the dolls and pay Mattel a chunk of the proceeds.

The case is Bryant v. Mattel, CV04-9049 (C.D. Cal, filed 2004).

Conflict Avoidance and the March of Science

In today's Los Angeles Times, columnist Michael Hiltzik rightly worries that Investor Funded Research Could Bring the March of Science to a Standstill.  The story used to highlight the problem goes like this:

Dr. Philip H. Schwartz spent six years providing university researchers with neural stem cells cultured by a method he had helped invent at the Salk Institute in La Jolla.

. . . . His technique provided biomedical scientists with live tissue, an improvement over the dead cells, harvested from the brains of deceased patients, that had been the standard fare. . . .

Then his employer,
Children’s Hospital of Orange County, got a letter from Palo Alto-based StemCells Inc. [warning] that Schwartz's program infringed its patents in the neural stem cell field and it wished to, er, discuss a licensing arrangement.

The hospital's lawyers advised Schwartz to stop sending out cells until they could make a deal with the company.

That was two years ago. There's still no licensing deal, and there haven't even been talks for more than a year.

Here's the part where one could rail against lawyers and litigation and the use of patent portfolios as revenue-generation tools impeding the progress of science.  But that's an argument destined for failure (read:  years of litigation; the potential for trial; and, an unhappy settlement by everyone involved).

When reading a story like this, the mediator in me looks for the human or institutional problem burdened by a legal issue of interest primarily to lawyers and academics.  Here it is:

As it happens, StemCells has good reason to support the needs of academic researchers. For one thing, progress in fundamental stem cell research is likely to "improve the value of their [patent] portfolio," Schwartz observes.

For another, the company's founders include three leading academic stem cell scientists:
Irving L. Weissman of Stanford University, David J. Anderson of Caltech and Fred Gage of Salk -- in whose very lab Schwartz developed his method.

None of the three appears to have gotten directly involved in the discussions, although one might think they would be especially sensitive to the need to balance the interests of private enterprise and academia. (None answered my requests for comment.)

So there has been no progress. The company says it did not explicitly threaten a lawsuit or even demand that CHOC cease distributing neural stem cells. But considering the firm's access to litigation firepower -- it's been waging a patent battle in court with another firm,
Neuralstem Inc., since 2006 -- Dethlefs is probably wise to see its letter as a "veiled threat" and CHOC's lawyers prudent in suspending Schwartz's program.

Each side says it's waiting for the other to make an offer, but things may be moving backward. On Jan. 23, Dethlefs sent out a memo explaining to researchers that because of the "unresolved legal issue," it wouldn't be distributing cell lines that might come under the StemCells patents for the foreseeable future.

The people most vitally interested -- the scientists whose interests overlap -- haven't gotten involved in the discussions and "[e]ach side says it's waiting for the other to make an offer."

In other words, the dispute resolution mechanism chosen by the parties to a commercial problem that is impeding the progress of science and which could result in an economic benefit to one, all or none of the parties in the hundreds of millions if not billions of dollars, is to avoid addressing the problem at all.

Though stem cell research might be akin to rocket science, conflict resolution is not.  I have personally seen the "parties with the problem" -- the inventors on either side of a patent infringement action -- walk into a joint session as if the other were the spawn of Satan, only to emerge less than an hour later talking about their shared engineering or design or scientific problems, slapping one another on the back and, in at least one instance, calling their evil adversary "bro."

To unstick the sticky legal problems impeding the progress of scientific inquiry, the parties with the problem -- who are invariably also the parties with the solution -- need to get together.  Now.  Period.  With or without the assistance of someone trained in the art of dispute resolution.

The big policy issues can be left to the big policy guys while the stem cell researchers figure out how to keep the next huge elderly generation from the suffering and expense of Alzheimers and Parkinsons.

Get it together.  Please.

Arbitrating that International IP Dispute? Check out Fulbright's International Arbitration Report

2009 International Arbitration Report Read about recent disputes and issues looming over them.

Topics include:

  • Developments Affecting the Choice of Arbitral Seat and Institution in China-Related Contracts
  • Applications Under Section 1782 to Obtain Discovery in International Arbitration
  • English Court Grants Order in Support of Arbitral Tribunal’s Peremptory Order
  • Developments in Electronic Disclosure in International Arbitration
  • U.S. Federal Court Orders Party to Pay U.S.$100,000 Daily Fine for Failure to Comply with Arbitration Award

Download the 2009 International Arbitration Report Here.

Fulbright's International Arbitration Report

is a convenient way to stay abreast of the latest developments in cross-border disputes.

Should you have questions about international arbitration, please contact Mark Baker at mbaker@fulbright.com or David Howell at dhowell@fulbright.com.

Hat tip to Virginia Construction Lawyer Christopher Hill for this "Courtoon" by the extremely multi-talented federal appellate attorney David Mills.

Negotiation Strategies with Bart Greenberg of Manatt Phelps

Conflict Prevention in IP Licensing with Paul Jorgensen

DRAFTING AND NEGOTIATING LICENSING AGREEMENTS
May 24 - 25, 2009
Dubai Sheraton Creek Hotel
Dubai City, UAE

Based on his extensive corporate and law firm licensing experience, Paul Jorgensen of The Jorgensen Law Firm PLLC will present this intensive, two day seminar to licensing executives, administrators and lawyers who want more accurate agreements, better license negotiations, and more efficient license programs.

Hosted by The Licensing Executives Society– Arab Countries (LES-AC) in cooperation with Dubai Chamber of Commerce & Industry, this course will empower attendees to write clearer, to understand license elements and their importance to an entire agreement, to negotiate licenses effectively, and to track license performance efficiently.

Register here!

IP LICENSING: HOW TO AVOID THE TEN MOST FREQUENTLY LITIGATED PROVISIONS
June 4, 2009
ALI-ABA Teleseminar

Building an effective IP license requires recognizing provisions that can plunge clients into expensive disputes.  With licenses too-often overloaded with dense legalese and inapplicable boilerplate provisions, however, finding those dangerous provisions can be difficult for both the attorney and the client.  

Paul will chair a panel that that will zero in on those provisions and the reasons they can cause trouble in this teleseminar, presented by the American Law Institute-American Bar Association.  Drawing on their experiences in drafting, negotiating, administering and litigating IP licenses, the panel members will also provide guidelines to re-write or eliminate these dangerous provisions. 

Registration will open soon here.
 

Step Right Up Little Lady and Get Your IP Primer Right Here!

It's free.  It really is!

Dickstein Shapiro has just released its 2008 Intellectual Property Primer: An Introduction to Intellectual Property for In-house Counsel was prepared by the Firm’s Intellectual Property attorneys. The complimentary multi-chapter resource is available for download from Dickstein Shapiro’s Web site. 

Go here to register for your free IP PrimerIt's amazingly comprehensive.

 

 

For questions or more information, please contact Dickstein at info@dicksteinshapiro.com.

Thanks for passing this along, honey.

Laches in the Age of the Internet: Jackie Hutter Replies

Thanks to Jackie Hutter of the IP Asset Maximizer for her unique perspective on the Ninth Circuit's recent laches decision

"Perhaps I am uniquely qualified to respond to this post," writes Jackie.  

I wrote the (losing) brief in the case that established laches in Lanham Act in the 11th Cir.  The case is Kason v. Component Hardware Group.

Laches is no doubt a real legal argument, but if someone has to argue that it is not too late to bring a Lanham Act suit in this day and age, I would tend to agree that the suit is at its core likely an attempt to use the courts to inflict commercial pain on a competitor.  That is, there is no reason in today's information age that a business should not know what their competitors are up to in the market place.  And, if they fail to keep tabs on their competitors, the courts should not serve as a vehicle to do to a competitor what the plaintiff could not itself do to the competitor in the free market. 
.

In my laches experience, the plaintiff was mad that my client was selling replacement parts at a lower price than its "authorized" parts.  The plaintiff could not have protected the parts with patents because the parts were not unique enough to be patentable.  Instead, the plaintiff used the federal courts to try to get my competitor's lower priced goods off of the market.  Put simply, the plaintiff wasn't willing to let competition prevail but, instead, wanted the courts to put my client out of business so the plaintiff could reap a higher price.  Laches came in because my client had been selling the replacement parts for 10 or more years, but the plaintiff did not see them as a threat until the plaintiff started losing market share to my client.  The lawsuit was the plaintiff's way of holding onto its market share in the face of increasing competition.

The net result of the lawsuit was several years of expensive litigation.  The plaintiff did prevail on some of its Lanham Act claims (the law allowed broader trade dress rights at that time), but neither company was happy in the end.  Indeed, the only happy parties were the lawyers because we made lots of money on the case.

At the end of the day, this lawsuit was, as Eric Schmidt of Google indicates, a way to have the courts do what the parties would not be able to do in the free marketplace.  Laches is a real legal concept, but it is not rational today. 

See Jackie's recent thoughts about IP management in the economic downturn in Business Week: "Readers at the Whiteboard" here.

Has the 9th Circuit Really Eviscerated Internet Trademark Laches?

See yesterday's opinion Internet Specialties West, Inc. v. Milon-DiGirgio Enterprises, Inc.

There's a vigorous dissent from Justice Kleinfeld culminating in this prediction of the majority opinion's affect on trademark law, particularly as it effects internet marks:

The majority’s evisceration of laches means that a big company can lurk in the tall grass while its little prey gradually fattens itself by dint of great effort and expense. Then, when the small competitor has succeeded, the big company can shake it down for a cut of its hard-won success, or destroy the name under which it innocently did business for years. That is trademark law as protection racket, rather than trademark law as prevention of consumer confusion.

The ADR lesson?  There's a story of fierce business competition here fought out between two internet providers (living in the 21st century) and decided by the narrowest margin based on rules (laches) forged before the industrial revolution. 

Only the parties know whether the Plaintiff was aiming to "shake down" its competitor or had other motives to take the considerable risk of exposing its commercial future to the decision, first, of a federal court judge and then to a three-justice federal appeals court panel. 

Though commercial enterprises badly need clear rules of law to guide their present activities and chart a profitable future, they should never forget Google exec Eric Schmidt's observation that litigation is just a "business negotiation being conducted in the Courts" -- the litigation simply one bargaining chip of many to be used in negotiating a commercial solution to a justice problem - one that will avoid - if possible - zero sum outcomes on technical legal issues of no genuine interest to business people.

Dissenters from that view?

 

 

Getting Your Trademark by Satisfying PTO Attorney Interests

We talk a lot here at IP ADR about ascertaining and fulfilling party interests to help you settle your patent, trademark, copyright or trade name and trade dress litigation.  As Entrepreneurship Magazine recently reported in getting into the mind of your negotiating counterpart, knowing your negotiating partner's desires, aims, goals, needs and fears (its interests) will go a long way to getting you the best deal available.

Getting a solid grasp on the other party's interests will help you:

* Determine what you have or can do that might be of value to them, which can make it easier to figure out how best to get what you want;

* Craft deals that acceptably satisfy the other party's interests, which will increase the likelihood that the deal will be sustainable (since the other party will be motivated by their own self-interest to successfully implement the deal);

* Uncover potential sources of value that might otherwise have been missed, which will increase your ability to invent creative, value-maximizing solutions.

 

Now, thanks to Las Vegas Trademark Attorney's recent post welcoming Michael Hall to the Trademark Blogosphere [Registration Ruminations]we learn how to Help[] Yourself by Helping Examining Attorneys.  In other words, by satisfying examining attorneys' "earned point" interests.

Back in December 1997, Fordham University School of Law hosted a discussion at which Judge Quinn of the TTAB and other panelists spoke about PTO practice.  Richard Friedman, a former examining attorney who had moved on to the NBA (as counsel, not a player!) explained how it works:

[I]f an examining attorney pulls an application that is in perfect order and can be passed right to publication, that is two points for the attorney.  The examining attorneys love that.  They are already thinking ahead to their bonus at the end of the year when they do something like that.

So your job should be to concentrate on making an application two-points perfect. . . .

Let’s say some kind of substantive refusal area comes up, but it is a gray area — not the easy section 2(d) case or the easy descriptiveness refusal.  Let’s say the examining attorney pulls an application that is in a gray area, but everything else is okay.  The examining attorney is apt to say, “All right, I am going to take my chance and not send the refusal so I can get those two points for that first-action publication.”

If, however, there are other things wrong in the application papers, little stuff, and they are going to have to send you a letter anyway, then they might as well put in the substantive refusal to cover themselves.  That is the way things work, whether we on the outside like it or not.

Discussion, Trademark Prosecution in the Patent and Trademark Office and Litigation in the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board, 8 Fordham Intell. Prop. Media & Ent. L.J. 451, 461 (Winter 1998).

In 2005, The Trademark Reporter published an article on the registration of product configuration trade dress with respect to three product types.  For one, the authors specifically observed:

To the extent one central theme existed, those who submitted their evidence of acquired distinctiveness at the time of filing the application, or before USPTO examination, appeared to avoid any challenges to the sufficiency of the evidence provided.

Karen Feisthamel, Amy Kelly, & Johanna Sistek, Trade Dress 101: Best Practices for the Registration of Product Configuration Trade Dress With the USPTO, 95 Trademark Rep. 1374, 1383 (November - December 2005).

This particular study involved a narrow field, but the authors’ observation makes perfect sense if you’re looking at it from an examining attorney’s perspective.  As Richard Friedman said, “The way to make your life easier when prosecuting trademarks at the PTO is to make the examining attorneys’ lives easier.”  Needless to say, following this strategy does not remotely guarantee that you won’t receive a refusal, and obviously there will sometimes be good reason to file an application that you know will result in an office action.  However, it puts you in a position where the examining attorney might be inclined to resolve a close question in your favor.

Would YOU Have Let Bill say: "That All Depends Upon What Your Definition of "Is" "Is"?

The British are Coming the British are Coming . . . to Blawg Review #s 202 and 203

Need Money? Patent It

From today's Best Mode Blog, an innovative way to avoid begging the federal government for more money:  patent it!

When you own 30% of a global financial services company, like you and I now do, it’s a good idea to take a look under the hood, kick the tires and check-out what’s in the trunk.  And look what Citigroup has here, a patent on a “synthetic currency transaction network“, US Patent 7,020,626 Inside Money.

 

“Synthetic currency is created by pooling and dividing into shares a portfolio of highly liquid assets and frequent evaluation and disbursements of dividends on those assets so as to hold the value of the synthetic currency share at unity with the underlying currency….The IM (Inside Money) transaction agent system in conjunction with the IM synthetic currency act like a “super” virtual central bank to allow users around the world to make near real-time final transactions.“

“Super Virtual Central Bank?“  I guess my Second Life alter ego will also take a hit in a “Virtual Recession“, grovel before a “Virtual Senate Committee” and be criticized for traveling by private “Hyper Shuttle” instead of commercial.

CONTINUE READING HERE

What Do IP Clients Want? Rocket Science!

Here's the good news fair IP client -- your legal problem is Rocket Science!

From Anne Reed's indispensable Deliberations this morning (If it's difficult it must be important) we learn

“Perception of high effort arising from subjective difficulty of processing the means makes it appear highly instrumental for goal achievement.”

That feels right, when you think about it.  When we’ve had to really work at something, we naturally think it was important to our success, if only because we’d hate to have to explain why we worked so hard to get it if it wasn’t important.

Yes, your clients want to win, but they also want inspired leaders.  And if you're having trouble convincing them to sit down and negotiate a settlement with the other side (with or without my own quite brilliant help/1) tempt them with the lure of challenge.  Involve them.  Bring them back into the incredibly difficult but hardly insurmountable problem that requires their best critical and innovative thinking.  

Try it just once no matter how much of a wild man winning trial lawyer you know you can be.

____________________

1/  Hard economic times are no time for modesty.

Be the Stimulus You Want to See in the World

It's ALL ADR because those of us over 50 are already living in our own future.  How to keep up?  Here's a good place to start - How to Seed Your Own Stimulus from Harvard Business Publishing  by Umair Haque, Director of the Havas Media Lab, a new kind of strategic advisor that helps investors, entrepreneurs, and firms experiment with, craft, and drive radical management, business model, and strategic innovation. Excerpt below.  For full article, click here.

Are you redefining the economics of ownership? Ownership has its own costs and benefits. Here's an example of costly ownership: companies building patent thickets purely for the purposes of deterring competition. Here's a better one: the media industry eviscerating itself through brain-dead "rights management". Who can develop better kinds of ownership that create value for everyone? Advantage will flow inexorably to those economies - and companies - who can. Just ask Radiohead - giving people the right to pay what they wanted for music unlocked more value than demanding their submission to fixed prices.

Are you redefining the economics of contracts and standards? How do we know today's contracts are inefficient? The sheer size and growth of the legal industry is an existence proof that contracting is becoming more and more costly. Ever read an absurdly heavy-handed Microsoftian shrinkwrap license? Of course not - and that's exactly why contracting today is often costly, cumbersome, and inefficient. Whoever can invent better kinds of contracts for the 21st century will realize a tremendous advantage. Just ask Google - who redefined advertising by tying payment to action, redefining the terms of a stale contract which still based payment on sheer volume.

Are you redefining the economics of governance? Today, governance of economic organizations has devolved to cronyism, back-slapping, and glad-handing. Boards are happy to look the other way when CEOs line their pockets. CEOs are happy to look the other way when board members invite their bffs to join the board. Toxic governance has poisoned industries as disparate as autos, pharma, apparel, finance, and housing. New rules for the structure, composition, roles, and tasks of senior managers and boards will redefine the economics of governance. Advantage depends on doing so - when we can reinvent more efficient ways to manage managers, new value is created: just ask any open-source community, where everyone's simultaneously a worker, manager, and de facto board member.

Are you redefining the economics of management? Today's financial crisis isn't about money: it's about management. Bankers mismanaged our money catastrophically - because they were too busy managing their bonuses. Advantage will flow unstoppably to those who can redefine the economics of management - for the simple reason that, unlike bankers, they will be able to create greater amounts of more durable, lasting value. Responsibility, accountability, and transparency aren't just buzzwords - they're the keys to radically altering the costs and benefits of management. Just ask Threadless - whose radical vision of 21st century management is creating a global clothing revolution.

How do you score on the scorecard? If you're redefining even a single one of the activities above, you're hitting the ball out of the park. Most companies fail to even register a score, because they're focused on seeking advantage through better products, services, business models, or strategies - instead of building responsiveness through better institutions.

Here's another lens through which to view institutions. For now, let's discuss. Fire away in the comments with questions, examples, or criticisms.

Thanks to New York City corporate lawyer Mary Abraham (follow her here) of the Above and Beyond KM Blog in my Twitter network for the head's up.

Certainty vs. Fairness? Must We Choose?

Thanks to @IPStrategist (Jackie Hutter of the IP Asset Maximizer Blog) for calling our attention to Duncan Bucknell's intriguing post at the IP Think Tank, Certainty or fairness - what would you choose

If you had to choose between business certainty and fairness, what would you choose? 

If the intellectual property laws could be codified so that the result in intellectual property disputes is always certain - even though it might not be fair - would that be ok?  Or would you prefer that the legislative guidelines remain broad and the fine details in each circumstance be worked out in context - in litigation?  (As happens today?)

Link on the title above to continue reading.  And while you're on Jackie's blog, check on this post on the micro-firm model of providing client service in the downturn.  In fact, just SLEEP with Jackie's blog.  If you could read only a single blog; or were permitted to take just one to a desert island, hers is the one, particularly during hard times calling for innovation and efficiency.

Because its more cost efficient to play nice . . . .

Softening Up Opposing Counsel in the midst of the recession from the brilliant Charles Fincher (who kindly permits me to post his work so long as I link and attribute. 

Thanks Charles!  You're a model of 21st Century collaborative and reciprocal IP sharing!)

 

For more laugh out loud funny lawyer cartoons, go immediately to LawComix.com.

"Patent Troll" Study at Stanford to Get Underway

 
By John Letzing, MarketWatch
 
SAN FRANCISCO (MarketWatch) -- Nathan Myhrvold, a former high-ranking Microsoft Corp. executive turned intellectual property mogul, is sponsoring a forthcoming study that aims to resolve a thorny legal issue: Who's responsible for flooding U.S. courts with a torrent of patent litigation over the past decade?
It's an ambitious project, but one also likely to elicit a good deal of cynicism.

That's because while Myhrvold's firm Intellectual Ventures anticipates fostering companies that turn its intellectual property into products, it hasn't yet. Instead, it's focused on amassing tens of thousands of valuable patents through invention, acquisition and partnering with businesses and universities.

That approach generally defines a firm as a so-called "non-practicing entity," though within the technology industry a more derisive term is often used -- "patent troll."

Big technology companies such as Myhrvold's former employer Microsoft Corporation have long complained that many non-practicing entities not only trade in patents without developing products, but also increasingly use them to target deep-pocketed companies with infringement lawsuits. . . . . .
 
If the study finds that non-practicing entities have played a relatively minor role in the rise of litigation, it is likely to raise questions, given the involvement of Intellectual Ventures.

"I'm excited to hear what the results are, but when they come out I'll be sure to take them with a grain of salt," said Kelly Hyndman, an intellectual property attorney with Sughrue Mion PLLC.

For full article, click here and for more in-depth treatment of Intellectual Ventures' projects, see Malcolm Gladwell's article In the Air, Who Says Big Ideas are Rare? here.

 

Settling IP Litigation with Cross-Licenses

Because this is how most intellectual property disputes will end, the only question is:  how much mutual warfare do the parties actually need to endure before they're ready to come to the peace summit.  Though the collateral damage of litigation does not cause actual bodily injury, the corporate "body" and its members will suffer in lost productivity, translating into fewer revenues, causing lower profits.

In upcoming posts, how to get to the negotiation table sooner rather than later.

Seoul Semiconductor and Nichia Settle Litigation and Enter Into a Cross-License

In accordance with the settlement terms, all Litigations will be terminated as promptly as possible by mutual withdrawals, with the exception of litigation in Germany involving patent DE 691-07-630 T2 of EP 0-437-385 B1, which will be resolved following a February 2009 hearing.

SEOUL, KOREA--(Marketwire - February 2, 2009) - Seoul Semiconductor Co., Ltd. and Nichia Corporation announced that they have settled all litigations on patent and other issues as well as other legal disputes ("Litigations") currently pending between them in the United States, Germany, Japan, United Kingdom, and Korea. The settlement includes a cross license agreement covering LED and laser diode technologies, which will permit the companies to access all of each other's patented technologies.

Your Jury Doesn't Care About Patent Infringement if the Defendant Didn't Copy It

I'll never forget watching an ABTL mock trial with two juries equipped with focus group dials.  The mock trial concerned an allegation of copyright infringement and the two juries were comprised of the people likely to be hearing the evidence (regular people) and the people likely to be presenting it (lawyers).

Each mock juror in a focus group jury holds a dial.  If the attorney questioning or the witness answering is making a favorable impression, the juror dials UP; if making an unfavorable impression, the juror dials DOWN (and you thought Coliseum days were over); and, if making NO impression, keeps the dial in the middle.

The audience watched a screen over the trial scene carrying two live graphs:  one charting the lay jury's reaction and one charting the attorneys'.

Here's what happened -- the entire day.  Whenever the lawyer or witness scored a "relevant" point -- established an essential element of his cause of action or undermined witness testimony that had been legally unfavorable, the attorney jury dialed up.  The lay jury flat-lined.  Whenever a lawyer or witness had a "relevant" point scored against them, the lawyer jury dialed down.  And the lay jury flat-lined.

The lay jury dialed up when the witness seemed to be telling the truth of his or her experience (the story had narrative coherence) and dialed down when the witness appeared to be evasive.

Then we watched the lay jury deliberate and they did what juries do everywhere -- they cherry-picked the evidence that supported the party they believed and made facts up when challenged by jurors who contradicted them. 

"She just made that up out of whole cloth" I remember saying to a fellow audience member.

And then every single juror who wanted that party to win accepted the new "fact" and incorporated it into their "story" of the case.

Got it?  The jury doesn't care about your legal cause of action.  Now Stanford Law School tells us that most patent infringement cases don't involve copying while trial consultants instruct that juries only care if inventions are copied.  That's big (and unexpected) trouble for patent infringement plaintiffs and prosecutors.  See How Juror Misconceptions Affect Patent Trials at Law.com here.  Excerpt below.

[P]atent trials get played out on an emotional playing field, as well as a legal and technical one. Veteran trial lawyers and jury consultants say that most Americans think that infringement means inventors claiming they've been copied, their ideas "ripped off" or stolen. "Jurors will almost always talk about copying," says jury consultant Doug Green, even when copying has not been alleged. The idea that copying is at least unethical, if not illegal, is wired into Americans from grade school. Besides, juries don't like the idea of a plaintiff demanding money from a competitor who developed a product independently but simply lost a race to the patent office -- even though that's exactly what the law provides.

New research done using Stanford Law School's new IP Litigation Clearing House -- a searchable database of 78,000 intellectual property cases filed since 2000 -- demonstrates that formal allegations and findings of copying are actually quite rare in patent disputes. "No one seemed to know whether patent infringement defendants are in fact unscrupulous copyists or independent developers," says Stanford Law School professor Mark Lemley. Co-authored by Christopher Cotropia of University of Richmond Law School, the new research, which is published online by Stanford, attempts to answer that question, and does: It's overwhelmingly independent developers that are getting hit with patent lawsuits.

And if you want some seriously and steadily good advice about persuading your jury to do the right thing (or settling your case short of trial in light of the jury's probable pre-dispositions) put Anne Reed's fabulous ABA Top 100 Legal Blog Deliberations on your news reader.

Whether Litigating or Negotiating, Persuasive Skills Paramount

From Six Ways to Get People to Say "Yes" at Copyblogger

6 Powerful Compliance Triggers

Here are six common compliance triggers identified by psychologists along with my suggestions for applying them to copywriting:

Reciprocation — There is an overwhelming urge to repay debts, to do something in return when something is done for us. This deep-seated urge is so strong, noted paleontologist Richard Leaky has said that it is the very essence of what it means to be human. Sociologist Alvin Gouldner points out that no society on Earth escapes the reciprocity principle.

Application: Give people something for free. Whoever is on the receiving end of your gift is then in your debt. What can you give? Anything: a free book, planning kit, sample, subscription, catalog, special report, or virtually anything else that’s related to your product or service, as long as it’s free. The urge to “repay” can then lead people to make a purchase.

Commitment and Consistency — We are driven to remain consistent in our attitudes, words, and actions. So, when we are led to make a commitment of some kind, to go on record or take a stand or make a decision, there is an urge to remain consistent with that original commitment later on. The key is to get the initial commitment, which can appear small, reasonable, and innocent. This commitment can not only lead to compliance via the principle of consistency, but also to further compliance for larger requests.

Application: Ask for a little “yes” first, then build on that. Sales people sometimes call this the “foot-in-the-door” technique. Begin by asking your prospect to agree to a simple request, such as making a small transaction or completing a simple questionnaire. By getting people to make a decision, take a stand, or perform an action, you establish a new psychological “commitment.” Once you have that commitment, no matter how small, you can build on this small commitment and make ever increasing requests.

Social Proof — Most of us are imitators in most of what we do. We look to others for guidance, especially when we are uncertain about something. We ask, “What do others think about this? What do others feel? What do others do?” Then we act accordingly, all thanks to the power of social proof.

Application: Show others using your services or buying your products. List testimonials of satisfied customers or clients. Feature stories of those who have been “converted” from another service. Show pictures of people using your product. Provide case histories of some of your best customers. When people see that what you offer is okay with other people, they are more likely to give it a try themselves.

Liking — No matter how reasonable we may think ourselves to be, we are always more likely to say “yes” to those we know and like. We readily comply with requests from those who are similar to us and for whom we have good feelings. It’s what makes refusing to buy Tupperware from a friend or relative next to impossible.

Application: Be personal and likable. This is one element of selling that most people know instinctively, but often fail to put into action. Getting people to like you in person is one thing. But how do you do it in print when people usually have no chance to meet you? Reveal yourself. Show your feelings. Tell a story that prospects can relate to. Use flattery and praise. Present your sales message in such a way that you are not just selling something but working with others as an ally with common problems, concerns, and goals.

Authority — In this age of specialization, we are more prone to respond to authority than ever before. Regardless of an independent spirit, we look to experts or those we perceive to be experts to give us the answers and show us the way. Even the mere symbols of authority, such as titles and specialized clothing, are enough to trigger a response. Example: Note how seeing someone with a white smock and stethoscope instantly suggests “doctor” and makes anything that person says about medicine seem more authoritative.

Application: Provide signs and symbols of expertise. Establish your expertise by providing solid information. Show your credentials. Create trustworthiness by admitting flaws or shortcomings and demonstrating lack of bias. Show similarities between you and your prospect or customer. Cite awards, reviews, speaking engagements, and books you’ve authored. You can also “borrow” authority by associating yourself with those who have authority. Example: Show a photograph of yourself with someone your prospects will consider an authority.

Scarcity — In general, the fear of loss is more powerful than the hope of gain. By properly engaging the instinctive tendency to avoid losing something — or avoid losing the chance to possess something desirable — you can trigger a “yes” response with scarcity.

Application: Create time limits and limited availability. A “reply by” date is one of the most powerful ways to create scarcity. You can do this with a specific deadline or expiration date. If you can’t be specific about the date, use a general deadline, such as “reply within the next 10 days.” Use limited availability by mentioning how fast your supply is selling or citing the actual number of items that remain. You can also put constraints on supply, such as limiting memberships to the first 500 or creating a limited edition with X number being produced. The video division of Disney creates scarcity by putting their videos “back in the vault” so if you want a copy, you must order immediately or miss your chance.

For full article, click here.

Thinking Outside the Box to Deliver Greater Client Satisfaction During Hard Economic Times

Live Telephone Seminar

ADR in IP Litigation from ALI-ABA

Wednesday February 18, 2009 from 1:00-2:00 pm EST

Why Attend?

In a difficult economy, intellectual property protection and assertion is more important than ever. The combined stressors of a poor fiscal climate and shrinking legal budgets place a significant strain on any business dependent upon IP assets. as companies face difficult economic decisions, it is increasingly difficult to fit the expense and extended uncertainty of copyright, patent and trademark litigation into a forward looking business plan. This one-hour seminar explores the use of alternative dispute resolution as a means of protecting intellectual property and business activity, while minimizing the expense and devotion of time related to traditional IP litigation.

What You Will Learn

This program examines how to move an IP dispute toward alternative dispute resolution; best practices for controlling the expense and length of the process; and best practices for successful alternative dispute resolution. Whether you are an experienced IP practitioner or simply one grappling with IP issues in your general commercial practice, knowing how to offer your clients a wide array of ADR options might make the difference between a practice that survives and one that thrives. The seminar will cover the following topics:

How to choose between litigation and ADR.

  • The most successful strategies for guiding your dispute into the best ADR forum at the most productive time.
  • The five basic rules of “distributive” or “fixed sum” bargaining that will give you the “edge” in all future settlement negotiations.
  • The five ways to “expand the fixed sum pie” by exploring and exploiting the client interests underlying your own and your opponents’ legal positions.
  • The Ten Mediation/Settlement Conference Traps for the Unwary.

Invest just 60 minutes at your home or office to learn about alternative dispute resolution in the IP field from this duo of experts. This audio program comes to you live on Wednesday, February 18, 2009, 1:00-2:00 pm EST, via your phone or your computer. Materials corresponding to the course may be downloaded or viewed online.

Planning Chair

R. David Donoghue, Esquire, Holland & Knight LLP, Chicago, IL

Faculty

Victoria Pynchon, Esquire, Settle It Now Dispute Resolution Services, Beverly Hills, CA


ReMix: Larry Lessig Subjects Himself to Stephen Colbert

Larry Lessig on The Colbert Report Deeplink by Tim Jones from Electronic Frontier Foundation.

Last night, Larry Lessig, a close ally and former board member of EFF, chatted with Stephen Colbert about Lessig's new book Remix, and how America's broken copyright laws are criminalizing our kids:

 

 
 
ColbertIsn't that like saying that arson laws are turning our kids into pyromaniacs?? They're breaking the law! You can't just throw the law out the window!

Lessig: "Totally failed war." Is that familiar to you?

 

 

 

 

 

Of course, remixes on YouTube promptly followed! 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Make Yourself a Lean Mean Patent Litigation Machine

Check out Chicago IP Litigation this morning on patent litigation wisdom from the bench.

Chief Judge Michel: The State of Patent Law

Making good on his promise to turn his IP Colloquium into National Public Radio for IP law, Doug Lichtman's newest offering is an extended interview with Federal Circuit Chief Judge Michel.  Click here to listen to Licthman's interview, you can even apply for New York or California CLE credit after listening. 

Mosey on over to David's blog for a summary of Lichtman's most compelling advice.

Follow David on Twitter here.  H/t to @kdtalcott.

Blawg Review # 193 Takes IP Where It's Never Been Before: Into the Heart of Darkness

Being a British Barrister Blogger, Charon QC, the Host of Blawg Review #193 is nothing if not Bold, Bawdy, Brazen, and Bodacious without being at all Blustery or Bullying.

For my IP ADR Readers, I'll highlight the IP Deadly Sins which IP disputes might fit comfortably inside -- including  luxuria (extravagance, later lust), gula (gluttony), avaritia (greed), acedia (sloth), ira (wrath), invidia (envy), and superbia (pride). 

Though I'm giving you an IP executive summary of No. 193, there's no reason to put off your own pleasure by stopping here rather than by hoping across to pond to experience Charon first hand, yourself.

Lust:  The only IP connection for Lust in #193 is Charon's reference to my own solipsistic link in "Blawg" Review #171 to Kate Monro's stunning Virginity Project Blog - a post set in Torrance and La Mesa, California in 1970, which Charon is kind enough to call "good."

Gluttony:  There appears to be an original work worthy of copyright protection at Lacklustre Lawyer, wherein Barack O'Bama is said, lyrically, to be . . . yes! Irish! (that accounts for the smoking addiction; hows quitting going, Barack?)

Greed:  Well, certainly we should find some greed among the classes possessed by possession.  I am NOT referring to a suit I learned about just today in which an ink cartridge manufacturer has pasted warnings on its products that the the cartridge itself is not be sold, but rather licensed, in an attempt to put the ink-refillers out of business (sheesh).  Rather, Charon refers us to the Wired GC's disqusition on Steve Jobs in This Year Can Fly Away.

Sloth:  This topic gives Charon the right to talk about legal tweeters, a subject that makes my husband wince (blogging was bad enough).  I try not to talk about it.  But Charonc takes it head on, giving

an honourable mention to a woman who has over 20,000 tweets to her name….  @infobunny.  A virtual bottle of Rioja for her excellent *#bumsngin* theme with pics of bums and gin bottles  and  for her Piratical Christmas Advent calendar - revealed each day on… Twitter.

Wrath:  Because this is an ADR as well as an IP Blog (and IP, strangely, does not appear under wrath despite the rage theft of one's innovative product design invariable produces), we note Charon's reference to Justin Patten's stellar blog, Human Law, mentioning that Justin

takes wrath in his stride. He is an enthusiastic supporter of mediation and has been around in the blogging community in the UK since 1189. His most recent post is appropriate for inclusion in this section…“Picking the right solution for conflicts at work”.

Envy:  IPKat makes an appearance under "Envy" -- Charon calling IPKat "a must for UK IP fanatics," citing IPKat's post this week about ”Artist’s resale right derogation - [admitting] the IPKat was wrong”.

Pride:  The TV screens mentioned by Charon may not be embroiled in IP disputes, but at least their ˆcontent" is indisputably IP,

Celebrity Big Brother is back with freaks and celebs for all. Lucy Pinder has attracted attention because of her natural 32G chest and because she is according to the Sun, “posh totty”, a “bit of a Tory” and “admires Margaret Thatcher for being the first female PM”. The 25-year-old is coulrophobic — she is scared of clowns - which may also explain her antipathy to Gordon Brown.”

That's the Executive IP Review of Blawg Review #193 - an anemic version of the original which you should repair to immediately, preferably with a glass of vintage wine suitable to Charon's fine taste.

As to Blawg Review #194 over at Build a Solo Practice, please send your submission to Ed. at BR here.

I understand Susan Cartier Liebel over at BSP will be using "innovation" for her theme so its an excellent opportunity for IP Bloggers to see themselves featured as the best of the blogs for the week!

 

Mediator Prospective Liability Waivers and Mediator Malpractice

Yesterday I posted excerpts from a Los Angeles Daily Journal article about the ethics (and enforceability) of a mediator-client agreement in which the client waives any right he or she might have to pursue the mediator for malpractice.

Before moving into those waters here, let's brainstorm a little about how mediators might fall "below the standard of care" in a profession that so many claim has no standard of care.

  1. divulging party confidences made in separate caucus to other parties (both expressly and implicitly by, for instance, "predicting" the other side's likely "bottom line" or future point of impasse);
  2. drafting the "deal memo"
    1. without complying with applicable law concerning it's enforcement while suggesting - explicitly or implicitly - that the "deal" reached during the mediation session will be enforceable
    2. without explaining that conditions precedent orally expressed during the mediation will not be enforceable unless included in that deal memo;
  3. incorrectly explaining the applicable law about the parties' ability to use statements made during the mediation for purposes other than litigation;
  4. while holding one's self out to be an expert in a niche area of the law (particularly if the attorneys present are not) incorrectly stating the applicable law to the parties and their counsel; and,
  5. disclosing to third parties mediation confidences to the detriment of one or more of the parties, i.e., voluntarily testifying in Court without party permission about those confidences.

These are simply the potential malpractice mine-fields that immediately come to mind.  If required, I'm certain I could come up with at least a dozen more.  They come quickly to mind because I am not without self-protective instincts while mediating for people with a demonstrated ability to bring suit when sufficiently motivated.  Perhaps more importantly, whatever I do, I want to do honorably. /*

Which brings us to the question whether a prospective waiver of liability is "honorable" or "ethical" or "enforceable."

Honor and Integrity

Because we define what is honorable for ourselves and ourselves only, my answer to the first question is easy to reach.  I would not consider it honorable to attempt to dodge potential liability for negligently doing my job.  Part of my job is to encourage the parties to be accountable for their part in the dispute being litigated and mediated.  I can honorably do no less.  As an officer of the Court for nearly thirty years, I would also consider it dishonorable to intentionally frustrate the litigant's attempt to seek redress in the Court of law to which I am so deeply committed.  Nor would I include an arbitration clause in my agreement to provide professional services. 

Ethics

To believe there are no profession standards of ethical behavior for mediators is to ignore the contribution of the American Bar Association to the field.  In 2005, the ABA adopted Model Standards of Conduct for Mediators.  The ABA states that its standards "are designed to serve as fundamental ethical guidelines for persons mediating in all practice contexts."

They serve three primary goals: to guide the conduct of mediators; to inform the mediating parties; and to promote public confidence in mediation as a process for resolving disputes.

The ABA notes in its comments section to the Standards that

the fact that these Standards have been adopted by the respective sponsoring entities, should alert mediators to the fact that the Standards might be viewed as establishing a standard of care for mediators.

STANDARD I. SELF-DETERMINATION

STANDARD II. IMPARTIALITY

STANDARD III. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

STANDARD IV. COMPETENCE

STANDARD V. CONFIDENTIALITY

STANDARD VIII. FEES AND OTHER CHARGES

STANDARD IX. ADVANCEMENT OF MEDIATION PRACTICE

These standards are discussed in detail at the link above.  The violation of many of these standards would provide a mediator malpractice template to any attorney representing a disgruntled litigant seeking to void a mediated agreement or pursue a third party for damages arising from a deal gone bad.

There is nothing contained in these standards that would expressly make a mediator's prospective waiver of liability unethical. Could the following ABA standards do so? 

Is a mediator who presents a prospective liability waiver to participants engaged in an act of subtle coercion, particularly if the proposed waiver is presented on a take-it-or-leave-it basis at the commencement of the mediation?

A mediator shall conduct a mediation based on the principle of party self-determination. Self-determination is the act of coming to a voluntary, uncoerced decision in which each party makes free and informed choices as to process and outcome. .   .   A mediator shall not undermine party self-determination by any party for [any self-serving] reason.

Is a mediator who presents a prospective liability waiver to participants in mediation at the commencement of the proceeding raising a question of impartiality, i.e., if the participant refuses to sign or asks to eliminate the waiver provision, can the mediator be truly impartial as to that party?

A mediator shall avoid a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest during and after a mediation. A conflict of interest can arise from involvement by a mediator with the subject matter of the dispute or from any relationship between a mediator and any mediation participant, whether past or present, personal or professional, that reasonably raises a question of a mediator’s impartiality.

Are mediators who ask parties to sign prospective liability waivers for the first time at the mediation being deceptive in soliciting business?

A mediator shall be truthful and not misleading when advertising, soliciting or otherwise communicating the mediator’s qualifications, experience, services and fees.

Enforceability will be the topic of my next post on prospective liability waivers.


 

_________________

*/  For a useful short discussion of a means of uniting morality, ethics and legality into a single theory using "integrity" as the unifying principle, see A New Model of Integrity: An Actionable Pathway to Trust, Productivity and Value. (anyone alive at the time of the controversial est training can make what they like of the fact that the largely discredited Werner Erhard is one of the authors of this article)

 

 

The Daily Journal on Mediator Waivers of Prospective Potential Liability

(CPR, right.  Are mediators like fireman as Straus Institute's Peter Robinson suggests?)

Excellent article on mediator liability waivers in a recent Los Angeles Daily Journal Article (excerpted below).  I have much to say about this topic, particularly as to mediators who hold themselves out as possessing expertise in niche areas, such as the resolution of intellectual property disputes.  My observations on this topic in the next post.  For now, a sampling of some of the comments made by local mediators and ADR panel executives below:  

Some Question Mediators' Liability Waivers

by Greg Katz
Daily Journal Staff Writer

LOS ANGELES - Mediators, perhaps more than anybody, know how expensive and time-consuming litigation can be.

So it should come as no surprise that many of them insert professional liability waivers in the forms they use for their mediations, using clauses, like: "The mediator has no liability for any act or omission in connection with the mediation."

While the State Bar prohibits attorneys from putting prospective liability waivers in contracts with their clients, mediators, who are unregulated, face no such restrictions.

Major providers, including JAMS and ADR Services, insert liability waivers in mediation forms posted on their Web sites, as do leading independent practitioners.

Now, some mediators and other participants in the industry are questioning what the waivers say about the ethics of mediation as a field. They warn that, despite the state's strict confidentiality rules that prohibit using anything said or done in mediation in court, it is likely mediators eventually will face lawsuits.

"In both law and medicine, it's unethical in California to seek a prospective waiver of liability from the people for whom you perform services," said Los Angeles mediator Jeff Kichaven, who has long expressed concerns about those waivers and does not use them himself. "If mediators want to have the same kind of respect in society, the way to do it is to try to emphasize their ethical standards."

While not all of the ethical standards imposed on lawyers should be applicable to mediators, Kichaven said, this one should.

"To me, it's a basic willingness to stand behind the quality of your work, which every professional ought to be willing to do," he said. . . . . .

                                   *                 *                   *

Jay Welsh, JAMS' general counsel, said ethical standards should be different for attorneys and mediators because the professions are "totally different."

"We want mediators and arbitrators to remain out of the fray so that they can take people who are contentious, and in litigation and make sure that litigation is focused on each other and no one else," Welsh said. "So that's why it's in our agreements."

                                            *              *            *

Peter Robinson, managing director of the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution at Pepperdine University School of Law, said he had qualms with the use of liability waivers. He said they may not stand up if challenged in court. But, he added, attorneys don't sue mediators because they look at mediation as a public service profession akin to fire fighting.

"The fire department is a helping profession - whenever they go out, they're heroes. And in a similar way, mediators are there to help people get the case resolved, and I think most of the time they're perceived as a resource or an asset, as compared to a person who's responsible," Robinson said.

Finally, the always colorful Jeff Kichaven noted that:

"When I discuss these matters with other mediators, oftentimes the response I've met is, 'I've been doing this for a long time, and nobody has sued me,'" he said. "That's like a conversation with a hypothetical teenage daughter who says, 'What's the big deal with condoms? So far, I haven't gotten pregnant.'"
 

For full article,

click here

.


"Happy Lawyers" is Not an Oxymoron

From today's Los Angeles Daily Journal

FORUM COLUMN

For Lawyers, the Pursuit of Happiness Involves a Return to the Basics

By Victoria Pynchon

"We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.

If you were educated in California's public schools, you read this for the first time in the fifth grade, again in the eighth, one more time in high school civics, and, if you took the sparsely attended jurisprudence course, a final time in law school. Despite this repeated exposure to our nation's most enduring set of principles, I never really understood what the "pursuit of Happiness" meant until my stepson began legal practice earlier this year. He was tired of reading about unhappy lawyers, he said. "Tell me how to be happy practicing law." So back to first principles I went.

We know that the Founders didn't have weekend spa retreats, golfing getaways or new BMWs in mind when they included in the preamble to the Declaration of Independence the right to pursue happiness. So what did these men of the American Enlightenment mean?

They meant eudaimonia, an Aristotelian concept defined not by honor, wealth or power, but by rational activity in accordance with virtue over a complete life. These virtues were those of character - honesty, pride, friendliness and wit - intellect; generosity; and knowledge of those matters that are fundamental and unchanging.

"Happiness, eudaimonia, arises from virtuous activity," I told Adam.

"Uh-huh," he said, with that look young people give even their stepparents. The "I didn't ask for platitudes but was seeking genuine guidance here" look. He didn't have to tell me about burdens of billable hours, the grinding slog of paperwork, the pitched battle of litigation or the often corrosive internal politics that attend the practice of law in every firm. Legal practice could easily consume one's life and often frustrated our attempts to set the gears of justice into motion. It was and always will be enormously stressful. Could it possibly be transformed into something resembling contentment?

The positive answer to this question comes from scientific research about "eustress" or good stress. The term was coined by the neuroimmune biologist Hans Selye in the early 1970s. It refers to the happily adaptive response to what some people call "problems" and others deem "challenges." In response to "challenges" - difficulties or barriers people believe they have the freedom and power to address - the body releases adrenaline and noradrenaline, hormones that heighten our perception, increase our motivation and physical strength and extend our capacity to function intellectually, physically, emotionally and behaviorally.

This "good stress" acts both as a motivator to creative problem-solving and as its biochemical reward. Eustress is the biological example of the Aristotelian concept of value eudaimonia, the pursuit of which our new country guaranteed us.

As the Happy Mind Web site suggests in its post on Eudaimonia and the Pursuit of Happiness: "If we can rediscover the concept of eudaimonia, and adapt it to suit our modern values, perhaps we can find a way to achieve longer-term happiness. A modern concept of eudaimonia, for example, might include the need to take account of the effect of one's actions on the environment, as well as on other people in one's community. It might take the form of political engagement, or artistic creativity, or volunteer work. By focusing on the effect of our actions on those around us and on the world in general, rather than on our own happiness, perhaps we can learn to be eudaimon, and to be happy."

"OK, OK," I could hear Adam saying, "but you're digressing again. You said you were going to talk about happy lawyers, not about Thomas Jefferson and some 1970s feel-good immune-biologist."

If philosophy and social science didn't provide the answers he was looking for, all I had to offer was my own professional experience. So I shared with him the joy I derived from my ability to solve a client's problem through legal research, strategic thinking and effective advocacy and the surprisingly deep satisfaction I felt in procuring a greater degree of justice for my clients than they had ever thought possible.

Despite the cold chill of fear and nausea that accompanied me to the 3rd District Court of Appeal during my first few years of practice in Sacramento, I'll never forget the heady sense of accomplishment that followed formal oral argument before a three-judge panel. I entered the courtroom fearful of passing out at the podium but left feeling just a little bit heroic. Taking and defending my first dozen or so depositions, arbitrating my first dispute and trying my first half-day court case were all rich sources of eustress and eudaimonia. Asking the right questions, obtaining both expected and unanticipated answers and following the trail of evidence to a beneficial conclusion were not easy to learn. But they were all both worthy challenges that provided their own exciting rewards.

The gentler arts of legal practice were also sources of fulfillment. Advising my first few pro bono clients about their legal rights was immensely gratifying. These were people and nonprofit organizations who never expected the justice system to be put to use in their service. Hearing the relief in their voices at the smallest victory was better compensation than any anticipated year-end bonus. The law did not, after all, serve only the rich. It served my people - and those less fortunate than I had been - as well.

At some point, all of us who till the fields of justice realize that our knowledge of the law and ability to wield it on behalf of others is one of life's great and rare privileges. No one, no one, will ever be quite so able to bully us - or anyone we care about - simply by asserting their status or brandishing their economic power again.

If we surrender ourselves to the lessons the practice of law has to teach us, we are given the opportunity to exercise every strength of character and overcome every weakness of resolve with which we have been simultaneously blessed and burdened.

If my stepson and his fellow new attorneys would permit me to be sentimental for just a moment, this is what I'd tell them: Legal practice is not a job. It's not even a career. It's a calling. You will push yourself harder than you can imagine. In the near term, your victories will be more internal than external; more apprenticeship than accomplishment. With the blank screen of professional life to be filled, however, you could not be better positioned to pursue happiness - rational activity in accordance with virtue over a complete life - than you are at this very moment.

Welcome to the profession! Do well. Do good. Be happy

For Everything Else There's AMEXMasterCard Card

From Likelihood of Confusion -- a must read about the foolish-ness-esses of applying too much knee-jerk law to the business of business.

A reader writes to New York Times Q&A guy Stuart Elliot with a question that’s on a lot minds:  What’s with this “Mastercard card” stuff you hear on the commercials?  There are, evidently, two answers, the second of which was LIKELIHOOD OF CONFUSION®’s guess and the first of which is… well, here, read it for yourself:

“Essentially, many times it’s because we’re driving consumers to use their physical payment card,” says Jon Schwartz, a spokesman for MasterCard Worldwide in Purchase, N.Y., “so we must distinguish between our brand and the MasterCard-branded credit or debit cards that consumers utilize to make purchases.”

You must, eh?  Well, in this humble marketing-and-branding-savvy-law-blogger’s opinion, you’re not.  We can barely follow what you’re talking about, and that’s because what you’re talking about, Jon — can we call you Jon?, thanks — is incoherent. 

You must read it all.  Now.  Here.

Ah.  Sanity.  I feel all restored and reasonable again.  Thanks Ron! (@RonColeman)

Blawg Review #190 Celebrates Bill of Rights Day as the RIAA Seeks to Designate Litigant "Vexatious" for Seeking a Jury Trial

Run right over to the Legal Satyricon for as much Bill of Rights savagery as you might have been waiting eight years for as Blawg Review #190 Celebrates Bill of Rights Day.

Our favorite here at the IP ADR Blog is the Seventh Amendment.

SEVENTH AMENDMENT

In suits at common law, where the value in controversy shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved, and no fact tried by a jury, shall be otherwise re-examined in any court of the United States, than according to the rules of the common law.

Apparently the RIAA didn’t get the memo on this one. One of its attempted victims in a file sharing lawsuit has had the audacity to demand a trial by jury — a move the RIAA deemed “vexatious.” Wired 27b/6.

All ten are covered in full here!

Blawg Review continues next week, hosted by Ron Coleman at Likelihood of Confusion.

Blawg Review has information about next week’s host, and instructions how to get your blawg posts reviewed in upcoming issues.

IP ADR Blogger John Leo Wagner Makes DJ's Top 40 Neutrals List

We're proud to announce that our friend and colleague, Judicate West hearing officer (mediator and arbitrator) John Leo Wagner, Federal Magistrate (ret.) has been named one of 40 Top California Neutrals by the Los Angeles Daily Journal

 

Daily Journal Bio from the Top 40 List Below

Affiliation: Judicate West
Rate: $6,600 a day
Location: Los Angeles

Specialty: Mediation and arbitration. Intellectual property, construction defect, environmental, mass torts and securities and consumer class actions
Cases: During the past year, Wagner settled thousands of lawsuits that had been filed over a six-year period by depositors who lost their savings when a noninsured bank collapsed. He also mediated to settlement a high-stakes, multistate electrical power contract between utilities and contractors; facilitated a global settlement involving four lawsuits by dairy farmers over contaminated cattle feed; settled a construction defect case involving a $400 million power plant and 160 contract claims; and helped facilitate a settlement in a Voting Rights Act disenfranchisement case involving two large counties, the governor, Legislature, attorney general, state and county bar associations and the NAACP Legal Defense Fund.

Background: Director, Irell & Manella ADR Center Los Angeles; U.S. magistrate judge, Northern District of Oklahoma; litigation partner, Kornfeld & Franklin, Oklahoma City

Business Solutions to Commercial IP Problems or Legal Solutions to Business Problems? Why Not Both?

I recently advised a client that his IP dispute with a virtual world was just the type of cutting edge, paradigm busting, sophisticated legal problem that people go to law school to resolve.

Good for litigators.  Bad for client.

I'll return with business advice for resolving legal problems with business savvy but pause here to share with you Drinker Biddle's recent parade of horribles on IP challenges facing virtual worlds and their entrepreneurs.

Generating and Protecting Intellectual Property in Virtual Worlds (.pdf)

By: Gary J. Rinkerman, Philip J. Cardinale & Janet Fries

The rapid growth of online “virtual worlds,” or computer-based interactive electronic environments, such as Second Life® and There.com, has created new opportunities for creating custom, virtual content, and for advertising and selling “real world” and virtual products and services. Along with those opportunities come a number of unique and potentially complex legal issues that arise in establishing and enforcing intellectual property rights – including trademark, trade dress, copyright, rights of publicity and other rights – in the context of “virtual realities.” Conversely, owners of such rights need to be cautious in deciding whether to create their own presence in such virtual worlds, especially if the virtual world’s Terms of Use contain restrictions on how IP rights must be allocated or licensed, or how IP disputes must be resolved. Some companies may elect to create a presence in virtual worlds, but others may be “dragged in” to virtual environments by the need to monitor usage and enforce IP rights, since IP usage in these virtual environments can have significant real-world impacts.

The solution to sophisticated commercial/legal problems arising in virtual worlds requires both IP lawyers and business/negotiation advisors to resolve.

H/t to Professor Michael Scott @CopyrightLaw who is a must-follow for lawyers with IP issues on twitter; find him @InternetLaw @PrivacyLaw and @LawProf as well.  And don't forget to subscribe to his excellent Singularity Law Blog as well.

Blawg Review #189 at Infamy or Praise Delivers the Goods

Remember those days - largely before you went to law school - when you believed all lawyers with whom you were going to practice would evidence the benefits of a classical education?    I believed.  As did two ex-husbands until they first attended law firm holiday parties.  No mariner ever pulled them away from the hors d'oeuvres table to arrest them with the power of a seafaring tale. 

Alas, we divorced years and years before I could give them Blawg Review #189 as Exhibit A to restore their pre-law belief in the well-educated and sophisticated legal practitioner.  In #189, Colin Samuels restores the image of the legal profession by following the tale of the Ancient Mariner -- he of the "long grey beard and glittering eye" -- who weaves an irresistible narrative for the transfixed wedding guest, a story seared into the memories of those of us who happily squandered our University years studying literature.  ("what are you going to do with a literature degree, honey?")

Audaciously comparing those of us who blog to the mighty Coleridge, Colin Samuels writes:

As writers, many of us have struggled to find our voices online. Do we write as we would speak to friends and colleagues or as we would write for professional publication? Do we censor ourselves or seek controversy? Do we write on non-legal topics or maintain a strictly professional image online? Will our writing be an end in itself or a means to another end? Each new legal blogger has asked these and many other questions of himself or herself, only to find them being asked again and again as his or her blogging continues. As highly-educated professionals, we are often the severest and most persistent critics of our own writing.
 

Like the Mariner, Samuels' most recent Blawg Review (see his previous brilliant efforts based upon Dante's  Hell, Purgatory, and Heaven) so arrested my attention that I didn't even do what I must admit I always do with Blawg Review -- skim down to see whether one of my weekly posts was included (not).

I can only say to you:  Read it.  Now.  And if you're looking to justify your IP time, here are the IP links you will find woven into one of the great narrative poems of English Literature.

Venkat Balasubramani wrote that the government's use of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act has led to a muddled discussion which confuses two separate issues: "Somehow the discussion has shifted from whether it's appropriate to use Ms. Drew's commission of a tort to support a CFAA conviction to whether the CFAA should cover access in excess of a website's terms of use. Two conceptually distinct issues that people tend to conflate."

The Media Bloggers Association legal blog explained
the import of the verdict for bloggers: "There is understandable concern among many online commentators about the implications of the particular legal theories that formed the basis of the convictions, based fundamentally on the violation of various levels of online terms of service that are seldom more than glanced at and clicked through by experienced Internet users. The MBA encourages responsible use of the online resources via its Statement of Principles...."

Shortly after the verdict, Orin Kerr posted a tongue-in-cheek revised Terms of Service for The Volokh Conspiracy blog. These revised terms, which required such user promises as "Your middle name is not 'Ralph'," "You're super nice," and "You have never visited Alaska," were meant to illustrate how easily (and routinely) we can violate the use terms of many sites, resulting in potential criminal liability after the Drew decision. Scott Greenfield commented that "As terms of service go, Orin's are relatively reasonable." Greenfield noted that his blog has only one rule ("No assholes"), but that he has and will apply it arbitrarily and ruthlessly.

Frank Pasquale considered whether Google, which has become a gatekeeper for much of the world's online information, should have the right to censor that information: "Bottom line: someone in government has to have the right to determine "if the search algorithm [has become] biased." Without that basic assurance, black box search engines now are about as big a menace as the black box economy was five years ago. We trust the math wizards at Google now as much as we used to admire the financial innovators at Bear Sterns and Goldman. Only time will tell if our faith in the mathematicians was misplaced yet again." Meanwhile, Google's weak sister, Yahoo!, has apparently thrown in the towel on its internet radio project, ceding the project to CBS. David Oxenford discussed whether the move would affect the decisions recently made by the Copyright Royalty Board, which relied at least in part on arguments about internet radio's economic power which have not been borne out.

Maya Richard suggested four tactics to
preemptively protect patent assets from patent trolls: monitoring patent filings for applications related to your portfolio; hedging risk with patent infringement insurance; retaining skilled IP counsel to build a case for major patent assets; and joining an industry protection group. Also writing on a patent-related topic was R. David Donaghue, who noted that despite the Twombly decision, "many district courts are requiring that patent defendants plead affirmative defenses and, in some cases, counterclaims to the higher plausibility standard." He suggests remedies for this uneven application of the Twombly standards.

id you think road kill would be the most unlikely legal topic addressed in this Blawg Review? Hah! Ron Coleman explained that "tackiness is not grounds for refusal to register" a trademark. The owners of the Chippendale's male striptease concern are hoping to register their distinctive collar-and-cuffs costume as a trademark and Coleman pointed out that they've lined-up some considerable legal and expert support for their efforts. John Welch noted that the PTO has already "conceded that the Chippendale 'outfit' is product packaging rather than product shape" and Ryan Gile added that, faced with "400 pages of evidence [presented by Chippendale's, the] PTO had no problem recognizing that the Chippendales trade dress had acquired distinctiveness." Rebecca Tushnet suggested that the claims were limited in the application, but confused rather than clarified matters: "If the fact that the torso wearing the collar and bow tie is unclothed is not part of the mark, then any man in an outfit with cuffs and a bow tie is copying the Chippendale's mark."

 

Blawg Review sails on next week when Marc Randazza and his Satyriconistas at The Legal Satyricon host.

Blawg Review has information about next week's host and instructions how to get your blawg posts reviewed in upcoming issues.

 

 

Settle Your Next IP Case with a Mind Map

Check out the ever-exhaustive Settlement Perspectives blog this week for a walk down the organized aisle of mind-mapping for your mediator.  As in-house counsel John DeGroote explains:

 


A sample Mediation Mind Map, available in .pdf format here.

You’ve been there before. You’ve done your homework to prepare for the mediation, ready to engage over the issues in the case. A trial bag filled with critical notes, important documents, and detailed spreadsheets sits within arm’s reach. But the other side speaks first, and offers something insightful like: “My client’s Widgetmaster doesn’t work; since you made it, you owe us money.” Now it’s your turn.

Sometimes it takes a little more effort to untell a story than to tell it. In most disputes negotiation success depends on a command of the details, and in your next mediation the outcome may hinge on your mediator’s ability to remember those details on the fly. Do you have a way to get them across to your mediator before she meets alone with the other side?

What Is a Mind Map Anyway?

After years of 3-ring binders, graphics and white boards, I have learned that a mind map is often the best way to organize and communicate the complex, critical information you — and your mediator — will need to convey before the case can settle.

Read the full post here!

 

Estimating the Settlement Value of Your IP Case

Thanks to Robert Holland at Sidley Austin Los Angeles for giving us a few more issues to consider when estimating the settlement value of any case.

THE PRACTICAL IMPACT OF CALIFORNIA’S EQUITY-FIRST RULE ON SETTLEMENT VALUE AND CHOICE OF LITIGATION FORUM by Robert Holland Sidley Austin, LLP with thanks to JD Supra here and in my twitter network @Legal_Alerts

The California Court of Appeal’s recent decision in Hoopes v. Dolan, Case No. A117892 (1st Dist., 4th Div., November 12, 2008), is a reminder that, in a civil action involving a combination of legal claims that are triable by a jury and equitable claims that are triable only by a judge, litigants and their counsel should carefully consider the order in which California state and federal rules require those claims to be tried. Especially where the legal and equitable claims turn on the same facts, those rules are likely to have a uniquely significant impact on: (1) any estimate of the settlement value of the case; and (2) whether state or federal court is the more attractive forum.

Continue reading here.

 

Thanksgiving Week Gratitude Opportunities

From the Smart Woman Guide Blog, one of the best ways to feel grateful this holiday season and to express our recognition of our many blessings.  

(pictured, Sheila Ansah Adjei looking for a Kiva micro-loan)

Together We Are Stronger: The Value of Cooperation in Business

Cooperation is a SmartWoman Principle. I honestly believe that together, we are stronger. To highlight this point, I want to showcase two opportunities you have today to use the strength of cooperation to your advantage in your business.

Kiva and Microlending

There are many ways to show gratitude, foster solidarity, and raise awareness. These activities strengthen your ability to persevere in your business, reach out to others for help, and have your business noticed. They build your character as an entrepreneur and character is how you will ultimately succeed.

Every day on my Twitter background, I have been featuring a global female entrepreneur who is soliciting to receive a microloan through Kiva. Within hours, these entrepreneurs have become fully funded. Hours! Kiva provides the opportunity for farmers, retailers, manufacturers and more worldwide to feed their cattle, buy more inventory, and create new jobs. These women and their partners are pulling others out of poverty, creating self-sustaining economic systems and living “The Dream”.

Participating in microlending plugs you in to a global community of support and promise. It shows you what’s possible. It lights the fire of passion and purpose and spurs you on to do whatever you have to do to be successful in your meaningful work. An entrepreneur with vision, drive, and purpose is unstoppable. Sharing and cooperation through Kiva (or any other of the many microlending organizations) is a way to become that type of entrepreneur.

Creating Healthy IP Culture Best Dispute Prevention Strategy

An ounce of prevention . . . . with thanks to Patent Baristas for the following:

ipculture.jpgcul·ture (n.) the set of shared attitudes, values, goals, and practices that characterizes an institution or organization (Merriam-Webster’s Dictionary Online).

The book “Intellectual Property Culture: Strategies to Foster Successful Patent and Trade Secret Practices in Everyday Business” by Eric Dobrusin and Ronald Krasnow is. . . . not just about the management of intellectual property assets, it is about creating a culture within an organization that recognizes that intellectual property is essential to the very livelihood of the business and knowing how to proactively protect IP assets.

  The guiding principal is that any organization that wishes to survive in the knowledge economy must develop an IP culture:

To thrive in the knowledge economy, organizations must cultivate attitudes and behaviors that recognize IP, respect IP, and trade upon the value of IP.  This needs to be done organically, within each individual organization, and to meet the specific needs and characteristics of each such organization.

The trick, of course, is to develop a “healthy IP culture.”

For full review, click here.

 

Yes, Virginia, Santa Claus is Solo Practice Universityâ„¢

Faculty @ SPU

It's official!  I've joined the faculty of Solo Practice University™

Huh?

I don't see that University in any tier of the U.S. News and World Report's Law School Rankings!  And if it's not ranked for goodness sakes, does it even exist?

Yes, Virginia, a school for legal practitioners does exist "as certainly as love and generosity and devotion exist, and you know that they abound and give to your life its highest beauty and joy."

O.K.,Solo Practice University™ is not Santa Claus but it comes pretty darn close.

Solo Practice University™ is a revolutionary new web-based educational community that picks up where your legal education left off.

Learn from some of the most progressive lawyers, marketing pros, technology consultants and legal business giants how to:

* Plan, build and grow your private practice
* Differentiate yourself from the competition
* Attract and engage new clients more easily

… and much more. They just can’t teach you that in law school.

Are your clients peppering you with questions you can't answer about their rights and remedies in Cyberspace?  Then it is Christmas, Hannukah and Kawanza all rolled up into one when SPU Professor Brett Trout is teaching a course on intellectual property in cyberspace.

Need to transform your marketing strategy in these troubled economic times?  You can learn  not just how to blog your way into your desired market, but how to leverage what you love into how much you make from Blawgfather and SPU Professor Grant Griffiths.

Wondering whether to put rocket fuel into your networking vehicle by adding online social media?  You couldn't find a better teacher than SPU Professor Toby Bloomberg who has over 15-years of traditional strategic marketing experience and four years with social media through her company Bloomberg Marketing/Diva Marketing.

Whether your presence in Cyberspace is solo or in connection with a group practice, let SPU Professor Stephanie L. Kimbo help you hang out your virtual shingle. 

Don't yet know your way around the courtroom?  Thinking of adding criminal defense to your practice as a growth industry in troubled economic times?  Need to ask questions of a seasoned trial attorney that would make you feel inadequate to ask of your supervising attorney in the PD's office?  There's no better winter holiday gift than SPU Professor Scott Greenfield's semester-long course “The Practice of Criminal Defense - The Road to Perdition.”

Still waiting to take that first deposition?  Taking your 20th and can't stop worrying that the Court Reporter thinks you're just a tiny bit pathetic?  Don't know how to deal with obstreperous opposing counsel?  Afraid to run a line of killer cross-examination to re-position your case for summary judgment or settlement?  Wish you'd gotten the expert to admit that he'd consider the moon to be green cheese if his attorney had told him to assume it? (yes my partner did). 

Then you'll want to sign up for my Deposition Skills course based upon the NITA techniques I've taught for more than a dozen years and my own OJT during a 25-year commercial legal practice.

Let your real legal education begin at Solo Practice University™

 Solo Practice University™

Head's Up RIAA: Engage These Kids Passions: Don't Sue Your Market for Heaven's Sake

Since you've clearly already taken your brains out of your heads, make a strategic marketing decision that doesn't put them up your #$@%.

Engage young people's loyalty; their capacity for innovation; their motivation to do the right thing if paired up with the right innovative partner. 

Time to fold up the litigation tents & reconnect with the people who will or will not be buying your music for the next 60 YEARS!

The following courtesy of Professor Michael Scott @copyrightlaw.

News You Could Do Without

by Mike Masnick from TechDirt

 

Students Dropping Out Of School To Pay RIAA Settlement Fees?

from the educational-campaign,-huh? dept

You may recall a couple years ago that an RIAA representative suggested that an MIT student should drop out of school and get a job in order to pay the fine it was demanding she pay for sharing some music. Now, according to the associate dean of student development at the University of Wisconsin, some students are doing exactly that: "Some students have had to drop out of school in order to pay for their legal fees." No examples or proof is given, so I'm wondering if this is just a throw-away line.

Heddy Lamar and Inventor's Day at IP Think Tank Blawg Review No. 185

Heddy Lamar invented wireless tech?  Well . . . . it's not quite what happened, but not too far from the truth according to Duncan Bucknell's IP Think Tank Blawg Review #185.  If that doesn't send my Hollywood lawyer friends over to Duncan's pad for a read I don't know what would.

Next week’s Blawg Review will be hosted at Res Ipsa Blog

Blawg Review has information about next week's host, and instructions how to get your blawg posts reviewed in upcoming issues.

If you wish, send me a tiny url of posts you think are blawg review-worthy to @vpynchon on your Twitter network.

$#@^%& (that's husband cursing Twitter in background)

 

Join BrightTALK for the IP Summit Web Cast on November 11, 2008

"Return Phone Calls Within 24 Hours, Use Spell Check, Don't Ever Hit 'Reply All'" Not Patentable

I'm not certain whether all of my IP ADR colleagues think business method patents are . . . well . . . ridiculous like I do, not to mention yet another way to stifle innovation,  ingenuity and the collaborative commercial spirit that made our economy great, but they'll have to weigh in now if they don't agree that this is very good news American business  . . . . 

Tech Crunch tells us today that Your Business Method Patent Has Just Been Invalidated, and not a moment too soon for an ailing economy, say I.  Snippet below.  Click above for full article.

If you are one of the recipients of the 1,300 business method patents issued in the U.S. last year, or the thousands more that have been issued rampantly and indiscriminately over the past decade, you are probably out of luck. The U.S. Court of Appeals in Washington, D.C. ruled today that business methods are not patentable unless they meet fairly narrow rules. What this means for Internet companies and patent trolls alike is that many of their existing patents may be invalid—at least until the case is heard by the Supreme Court, assuming it is appealed.

Survive in Tough Times? Don't Plate that Patent in Gold

A truly excellent post over at IP Asset Maximizer Blog on reducing legal expenses while still protecting your inventions.  To give you a taste before you speed on over there, blogger and self-described "Intellectual Property and Patent Business Strategist and 'Recovering Patent Lawyer'" Jackie Hutter suggests that the "disciplined" entrepreneur will

obtain[] patent rights that are adequate, but are not so broad as to fully protect the upside opportunity associated with the innovation. The risk to such an approach is that if the innovation is a runaway success, the patent rights may not be broad enough to fully exclude competition. Few product or technology innovations are truly runaway hits, however, so the organization that decided that not all patents must be gold-plated would probably come out significantly ahead in patent legal spends.

To business people, we attorneys can seem like overly anxious mother (and father) hens in the provision of both transactional and litigation services.  I learned this early as a paralegal (back when New York City was bankrupt and Times Square truly frightening to the 23-year old who took her lunch breaks prowling mid-town Manhattan).  Though I worked for the head of the litigation department, my desk was outside the door of the attorney who advised Uniroyal about the potential problems posed by their advertising.  He made the litigators look like pussy-cats, shouting on a daily basis at whoever it was in the ad department who just wanted a little room to create, man, and the "suits" were always worrying about liability for goodness sakes when it didn't much matter if someone sued you if you weren't selling any $%#@^% tires!! (or Sperry Top-Siders).

So remember, everything in moderation.  As Jerry McGuire's infamous mission statement exhorted:  fewer clients; less money. 

 

(by the way, that's my good friend Russel asking "do you know your name?")

Reward or Punish? Nice IP Litigators Finish First

Apparently I was in a coma in March of this year when "the press went crazy for Martin A. Nowak’s study on the value of punishment."  As Scientific American recently reminded us

A Harvard University mathematician and biologist, Nowak had signed up some 100 students to play a computer game in which they used dimes to punish and reward one another. The popular belief was that costly punishment would promote cooperation between two equals, but Nowak and his colleagues proved the theory wrong. Instead they found that punishment often triggers a spiral of retaliation, making it detrimental and destructive rather than beneficial. Far from gaining, people who punish tend to escalate conflict, worsen their fortunes and eventually lose out. “Nice guys finish first,” headlines cheered.

See Using Math to Explain How Life on Earth Began here.

What does this have to to with IP ADR?  Plenty!

When negotiating the settlement of an IP dispute, framing your proposals as rewards rather than threatening further punitive litigation strategies and tactics will  make the other guy far more likely to engage in collaborative problem solving and your client far more likely to praise your extraordinary litigation skills.

Special note to mediators and settlement judges:  this should put the last nail in the coffin of the "litigation is risky and expensive" settlement strategy.

Copyright Czar Lawrence Lessig?

Which Presidential administration do you think might be smart enough to do that?

Go to Wired to Vote:  Who Should Be the First U.S. Copyright Czar, then vote for the team with sufficient wisdom to appoint the right person.  Excerpt from Wired post below; full post at link above:

On Monday, Bush signed the "Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights Act" creating the new position — an official on equal footing with the U.S. drug czar. The copyright czar is charged with implementing a nationwide plan to combat piracy and "report directly to the president and Congress regarding domestic international intellectual property enforcement programs."

We've started the list with a few of the usual suspects on both sides of the copyright debate. Make your own nomination below, and vote up or down on others as you see fit.

To cast your Czar Vote, click here.

Changing Copyright Law for the Better with Larry Lessig

Can a law professor be a lawyer's hero?  I have just two words for you: Larry Lessig.

See Peter Black's Freedom to Differ post today on Lessig's WSJ editorial on changing copyright law for the better and for the good.

Just one of several suggestions below.

Deregulate "the copy": Copyright law is triggered every time there is a copy. In the digital age, where every use of a creative work produces a "copy," that makes as much sense as regulating breathing. The law should also give up its obsession with "the copy," and focus instead on uses -- like public distributions of copyrighted work -- that connect directly to the economic incentive copyright law was intended to foster.

Speaking of change .... what was the prevailing dispute resolution technology when Columbus sailed the ocean blue in 1492?

In England, trial by jury!

What's the prevailing dispute resolution technology today when we celebrate Columbus Day* more than 500 years later?

Trial by jury!

So I was just wondering ....... whether we might be able to convince Lessig to head up the LegalTED Conference Steering Committee for 2009.  I'd like to sign Bruce McEwen of Adam Smith, Esq. for the Steering Committee as well, for his unbelievably great analysis of the Heller collapse (which I observed up close and personal) and for this:

Are, then, the 19th-Century notions of "conflicts" a barrier to globalizing and consolidating law firms? If you want my view, it's that clients seek concentrated--not dispersed--expertise, and that deep and long-standing industry knowledge is precisely where competitive advantage comes from. This stands "conflicts" on its head, and says that clients seek depth, not shallowness.

As well as for noting that, um, clients are adults!

From Clients are Extraordinarily Understanding (h/t to Diane Levin's brilliant and comprehensive Blawg Review # 181 here)


_________________

Click here for the counter-narrative.

Musicians Outside the (i)Pod from IP KAT

See what IPKAT's talking about when it notes its fascination with the music industry's efforts to "develop new business models" in its post  on the formation of the Featured Artists Coalition. IPKAT comment below.  What excites the KAT at the link above.

The IPKat is fascinated by the continued efforts made on all sides of the music industry to develop new business models and feels that it's clearly apparent that there are almost as many potential business models as there are business interests -- this seems to herald the end of any "one size fits all" model. Yet there's safety in numbers, which means that even big name artists need to organise within groupings such as the FCA.

Sedona Discovery Cooperation Proclamation

Thanks to the recent Twitter entry of R. David Donoghue -- "follow" him here -- of the Chicago IP Litigation Blog, we here at the IP ADR Blog can bring you the Sedona Discovery Cooperation Proclamation.

  Since I'm in Paris and David promises to post a piece on this in his blog tomorrow, I'll leave the commentary to him.  Here's the 3-page manifesto and below the introduction.

(left, Donoghue, standing up for reason and client-satisfaction).

The costs associated with adversarial conduct in pre-trial discovery have become a serious burden to the American judicial system. This burden rises significantly in discovery of electronically stored information (“ESI”). In addition to rising monetary costs, courts have seen escalating motion practice, overreaching, obstruction, and extensive, but unproductive discovery disputes – in some cases precluding adjudication on the merits altogether – when parties treat the discovery process in an adversarial manner. Neither law nor logic compels these outcomes.


With this Proclamation, The Sedona Conference® launches a national drive to promote open and forthright information sharing, dialogue (internal and external), training, and the development of practical tools to facilitate cooperative, collaborative, transparent discovery. This Proclamation challenges the bar to achieve these goals and refocus litigation toward the substantive resolution of legal disputes.

The 21st Century: It's All About Collaboration: Pick Up the Lawyers' Guide Today

The Lawyers' Guide to Collaboration Tools and Technologies

Say goodby to quill pens and obstreperous adversarial posturing.  Join authors Dennis Kennedy and Tom Mighell in learning "Smart Ways to Work Together" in their Lawyer's Guide to Collaboration Tools and Technologies.

If you're practicing intellectual property law (why else would you be reading this blog) you know that technology is moving faster than the speed of the law and that your own practice is often moving faster than any human being possibly could.  What can Dennis Kennedy and Tom Mighell help you do about it?  Here's what their new book's ABA blurb says it has in store for all of us:

This first-of-its-kind guide for the legal profession shows you how to use standard technology you already have and the latest "Web 2.0" resources and other tech tools, like Google Docs, Microsoft Office and SharePoint, and Adobe Acrobat, to work more effectively on projects with colleagues, clients, co-counsel and even opposing counsel. In The Lawyer's Guide to Collaboration Tools and Technologies: Smart Ways to Work Together, well-known legal technology authorities Dennis Kennedy and Tom Mighell provides a wealth of information useful to lawyers who are just beginning to try these tools, as well as tips and techniques for those lawyers with intermediate and advanced collaboration experience.

Collaboration technologies and tools are the most important current developments in legal technology and are likely to remain so for the foreseeable future. Explained with minimal technical jargon, the book focuses on highly practical and usable ideas that you can put to work straight away.

With practical advice on how to use specific tools and concrete action steps to take, lawyers and law firms at all levels will benefit from working together better.

You'll learn:

* The basics of collaboration and collaboration tools

* How to select and implement tools and strategies

* The best ways to collaborate on documents, cases, transactions, and projects

* How to collaborate inside and outside the office

* How to collaborate using tools you already have or own


Technology now makes it easier than ever to work with others -- this is the first guide dedicated to the special requirements of the legal world with the practical steps it takes to do it right.

Far too often attorneys come to mediations and settlement conferences meeting one another for the very first time.  They have demonized one another, transmitted the satanic nature of the adversary to their clients -- who had already branded the opposition as cousin to the Bin Ladens -- and hope to work out a "deal" sufficiently satisfying to the parties that the clients are happy with the lawyers.

You'll litigate and settle all of your complex IP litigation far more quickly and efficiently with an attitude of collaboration and tools of cooperation.  The litigation will be less acrimonious and less expensive, making it far less likely that your clients will choose you as the next target of the lingering sense of injustice they have after some dimwit mediator splits the baby in half and hammers them to reluctantly accept a bad deal as the only alternative to an expensive and risky trial.

I can't express the value of Kennedy's and Mighell's book any better than did Patrick J. McKenna, author of Herding Cats, First Among Equals, and First 100 Days: Transitioning A New Managing Partner.

There is an old adage that one can either work hard or work smart . . . you have a choice. And we would all choose working smart, but once having made that obvious decision, you then have to figure out how.

The good news is that Kennedy and Mighell have now produced the most comprehensive playbook, whether you are a solo, large law firm practitioner or working within a legal department, for how to choose and use the right technology tools to 'smartly' collaborate.

And for those who know that collaboration is a profoundly human endeavor, the authors identify all kinds of practical and cultural issues to watch for. This is one of those few texts that will be dog-eared throughout, for continued reference."

If you're still not convinced, here's the first chapter courtesy of the Kennedy, Mighell and the ABA.

Buy it.  Read it.  Catch your practice and your life up with the 21st Century.  Thrive.

 

 

Blawg Review #179 Celebrates the Invention of the Ballpoint Pen

I remember the first time I laid my hands on a BIC pen.  I was in junior high school and the kids down the street seemed to have stumbled over a treasure trove of them.  They were . . . well . . . simply beautiful . . . as was the way they glided across the Windex-blue lined paper populating my denim-covered school binder.  (yes, I stole "Windex-blue" from the L.A. Times article on Paul Newman's recent lamented death).

Who knew I was just beginning to develop an actual aesthetic (see MOMA collection here).

Today, Securing Innovation celebrates the invention of the ballpoint pen in Blawg Review #179 here.

SI is one of the best IP blogs to appear on the scene in some time and I don't link to it nearly enough.  With Blawg Review #179 I'm hoping that S.I. will begin to get the readership it deserves -- like -- a MILLION unique hits a year -- that's how essential it is to the IP practitioner.

Today, check out the great links SI organized under the following topics:  Intellectual Property News and Opinion; Patents; Trade Secrets; Trademarks; Cyberlaw and the all important miscellaneous, entitled appropriately to the ballpoint pen topic, P.S.

Finally, the all-important reminder:

Blawg Review has information about next week's host, and instructions how to get your blawg posts reviewed in upcoming issues. Of particular interest to everyone interested in Intellectual Property law and policy might be the November 10th presentation of Blawg Review #185 by Global Intellectual Property Strategist Duncan Bucknell at his indispensible IP Think Tank weblog.

Of course, all those neat papers purchased in September were torn and crammed into my Pee Chee folder by the end of the term.  Someday, an ode to the Pee Chee. 

This one from Studionebula.com.

It's Time for a LegalTED When IBM Wants a Patent on No Patents

Why LegalTED?  Because we're using 18th Century dispute resolution technology to solve 21st Century conflicts.  Because we're all scratching our heads over items like the one below from SlashDot  -- IBM Wants a Patent on Finding Areas Lacking Patents posting them, and then going on with our business days as if there weren't anything we could do about it -- waiting for Congress, for instance, to solve a problem that rests in our own hands.

"It sounds like a goof — especially coming from a company that pledged to raise the bar on patent quality — but the USPTO last week disclosed that IBM is seeking a patent for Methodologies and Analytics Tools for Identifying White Space Opportunities in a Given Industry, which Big Blue explains allows one 'to maximize the value of its IP by investigating and identifying areas of relevant patent 'white space' in an industry, where white space is a term generally used to designate one or more technical fields in which little or no IP may exist,' and filling those voids with the creation of additional IP."

I'm back from the State Bar Convention, in Monterey, no less, and not a single lawyer I spoke to had ever even heard of the TED Conference (except my good friend Lilys McCoy for whom I imagine I've now irrevocably disqualified myself as her mediator). 

And this just in from How Appealing, a link to the New York Times article on copyrighting the law, except below and link to the NYT article, Who Owns the Law? Arguments May Ensue

IN a time when scientists are trying to patent the very genetic code that creates life, it may not be too surprising to learn that a variety of organizations — from trade groups and legal publishers to the government itself — claim copyright to the basic code that governs our society.

Carl Malamud runs PublicResource.org, which provides the text of statutes, court decisions and construction codes at no charge.

Well, it is still a bit of a head-scratcher. Let me try to explain.

To be clear, it has been established by the United States Supreme Court (no less) that the law and judicial decisions cannot be copyrighted. They are in the public domain and can be used and reused in any way possible, even resold.

Yet, in the real world, judicial decisions and laws and regulations can be exceedingly hard to find without paying for them, either in book form or online. And that doesn’t even include quasi-official material like the numeric codes doctors are required to use when filing for Medicaid or Medicare payments or the fire safety codes that builders are required to follow.

“The law is pretty clear that laws and judicial opinions and regulations are not protected by copyright laws,” said Pamela Samuelson, a professor at Boalt Hall School of Law at the University of California, Berkeley. “That isn’t to say that people aren’t going to try.”

And this (copyrighting tatoos) from AvvoBlog today (another NYT article here).

 

So what do I mean when I say LegalTED? 

This is the kind of thinking I'm talking about -- Howard Rheingold on Collaboration.

So the first question (other than who will be on the Steering Committee besides the few passionate advocates of transformation I've already spoken to) is this:  WHAT IS THE QUESTION?

 

 

Blawg Review # 179 Secures Innovation Tomorrow Morning

Great way to start your IP week -- check out Blawg Review #179 at Securing Innovation tomorrow morning.  Preview here.

Looking forward to it!

Blawg Review # 178 Rocks the IP World from Down Under

Run, don't walk to what may well be the Best BlawgReview of the Year at Freedom to Differ with these tasty IP and technology morsels. 

Law, blogs and technology

At one of my favourite blawgs, The UTube Blog, Edward Lee blogged that NBC praises YouTube technology in keeping unauthorized Olympics videos off the Internet — is Viacom’s case against YouTube now toast?

At PrawfsBlawg Marc Blitz pondered the privacy implications of a video game that you control with your mind.  Meanwhile Sam Bayard from The Citizen Media Law Projectblogged that YouTube announced changes to its community guidelines last week, prohibiting the upload of videos inciting others to commit violent acts, giving Senator Lieberman a partial victory on terrorist videos.   

On Pointwondered whether the 11th US Circuit Court of Appeals tried to cover up a particularly deplorable decision in a civil-rights case by not publishing it, only to have the videotape of a Florida police officer repeatedly tasering a handcuffed motorist showing up on YouTube - with the apparent support of the dissenting judge.

The Greatest American Lawyer observed that Cell Phones Can Distract ... And Kill: Metrolink Engineer May Have Been Texting In Deadly Train Crash.  While on that tragic accident, Traverse Legalreported that it appears that cybersquatters immediately prey upon the publicity that surrounds a mass accident.

Adam Frucci noted that an anti-consumer 8,000 words update to AT&T's 2,500 pages-long customer agreement (called a "guidebook" by the company) probably won't be read by many of its customers, but it is attracting attention from regulators who may require the telecom giant to rein it in. 

Mike Masnick doubted that peer review is sufficient to help the somewhat dysfunctional American patent system.  Gene Quinn wrote that patent trolling has subverted the system from one protecting innovation to one simply redistributing wealth.

And with a shrink-wrap license on a bag of grapes in a supermarket, Mike Madison suggests that contracts have finally "jumped the shark" while Timothy Zick looked at Meatspaces, Cyberspaces, and (Relative) Expressive Freedom and Michael Dorf chanted Spam, oneSpam Spam Spam Spam Spam, Glorious Spam,

Susan Crawford, the founder of One Web Day, urged us to contribute to the e-Democracy Time Capsule at timecapsule.onewebday.org:

Anyone across the country and the world can contribute by adding text, images, and video that celebrates e-Democracy to an open blog. We invite you to add the following entries:

Best of the e-Democracy Web: Your favorite tools, citizen journalist site, etc.  What empowers you to act online?

E-democracy heroes: Brag about your friends and colleagues- who is behind the best political technology, content, and critical policy fights today?

Legislation and Policy: What are the issues we face in delivering the best possible future for e-Democracy?

Letters to the future:  How do you see the e-Democracy Web growing (or failing) in the future?

However, one law blogger is in a little bit of trouble with the Recording Industry Association of America seeking to have  attorney-blogger Ray Beckerman declared a "vexatious" litigator.  According to Wired'sThreat Level blog the RIAA alleges that Beckerman, one of the nation's few attorneys who defends accused file sharers, "has maintained an anti-recording industry blog during the course of this case and has consistently posted virtually every one of his baseless motions on his blog seeking to bolster his public relations campaign and embarrass plaintiffs ... Such vexatious conduct demeans the integrity of these judicial proceedings and warrants this imposition of sanctions."  Read more here and visit Beckerman's blog, Recording Industry vs The People.

Submission guidelines for next week's issue here and if you're brave enough to follow Aussie Peter Black's lead, there are a lot of free dates open for next year's hosts for Blawgreview in the right-hand sidebar.

 

 

Law in Motion: Legal Documentary Journalism at its Best

When I celebrate the fact that the means of production are now in the hands of the people, I'm not talking about the ten-fingers of your 13-year-old daughter (great as her uploaded videos of the family cat might be).

If you're longing for quality documentary content on the internet, check out the KobreGuide, which has a LAW CHANNEL channel here.

The Guide takes its name from its publisher and editor  Ken Kobré whose textbook (below, right) has been the widest-selling text on photojournalism in the world for nearly thirty years.  

I'd be excited about this new way to find quality moving journalism on the 'net whether or not my good friend journalist-mediator Jerry Lazar wasn't serving as Editorial Director -- a guy with some of the best instincts for quality journalism in the country.  Here's how the Kobre Guide describes itself:

This project is an antidote to comprehensive Web video portals, such as YouTube and MetaCafe... We're focusing instead on handpicked, high-quality documentary-style journalism that is being produced primarily by major media outlets -- and frustratingly difficult for consumers to find...

We're a "curated" site (to use the latest buzzword, now that "edited" seems to have lost favor), which means that we're relying on discerning eyes and ears of people like YOU (and not search engines or web bots) to help alert and point us to the creme de la creme ...

We've already located scores of prizeworthy multimedia gems to showcase at launch, and now we're soliciting input from smart folks like you, who are in a position to know about and share the good stuff out there...

Criteria? ... Think "60 Minutes" TV newsmagazine-style journalism (NOT daily news or event coverage) -- but geared for the Web... Mainly video, but also compelling audio-slideshows, or a hybrid thereof...

In short: True (nonfiction) journalism Web multimedia stories of the highest professional quality...

And thanks for the shout out Professor!

California Supremes Open Door Closed by U.S. Supremes

by Jay McCauley

Every time I ask attorneys to identify the single worst drawback of arbitration, their overwhelming answer is “no appeal."  With Arbitration comes the nightmare of losing for no good reason with no possible fix.  

In March of this year, the Supreme Court closed the door to the best solution, finding that contracting parties who choose arbitration lack the power to write appellate review into their arbitration agreements.  Hall Street Associates, LLC v. Mattel, Inc. (2008) __U.S.__, 128 S.Ct. 1396. (see opinion below)

 Just last week, the California Supreme Court, addressing the very same issue under the California Arbitration Act, re-opened the door. Cable Connection, Inc. v. DirecTV.

Both the Federal Arbitration Act and the California Arbitration Act expressly provide that an award may be vacated if it is “in excess of the arbitrator’s powers.” FAA section 10; CAA section 1286.2. The question presented to both courts was whether parties may contractually define those powers by providing that arbitrators who fail to base an arbitral award on the law exceed them. The United States Supreme Court answered: “No, parties may not define those powers.” The California Supreme Court declared the opposite: “Yes, they may.”

A Tale of Two Visions

In Hall Streetthe U.S. Supreme Court made the finality of erroneous awards a feature so hard-wired into arbitration's nature that it cannot be contractually averted. The California Supreme Court, by contrast, makes arbitration a malleable institution whose features may be designed by the contracting parties.  For the U.S. Supreme Court, arbitration’s essential virtues are efficiency and finality. For the California Supreme Court, arbitration's essential virtue is customizability ––  efficient for those who seek efficiency and reliable in its outcomes for those who crave predictability.  

Last November, before either decision was issued, I mispredicted in a post at the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog that the United States Supreme Court would side with the freedom of contracting parties to protect themselves against lawless awards. I did so not only because a majority of the Circuit courts had thus far gone that way (the First, Third, Fourth, Fifth and Sixth, with the Ninth teetering hopelessly back and forth and the Second not yet heard from) but also because the power of the argument was blindingly evident:

Congress expressly said Courts may vacate when the arbitrator exceeds his power [I said]. It never prohibited the contracting parties from defining what those powers are…. What Congress said it intended was to put arbitration agreements “on the same footing” as all other agreements. That should mean “carry out what the parties contracted for” as long as their contract is neither  illegal nor contrary to public policy.

This is why the U.S. Supreme Court's decision was so disappointing.  It didn't deny contractual freedom on ordinary grounds of illegality or contravention of established public policy, but on the ground that “maintain[ing] arbitration’s . . . . virtue of resolving disputes straightaway” is essential.  Apparently the Court feels obliged to protect this one beneficial trait of arbitration against the supposed peril of those who might use arbitration for its other benefits.

For the same reason, the California Supreme Court's decision is gratifying, particularly as it pauses to note frank mystification by what the U.S. Supreme Court has done.  Before upholding the rights of people who are of legal age and sound mind to opt for the rule of law and expect the courts to honor their wishes, the Court noted that "[b]efore Hall Street, we would have had no difficulty concluding that enforcing agreements for judicial review on the merits is consistent with the fundamental purpose of the FAA [the Federal Arbitration Act].”  The California Court went on to counter the notion that arbitration has any single essential characteristic -- such as finality -- explaining, 

Review on the merits has been deemed incompatible with the goals of finality and informality that are served by arbitration and protected by the arbitration statutes. However, … those policies draw their strength from the agreement of the parties. It is the parties who are best situated to weigh the advantages of traditional arbitration against the benefits of court review for the correction of legal error.

Id. at 31.

Finding no reason to fear that parties favoring dependability over efficiency imperil any public interest, the California Court found it quite legitimate for "sophisticated parties in high stakes cases" to  "desire . . . . the protection afforded by review for legal error" in light of their often unfortunate experience with arbitration awards that "deviated from the parties’ expectations in startling ways.”  Rather than harming the institution of arbitration, the Court concluded that “the development of alternative dispute resolution is advanced by enabling private parties to choose procedures with which they are comfortable.” Id.at 33 (emphasis added).

We Dug Our Own Hole

How did we reach the point where a state court, rather than the U.S. Supreme Court, would protect the parties’ freedom to contract for a private adjudication that calls upon the rule of law?  I believe that we –– the ADR community –– have done this to ourselves. Endless tracts on the benefits of arbitration tout its primary benefit (compared to litigation) as its efficiency, isolating a common characteristic of many arbitrations and universalizing it into a necessary trait of all arbitrations.  

The largest private ADR provider in the world, the American Arbitration Association, saw fit to file an amicus brief in the Hall Street matter, opposing its own customers' contractual freedom on the ground that arbitration's fruits cannot properly be anything other than finality and efficiency, even if parties want it to produce something more appealing for them.  As the AAA argued,

Permitting enhanced judicial review by contract would not only eviscerate the principle of finality in individual cases, but would likely transform arbitration into traditional litigation. If procedural efficiencies in arbitration were lost, and if courts increasingly intervened in the process, the value of arbitration would inevitably decline.

AAA Amicus Curiae Brief, p. 6

That efficiency and finality are necessary features of arbitration is not a new argument, and it has been made elsewhere than in the courts.  Stephen Ware, the most insightful intellect in the field of Arbitration today, brilliantly decries the habit of many fellow ADR academicians to reify arbitration into an institution having necessary features apart from the contracts that create it. Responding to ADR guru Edward Brunet’s attempt to inventory the “core values of arbitration,” Ware says:

I do have one quibble with [that approach]. Unlike Professor Brunet, I do not see secrecy, arbitrator expertise, adjudication efficiency or finality as necessary values of arbitration. I see autonomy as the value that transcends those other values. Because arbitration law gives the parties autonomy, they can choose to have their arbitration be secret or not. Because arbitration law gives the parties autonomy, they can choose to have their arbitration use quick and efficient procedures or not. . Because arbitration law gives the parties autonomy, they can chose to make their arbitration final or – by having an appellate arbitration panel or expanding the grounds for vacatur – not.

It is certainly true that most parties to arbitration agreements choose to use their autonomy to advance the values of secrecy, arbitrator expertise, adjudicatory efficiency and finality. But, in my view, that does not show that these are core values of arbitration; it shows that these are core values of most of the parties who agree to arbitrate.

Brunet, Speidel, Sternlight and Ware, Arbitration Law in America, a Critical Assessment, Cambridge University Press, 2006, p. 339

The Solution is Simple -- Leave the Federal Arbitration Act in the Dust

What are the implications of the California Supreme Court rejecting this limited view of arbitration? Quite simply: it reestablishes a critically needed arbitration vehicle that the United States Supreme Court had eliminated. The addition (or retention) of this vessel to the ADR fleet does not impair the rest.  Nor is our ability to use this vessel undermined by the United States Supreme Court’s limiting  interpretation of its own arbitration institution –– that created by the Federal Arbitration Act. That Act does not preempt the States' ability to go in the opposite direction from the FAA, even under the auspices of identically worded legislation.  Counsel concerned about preserving judicial review do not have the contractual freedom to provide for such review in contacts governed by the FAA, but they absolutely have the contractual freedom to specify that their contracts are not governed by the FAA.

The upshot: For those with California disputes, or those in states whose courts have taken their own arbitration acts in the same direction California has taken its, or for those in states whose choice of law rules permit a binding contractual provision that California Law applies (procedural geeks will know this is not so far fetched; interestingly, the Cable Connection case itself began with a motion to compel proceeding in Oklahoma) the solution is simple: draft the arbitration clause to specify that the arbitration shall be governed by the law of an appropriate friendly state [e.g. the California Arbitration Act]. Otherwise stated: Leave the Federal Arbitration Act in the dust.

The irony: This is exactly the opposite of the advice sensible counsel would have given last year for those concerned with finding refuge from erroneous awards. Last year, four appellate courts in California had said you can’t contract for review, while the majority of the Federal Circuit Courts had said you can.  Even those circuits that did not allow the parties to agree to review could give the cold comfort of potential reversal for extremely bad awards under the “manifest disregard” doctrine, a doctrine that has been expressly rejected by the California Supreme Court applying the California Arbitration Act.

California the New Delaware?

Decades ago, Corporations found a refuge from the anarchy of irrational or incompetently administered corporate law when the tiny state of Delaware turned itself into a Mecca for such matters. It is not far-fetched to envision California as an analogous Mecca for Arbitration. In this fertile ground, arbitrations reviewable on the merits –– a species of arbitration the U.S. Supreme Court viewed as a platypus too weird to exist –– will be permitted to thrive.

Attorney-Mediator-Arbitrator Jay McCauley will soon be joining IP ADR as a regular blogger.  We'll provide his specific IP expertise in the bio soon to be included above.  Until then, here are Jay's essential credentials. 

After practicing since 1980 as a Harvard Law School educated, AV rated trial and appellate lawyer, Jay McCauley turned his experience and skills to full-time mediation and arbitration in 1998. He has had extensive training at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution, and now teaches as an adjunct professor at that Institute. He serves on the Large Complex Case Panel as well as the Employment panel of the American Arbitration Association, where he has handled a broad range of disputes, including several whose value has exceeded $50 million. He also serves as a mediator with Judicate West, where he specializes in the resolution of complex business, employment and real property disputes.


 

If You Can't Copy the Law, There's Something Really Wrong Here

From the No Comment Department:

(h/t Slashdot)

California claims copyright to its laws, and warns people not to share them. And that's not sitting right with Internet gadfly, and open-access hero, Carl Malamud. He has spent the last couple months scanning tens of thousands of pages containing city, county and state laws — think building codes, banking laws, etc. Malamud wants California to sue him,

For full post click here.

The closing scene from And Justice for All irresistible . . .

Patent Reform at the DNC and Dovetailing Differences to Settle Patent Infringement Litigation

Thanks, first, to Google Reader for offering me feeds to blogs it knows I'd like but don't have (like Peter Zura's 271 Patent Blog) and then making it easy for me to add them to my Reader, which I can now read on my iPhone thanks to Apple.  Really.  I'm grateful (but could someone now please replace Outlook with a program that doesn't move at a glacial pace?)

On to the real purpose of this post with a hat tip to Peter Zura's 271 Patent Blog for this item out of Denver.   

Lofgren, D-Calif., told a crowd in Denver on Tuesday that it is crucial for Congress to pass legislation to update the U.S. patent system next year -- . . . 

Lofgren, who represents the Bay Area and is a key member of the House Judiciary Committee, said a new effort should begin with "things we know we can agree on." A proposal that would curb judicial "venue-shopping" for favorable courts is critical as is language to address patent abuses, she said. "How do you legally set a framework that prevents abuses and allows for a vigorous system that protects intellectual property?" Lofgren asked aloud. "It's not easy to come up with solutions."
 

Is talking about the things we agree upon first always the best negotiation tactic?  It's certainly helpful when you're brainstorming solutions to intractable disputes -- here -- "set[ting] up a framework that prevents abuses and . . . . a vigorous system that protects intellectual property."

When the debate is particularly rancorous, as is often the case in patent infringement litigation, dove-tailing the parties' differences -- an issue upon which they invariably agree -- is one of the best ways to locate and maximize value to both parties.  Lax and Sebenius in their must-read 3-D Negotiation remind us that "complementary differences -- pairs of high benefit-low cost items" in which one side values the point highly and the other can provide it at relatively low cost is a good place to begin.

Small talk at the commencement of negotiations -- which itself increases the likelihood of a deal -- is one way the parties can locate these high-benefit-low cost items, particularly where they haven't identified them before the negotiation begins.  What kinds of items are easily dove-tailed?  Lax and Sebenius provide us with the categories as follows:

Dovetailing Differences in Forecasts or Beliefs about the Future.

Because the settlement of patent infringement litigation invariably requires one party (or both!) to license the other, the parties' differing expectations of market success or likely technological changes that could make the IP less valuable or even obsolete, are a good place to look for the high benefit-low cost synergies mentioned by Lax and Sebenius. 

If party A firmly believes that sales are going to increase over the next five years and party B is "certain" that they will decrease, their differences in future projections can be dove-tailed by a graduated schedule of fees.  Party B -- who believes there will be minimal to no sales in year five -- can offer higher royalties in year 5+ and lesser in the earlier years.  The attempt to dove-tail these differences is also a good way to call your bargaining partner's bluff.  You'd be amazed how quickly  certainty drains from party predictions when they're asked to put their own money on the gamble.

Dovetailing Differences in Attitudes Toward Risk

I recently negotiated the settlement of a patent infringement case in which Party A and B were considering a merger of the two companies as a means of settling their disputes.  Both parties held multiple patents, a few of which were being litigated in other proceedings. Both parties' valuation of the risk of loss if the event of adverse judgments was approximately the same, i.e., there were no material differences in the parties' forecasts about the future outcome of the lawsuits.

The parties did, however, have substantially different  attitudes toward risk and differing abilities to sustain losses.  Party A, by far the richer player, was much less averse to the outside risks of the pending litigations.  Party B was concerned that the the value of the merged company -- his only real asset -- could be destroyed in the event all of the lawsuits were successful.  The parties had reached impasse on the value of B's shares and of the merged enterprise primarily because of these uncertainties.  Because Party A could weather the outside risk, it agreed to assume it (wagering not only on his ability to satisfy potential judgments but his insurance carrier's willingness to settle existing disputes over coverage).  When these uncertainties were removed from B's plate, he was willing to assign far more value to the merged company, enabling the detailed negotiations for the merger to commence.  /*

For more hypothetical examples, see the following 3-D Negotiation Risk Attitude Dovetailing sub-sections -- Selling a Restaurant; A Joint Venture of Opposites, A Public-Private Real Estate Deal and Assessment Ambiguities.

Dovetailing Differences in Attitudes Toward Time

This category of dovetailing is very like my first hypothetical.  Here, however, the differences in expectations (and desires)  concern the mere passage of time coupled with party shares in a joint venture.  Here, Party A is impatient for immediate returns on his investment, which he needs to fund a new enterprise.  Party B, who is older than A and looking forward to retirement, is more interested in creating a stream of income in the future.

In this scenario, Lax and Sebenius suggest a structure in which Party A earns a smaller share of the early profits and Party B earns a larger share of the later profits.

All of these potential solutions to intractable litigation involve high level financial planning and business forecasting that are far beyond the scope of most "pure money" disputes.  There are few patent infringement disputes, however, that couldn't be more easily resolved by dovetailing party differences.  The law firm's settlement team should be devoting as much time, thought and energy to negotiation planning as its litigation and trial team is devoting to just winning the darn thing.   

______________________

*/   Facts greatly simplified to protect the confidentiality of the mediation and to avoid discussion of unnecessarily complex financial transactions.

  

Linked In Answers to Question: Who Benefits from Inefficiencies of Patent Litigation?

I recently posed the following question to the IP ADR Blog's readers and to my LinkedIn network:  

Which patent infringement litigation parties (if any) benefit from the inefficiencies in the process? 

As usual, my LinkedIn Network delivers.  

The really terrific, thoughtful answers to the question below. 

Thanks to each one who answered.  I'll be following this up with an article or lengthy post soon.

Unless the litigants are disproportional in size there are no winners from these inefficiencies. One can even say that the biggest losers in this process are not even a party to the case. I'm referring to the consumer or the true bearer of the inefficiencies and related cost.

The speed of innovation, the product development, and the marketing efforts will continue to evolve into quicker and more efficient cycles. At some point the legal process will be forced to adapt. A good example of this is the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure on Electronic Discovery.

Change is good, and depending on how business is conducted, it may also be a necessity.

Francis Bueb CPA, CITP of Ueltzen & Co

Unless a preliminary injunction is granted, the defendant in a patent infringement case will likely benefit from a longer and less efficient process. Defendants usually want the plaintiff to have to keep shelling out money to keep the litigation furnace burning.

On the other hand, sometimes a plaintiff who is granted a preliminary injunction just wants to keep the defendant out of the market as long as possible. In such a case, the parties are likely competitors and the longer the defendant's competing product is off market the better for that plaintiff. Sometimes, even a litigation loss is a win for such a plaintiff if, say, the plaintiff's product is replaced by a newer version that is accepted by the consumers before the end of the litigation over the product that is replaced. 

Ryan H. Flax, IP Attorney, Dickstein Shapiro, LLP 

The one with more money.

Ed Green, Patent Lawyer, Coats + Bennett
 

The sad truth is that only the defense attorneys benefit from inefficiencies in litigation because they are charging by the hour. As for the litigants, the Plaintiff usually wants a trial as soon as possible. So, inefficiencies and delay benefit the Defendant, i.e. the accused infringer.

Scott C. Kinsel, Partner, Moore Landrey LLP

In fact the Plaintiff would be at lose because he/she may not get justice immediately. There is a proverb, “justice delayed, justice denied” and if the process is inefficient there would be delay and in such a situation the Plaintiff may not get quick justice. Also, if the plaintiff(s) do not succeed in getting an injunction order against the defendant(s), specifically in case of IPR matters, the Plaintiff may not be able to enforce his/her monopoly IP Right granted by the concerned IPR Office.

Ram Prakash Yadav, Manager - IPR at ACME Tele Power Ltd. Gurgaon

I'd agree with Ed on this one, deeper pockets benefit from inefficiencies.

Inefficiencies result in increased expenses. The increased expenses become a point of leverage in the dispute. I have had clients avoid exercising some of their rights in litigation because exercising their rights would have delayed the trial, which would have added expenses.

Generally, the Defendant has the deeper pockets - which I would suggest is part of the reason others have suggested the Defendant benefits.

Additionally, you do not have the number of frivolous law suits in patent litigation that you have in other civil litigation because it is so expensive to litigate patent infringement. Most patent owners cannot afford to file a complaint unless they are absolutely convinced they have a winning case.

The big loser in the process is the independent inventor or small company, who do not seek patent protection for their new ideas because they do not believe (perhaps correctly) that they will ever be able to enforce their patent, so why seek it. Ultimately, any novel products they develop that have a market will be stolen without any need for litigation.

Todd Sullivan, Managing Partner, Hayes Soloway, P.C.

Apart form the lawyers, I would say that alternative dispute arbitrators (such as the asker of this question) benefit - the inefficiencies of the legal process will drive more on both sides to use these alternative solutions. 

Between the two sides, I think either could benefit, it depends on circumstance - sometimes the patent holder benefits as a potential infringer may continue infringing while awaiting a resolution, and end up paying more when the case is settled - sometimes the infringer will benefit as they can continue profiting from their work while the case is argued, whereas if it was sorted earlier they might effectively be stopped in their tracks - I can easily see a case where both the above could be true.

Finally, the customers may benefit. New products may get developed which would never get launched if their weren't the delays and uncertainties that exist in the system.

Bernard Gore, Facilitation, Project & Programme Management

I don't think there's a simple answer to this, I'm sorry.

It depends on the country - some countries allow an ex parte interim injunction to be granted with no ability for the defendant to add evidence in an appeal. (Highly efficient or inefficient, depending on your point of view.) Either way, the inability to add evidence on appeal is inefficent, if justice is your aim.

It depends on the industry - in the pharmaceutical context, say in the US - the whole litigation procedure is skewed by the Hatch-Waxman regime. So here it even depends on the context of the particular dispute. So, if the 30 month stay is rapidly approaching with no prospect of a trial, then then innovator company will benefit from inefficiencies because they will keep the generic off the market longer, or have a good shot at an injunction in the mean time (depending, again on the patent, etc).

There are others, but this gives the general gist.

Duncan BucknellIP Strategist, Lawyer & Patent Attorney
 

And You Thought You Were Engaged in Protracted Litigation

Lowering the Bar citing California Punitive Damages provides this comment in response to the return of Exxon to the Ninth Circuit after two decades of litigation.

In this artist's conception, the last two human attorneys finally realize they are still on Earth, that the Exxon case has still not been fully resolved, and that they will have to ask for yet another continuance because they aren't dressed for court.

 

Malpractice Alert: Is it a Settlement Conference or a Mediation?

Here in California, there's no stronger rule of confidentiality than that applied to a mediation.  It cannot be impliedly waived (Simmons v. Ghaderi) like most privileges, including the near-sacred attorney-client privilege.  You cannot be estopped from relying upon it.  (Eisendrath).  And if you want your mediated settlement agreement enforced, you must strictly comply with the requirements of Evidence Code section 1123 (Fair v. Bahktiari).

Over at the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog, insurance policy-holder counsel Kirk Pasich questioned many recent interpretations of the mediation confidentiality statutues on the ground that they permit insurance carriers to use mediation proceedings to engage in acts of bad faith.  

"Why should a carrier get a license to act in bad faith in mediation," Pasich asked, adding,

Cases settled, and still settle, in mandatory settlement conferences without that same shield. I don't think a process should exist that encourages, rather than discourages, a party from acting in bad faith.

Why indeed?

If you do not understand the differences between settlement conferences and mediations, you are not alone.  My informal surveys indicate that litigators believe there's no difference whatsoever between the two and few mediators are able to distinguish them despite their training in the field. Nor have California's Courts been of any real assistance.

Though it may make no difference to counsel or the parties whether the process by which they seek to settle litigation is a mediation or a settlement conference, the  application of California's Rules of Evidence to mediations has significant potential economic consequences -- consequences so serious that mediator and litigator malpractice actions are surely looming on the horizon

The Parade of Mediation Horribles

What type of misbehavior can occur in a mediation?  Here are just a few examples:

  1. one party can make a misrepresentation of material fact upon which the other relies in entering into a settlement agreement;
  2. as Pasich notes, an insurance carrier can act in bad faith; 
  3. one mediating party could tortiously interfere with a third-party's contract or prospective economic advantage;
  4. the mediating parties can enter into a collusive settlement agreement, depriving the settling parties' co-defendants from learning facts necessary to challenge the settlement in a hearing to determine whether it was made in good faith (terminating the non-settling defendants' right to seek indemnity and contribution from the settling defendants)
  5. even if all parties have expressed complete agreement during the mediation, which they then memorialize in a term sheet, absent strict compliance with the requirements of Evidence Code section 1123, no evidence probative of that agreement will be admissible in a California court.

If the mediating parties are engaged in a settlement conference, none of this potentially bad behavior would be protected.  If they're mediating, these proceedings can neither be the subject of discovery nor introduced as evidence. 

Given the adverse economic consequences that can flow from a mediation, California's courts have clarified the differences between the two procedures, right?

Not so much. 

In Jeld-Wen, the appellate court forbade trial courts from compelling parties to mediate (and precluded them from requiring payment to the mediator) because mediation is voluntary.  Raising form over substance, the Court concluded that trial courts could accomplish the goal of compelling settlement conferences (mediations in disguise) by appointing a referee-neutral under California Code of Civil Procedure section 639.

The differences between the two proceedings in substance?  You couldn't name them by reading the California Evidence Code.  It defines mediation as “a process in which a neutral person ...  facilitate[s] communication between the disputants to assist them in reaching a mutually acceptable agreement.”  Evidence Code section 1115(a)

So the Judge who chooses waterboarding as a means to settle the case isn't mediating.  Thanks for clearing that up.

When directly asked to distinguish between the two, our own Second District Court of Appeal  in Travelers Cas. and Sur. Co. v. Superior Court  declined.

We expressly decline to consider or clarify any differences that might exist between a mediation and voluntary settlement conference. ( Foxgate Homeowners' Assn. v. Bramalea California, Inc. . . . .)  Therefore, our decision should not be construed as holding that all voluntary settlement conferences are mediations which are subject to the rules concerning the conduct of mediation proceedings. 

Thanks a lot. 

But That's Not All, with Thottam We Throw In a Set of Ginzu Knives

The most recent wrinkle in mediation confidentiality comes to us from the Second District Court of Appeal in Estate of Thottam.  In Thottam, the Court held that an exception to an exclusion contained in a mediation confidentiality agreement expanded the scope of the confidentiality protections and then eliminated those protections when one party attempted to enforce the resulting settlement agreement.  The Court accomplished this sleight of hand by finding an express waiver of confidentiality in the exception to the expanded confidentiality protections and/or by supplementing the parties' non-compliant mediated settlement agreement with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement itself.  If that's unclear, a full explanation of Thottam can be found here, here and here ("the big print giveth and the small print taketh away.").  

What to Do, What to Do

When the law is uncertain and the terrain dangerous, there are generally two paths for attorneys to follow:  (1)  follow the statutory requirements to the letter;  or (2) make up your own law (recognizing the dangers posed by the Thottam opinion).  

If you want your settlement discussions to be unburdened by strict mediation confidentiality provisions, you can ask the Court to appoint your "mediator" as a referee under section 639 and call the ensuing discussions a settlement conference.  Under those circumstances, your referee-assisted settlement discussions should be controlled only by Evidence Code section 1152. /**  To put both belt and suspenders on it, expressly agree that the negotiations are meant to be protected only by section 1152 and not by sections 1115 et seq.  And for heaven's sake don't use the word "mediation." 

If you want the protections of mediation confidentiality, all well and good.  But you must:

  • memorialize your agreement in strict compliance with the requirements of Evidence Code section 1123(c) */
  • make the accuracy of statements upon which your client relied conditions precedent to the enforcement of the agreement or, at a minimum, include them in WHEREAS clauses; and,  
  • if you feel you must enter into a confidentiality agreement, limit its provisions to a recitation of the parties' intent to be bound by the requirements of Evidence Code section 1115 et seq. This should protect you against unanticipated interpretations of Confidentiality Agreement language that differs from the Code.  

Are we clear now?  Crystal!

___________________________

*/  A written settlement agreement prepared in the course of, or pursuant to, a mediation, is not made inadmissible, or protected from disclosure, by provisions of this chapter if the agreement is signed by the settling parties and any of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) The agreement provides that it is admissible or subject to disclosure, or words to that effect.
(b) The agreement provides that it is enforceable or binding or words to that effect.
(c) All parties to the agreement expressly agree in writing, or orally in accordance with Section 1118, to its disclosure.
(d) The agreement is used to show fraud, duress, or illegality that is relevant to an issue in dispute.

Note that "words to that effect" pretty much means "those precise words" according to the Supreme Court's decison in Fair v. Bahktiari

**/  Section 1152, protecting communications during settlement negotiations is actually extremely limited, making "offer[s] to compromise and, statements made during an effort to negotiate a compromise of a disputes claim are inadmissible in evidence to prove liability.

Cease and Desist at Pooh Corner

This lawsuit falls into the category of deterrence.  Because I live in a part of the world where "creatives" regularly refer to Disney as Maushwitz, I don't tend to think of it as the happiest place on earth.  

The question here, however, is business strategy and tactics; public image vs. strict compliance with one's demands.

Does Dumbo's mom act the bully in the marketplace to scare off all the other fleas?  Or does she cease and desist when her C&D letters obtain compliance in all but the most minute details?

Question open.  Excerpt from IP Infringement:  The Unwelcome Guest at Kiddie Parties below.  

With its $1 million trademark infringement lawsuit against the Florida couple who happened to use costumes looking like its trademarked Tigger and Eyeore characters for their party business, the company that bills Disneyland as the happiest place on earth is now possibly being perceived in some quarters as the usual big business bully. But does Disney have a point? Is the legal action justified? 

According to an article by David Wallace on disneyorama.com, David and Marisol Chaveco of Clermont, Florida, owners of a small party business, bought two costumes resembling Tigger and Eyeore from a Pervian company on eBay and promptly advertised their availability for parties on their Web site. Like other brand owners of children’s characters, Disney regularly searches the Internet for commercial use of their characters. And spotting this particular site, Disney, known for its tough approach on potential infringers of their trademarks, sent the couple three letters demanding seven items, including sending the costumes to Disney to be destroyed. 

While the Chavecos complied with six of the requests, instead of sending the costumes to Disney, they instead sent it back to the Peruvian company, pleading the need to recoups their $500 investment. Disney’s response was the $1 million lawsuit.

 

Blawg Review #173 at Chicago IP Litigation is Swimming

Another Monday, another collection of great law blog posts courtesy of the Blawg Review.  This week, Blawg Review # 173 has been put into the capable hands of  DLA Piper IP litigator David Donoghue over at the Chicago IP Litigation Blog.

David's an old swimmer like me (well, not OLD like me, but a competitive swimmer like I used to be).  So he's organized his Blawg Review in a manner fitting for the week in which Michael Phelps won eight gold swimming medals. 

Eight.

Though I've grown weary of hearing about Phelps' ADHD, Blawg Review's celebration of his achievement is apt for a litigation blog since most of us are attention deficit disordered and oppositional-defiant as well -- the latter which turns out to be an actual diagnosis and not simply a description of teenagers -- like those kids who were hanging out in the slow lane of the West Hollywood public swimming pool today. (grrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr)  

But like all proud ADHD'ers this week, I digress.   

If you're a Blawg Review Virgin, here's the Executive Summary of the Carnival of Law Bloggers is:

Blawg Review is the blog carnival for everyone interested in law. A peer-reviewed blog carnival, the host of each Blawg Review decides which of the submissions and recommended posts are suitable for inclusion in the presentation. And the host is encouraged to source another dozen or so interesting posts to fit with any special theme of that issue of Blawg Review. The host's personal selections usually include several that reflect the character and subject interests of the host blawg, recognizing that the regular readership of the blog should find some of the usual content, and new readers of the blog via Blawg Review ought to get some sense of the unique perspective and subject specialties of the host. Thanks to all the law bloggers who collaborate to make Blawg Review one of the very best blog carnivals of any genre.

If you'd like to submit one of your favorite posts to the next Blawg Review -- which will be hosted by the Texas Appellate Law Blog follow the submission instructions here.

If you're sufficiently Blawg Deranged to consider hosting the Blawg Review over at your Blog Shop, read the hosting instructions here.

Thanks David for giving me an excuse to put a little cheesecake in the IP ADR Blog.

 

Do Patent Infringement Litigants WANT an Inefficient Dispute Resolution Process?

Now that my step-son is no longer my legal assistant (sniff) but an IP litigator with one of the best IP firms in the country (Irell & Manella) he's a source!!

Yesterday I asked him this question:  which patent infringement litigants benefit from the inefficiencies of the patent litigation process -- particularly those who are involved in protracted litigation like those lawsuits recently settled by Nokia and Qualcomm.

"Other than parties with frivolous lawsuits," I said, thinking that only marginal (but well-heeled) players might benefit from a system that was procedurally encrusted; unpredictable; costly; and, time consuming.

I've asked Adam to just allow the question to bounce around in his head for awhile as he litigates one of those infringement monsters that the Big Kids litigate.  Though he's new to the profession, it's often the young attorneys who see the process in unconventional and innovative ways because they haven't been doing the exact same thing for 25 years.  At least that's how it felt to me coming into the profession nearly 30 years ago.

Now I'm asking the same question of my readers -- how do the inefficiencies of patent infringment litigation benefit the parties?

To help prime the pump, I'm passing along without comment this article on the use of litigation to extract license monies from companies making products by one that doesn't as reported by the Communications and Technology Blog on Rates Technology Inc.   Excerpt below.

Rates Technologies has sued Nortel, Sharp Electronics and others. Apparently in 1998 the Wall Street Journal quoted Mr. Weinberger in an article titled "Payoff Pending," on December 7, 1998:

In the end, Mr. Marshall might have to sue some company for patent infringement -- and do so successfully -- before the industry takes his rights seriously. Mr. Marshall "had better be prepared to spend more than $1 million on prosecution, because that's what would be required," says Gerald J. Weinberger, president of Rates technology Inc., a Hauppauge, N.Y., company that says it has gone to court six times to prosecute patents in the telecommunications field. Mr. Weinberger says an aggressive stance in court is crucial to any enterprise based on patent licensing. "You don't get any licensees unless the parties become convinced that you will litigate," he says

Jerry Weinberger [of RTI told]  . . . . me that [h]e has agreements in place with 76 large companies such as Huawei Technologies, Lucent, and Cisco at this time. He says the larger companies understand how intellectual property rights work in the US while the smaller ones usually don't.

The following are statements from an e-mail from Jerry Weinburger:

When an infringer will not discuss their alleged patent infringement with RTI, there is little else that RTI can do except to pursue its remedies for the (willful) infringements in a court of competent jurisdiction. The remedies which RTI then seeks include damages, treble damages, a permanent injunction against further making, using, selling, offering for sale, and importing of the infringing products and services for the remaining lives of the Patents, payment of RTI's legal fees, and a product recall of all examples of those infringing items.

Although infringement is based upon a specific evaluation of a company's product(s) the '085 and '769 patents generally apply to hybrid cellphones, gateways, IP Phones, IP PBX's, edge routers, core routers, PC computers, ITSPs, and VoIP products, services and technologies, among several other telecommunications products, services and technologies.

Companies who decide to be covered under RTI Covenant Not Sue ("CNS") agreements are making a combined business and patent determination. The larger companies are easier to deal with, because they have many in house patent attorneys, and they do not feel that they are being roughed- they are making an informed business decision. Smaller companies tend to not respect the intellectual property of others. All makers, users, sellers, and importers are responsible for an infringement, and infringement is determined based upon direct, induced and contributory infringement; all allowing for interpretation of the Patents claims under the Doctrine of Equivalents. 

In total [RTI has] agreements in place with 700-800 companies and have litigated 25 times in 15 years.  . . . . Occasionally [says Weinberger] smaller companies want to negotiate and/or sue. Litigation he says costs about 2 million dollars.

 So how does it work? Generally his company contacts your company and shows you their patents. Your company then checks with its patent attorneys to see what infringes and what doesn't. If you want to be covered, you pay a one-time fee based on five tiers -- according to highest parent companies' worldwide sales... They do not deviate from these tiers. In exchange you get a covenant protecting you from a lawsuit.

 

As We Were JUST saying . . . . last YEAR, Innovate, I mean ADVERTISE

I've lived long enough to remember the Empire of the American Car Industry, 25 cent a gallon gas and 35 cent packs of cigarettes (I should have quit when prices reached the half dollar mark).

In the mid-80's Pulitzer Prize winner David Halberstam wrote a scorching indictment of the way the Detroit Auto Giants all but handed over the keys to their market dominance to the Japanese for whom the battle of Detroit and Toykyo looked more like taking candy from the hands of oblivious monster-car babies.  The Reckoning remains must-reading for anyone who does not wish to see Ozymandias /** written on the feet of a torso-less Statute of Liberty by the end of the 21st Century.  

I'm certain we're not the only civilization to cling to what we know; and, who, in the face of the almost certain market loss simply continue to do things the way we have always done them.

Which brings us to the recording industry, which has intimidated, bullied and sued its own market on its way into almost certain commercial oblivion now that capitalism has made possible that which Marxism failed to accomplish -- putting the means of production (and distribution) into the hands of the people. 

This morning, however, the New York Times Business section brings us Now Playing on YouTube:  Clips with Ads on the Side  -- the first indication we've seen of a Media Mogul Epiphany.  

After years of regarding pirated video on YouTube as a threat, some major media companies are having a change of heart, treating it instead as an advertising opportunity.

n the last few months, CBS, Universal Music, Lionsgate, Electronic Arts and other companies have stopped prodding YouTube to remove unauthorized clips of their movies, music videos and other content and started selling advertising against them.

CBS may be the most surprising new business partner in that its sister company, Viacom, is still pursuing its acrimonious billion-dollar copyright lawsuit against YouTube’s owner, Google.

So far, the money is minimal — ads appear on only a fraction of YouTube’s millions of videos — but the move suggests a possible thaw in the chilly standoff between the online video giant and media companies. Getting into the good graces of media entities is seen as critical to the future of YouTube, which has struggled to show appreciable revenue for video ads.

To read the full article, click here.

Quite the time for the members of the RIAA to rethink their market strategy in light of this development in its campaign to bully grandmothers, teenagers and disabled single mothers

From Slashdot:

 Phase I of the RIAA's misguided pursuit of an innocent, disabled Oregon woman, Atlantic v. Andersen, has finally drawn to a close, as the RIAA was forced to pay Ms. Andersen $107,951, representing the amount of her attorneys fee judgment plus interest. But as some have pointed out, reimbursement for legal fees doesn't compensate Ms. Andersen for the other damages she's sustained. And that's where Phase II comes in, Andersen v. Atlantic. There the shoe is on the other foot, and Tanya is one doing the hunting, as she pursues the record companies and their running dogs for malicious prosecution."

(empahsis mine)

Merrily, merrily, merrily, merrily life is but a dream . . . . . 

_________________________

**/  For non-Lit majors, Ozymandias by Percy Bysshe Shelley below.

I met a traveller from an antique land
Who said: Two vast and trunkless legs of stone
Stand in the desert. Near them on the sand,
Half sunk, a shatter'd visage lies, whose frown
And wrinkled lip and sneer of cold command
Tell that its sculptor well those passions read
Which yet survive, stamp'd on these lifeless things,
The hand that mock'd them and the heart that fed.
And on the pedestal these words appear:
"My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:
Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!"
Nothing beside remains: round the decay
Of that colossal wreck, boundless and bare,
The lone and level sands stretch far away

 


 

An Olympic Moment: Negotiating IP Licenses and Disputes with Chinese Nationals

Item:  China, one of the world's largest and most promising markets, has seen a 20 percent annual increase in patent application filings over the last fifteen years.

Item:  In 2007, the State Intellectual Property Office (SIPO) of China received 694,153 patent applications, an increase of 21.1 percent over the previous year

Item:  As of May 2008, China is currently third in the world for the generation of invention patents behind the United States and Japan.

Item:  If patent filings in China continue to grow at the current rate, the SIPO will overtake the USPTO (United States Patent and Trademark Office) by 2012.

Item:  More than four million patent applications were filed with SIPO from early 1985 to December 2007.

Item:  In 2005, 2,947 patent-related cases were filed in Chinese courts, representing an increase of 15.6 percent from 2004.

Item:  Patent-related lawsuits involving international companies such as Pfizer, Honda, Philips, and 3M have increased by 77.5 percent over the past year.

Get the picture?  Yes, we see.  To be among the leaders of the IP pack, companies with substantial patent portfolios need to know how to negotiate with the Chinese. 

Here are some resources: 

Negotiating in China:  Trust is Just the Beginning (h/t China Law Blog's post which adds the following advice to that provided in Trust):

Go into your negotiations prepared. Far too often my firm has had Western clients who insist on a particular term from their Chinese counterparts that no Chinese company can give or ever gives. If every manufacturer of widgets in China requires at least a 60 day turnaround time, you are wasting your own time and money by insisting on 10 days for you.

[Use] an already tested contract to gage the bona fides or good faith of a Chinese company. For instance, my firm has been using a non-disclosure agreement for so long in China that we can in large measure gage the legitimacy of Chinese manufacturers just by how they react to it. Legitimate Chinese companies always eventually agree to it (usually rather quickly, but sometimes with reasonable modifications). The illegitimate company refuses to sign, usually claiming such agreements are "never" signed in China or are "illegal."

Further negotiation advice from the China Law Blog

Negotiating in China
quoting an article of the same name from Harvard Business School Working Knowledge on the eight important elements underpinning "the Chinese negotiation style:"

Guanxi (Personal Connections)
While Americans put a premium on networking, information, and institutions, the Chinese place a premium on individuals social capital within their group of friends, relatives, and close associates.

Zhongjian Ren (The Intermediary)
Business deals for Americans in China don't have a chance without the zhongjian ren, the intermediary. In the United States, we tend to trust others until or unless we're given reason not to. In China, suspicion and distrust characterize all meetings with strangers.

Shehui Dengji (Social Status)
American-style, "just call me Mary" casualness does not play well in a country where the Confucian values of obedience and deference to one's superiors remain strong. The formality goes much deeper, however unfathomably so, to many Westerners.

Renji Hexie (Interpersonal Harmony)
The Chinese sayings, "A man without a smile should not open a shop." and "Sweet temper and friendliness produce money." speak volumes about the importance of harmonious relations between business partners.

Zhengti Guannian (Holistic Thinking)
The Chinese think in terms of the whole while Americans think sequentially and individualistically, breaking up complex negotiation tasks into a series of smaller issues: price, quantity, warranty, delivery, and so forth. Chinese negotiators tend to talk about those issues all at once, skipping among them, and, from the Americans' point of view, seemingly never settling anything.

Jiejian (Thrift)
China's long history of economic and political instability has taught its people to save their money, a practice known as jiejian. The focus on savings results, in business negotiations, in a lot of bargaining over price - usually through haggling. Chinese negotiators will pad their offers with more room to maneuver than most Americans are used to, and they will make concessions on price with great reluctance and only after lengthy discussions.

Mianzi ("Face" or Social Capital)
In Chinese business culture, a person's reputation and social standing rest on saving face. If Westerners cause the Chinese embarrassment or loss of composure, even unintentionally, it can be disastrous for business negotiations.

Chiku Nailao (Endurance, Relentlessness, or Eating Bitterness and Enduring Labor)
The Chinese are famous for their work ethic. But they take diligence one step further - to endurance. Where Americans place high value on talent as a key to success, the Chinese see chiku nailao as much more important and honorable.  

And if you're looking for a China-knowledgeable IP litigation team, you couldn't go wrong by hiring Irell & Manella and asking them to include on that team new IP attorney and Mandarin-fluent Adam Goldberg   (who does not  "share my DNA" but is my step-son).

And if you're doing business everywhere in the world, What About Clients says of When Cultures Collide:  Leading, Teamworking and Managing Across the Globe buy it, read it, refer to it and link to the blog.

Done. 

IP Litigator Rule-of-Law-Heroes from Perkins Coie

I try not to stray into political waters, but the rule of law is what we honor here even when we're trying to settle cases instead of trying them.  So we're directing you to a Seattle Times article -- Personal test of principles -- about Perkins Coie IP attorneys Joe McMillan's and Harry Schneider's representation of the first alleged terrorist tried by American authorities.

Thanks guys for reminding us that the constitution should follow the flag even when it's off-shore at at Gitmo. 

(photos:  McMillian top; Schneider below)

Excerpt from Seattle Times article below:

It started as a lofty exercise in constitutional law. It ended with a hug.

That the bear-lock was laid on a starch-shirted Seattle corporate lawyer by none other than Osama bin Laden's former chauffeur — now convicted of supporting al-Qaida — sums up the surreal scene last week at the first American war-crimes trial since World War II.

"A wild experience," says Joe McMillan, who normally fights intellectual-property battles for Seattle's largest firm, Perkins Coie.

"Journey of a lifetime," echoes Harry Schneider, also a corporate litigator for Perkins, and the one who got the hug.

For four years, Schneider and McMillan have worked free of charge on behalf of a Yemeni man, Salim Hamdan, held since 2001 at the infamous Guantánamo Bay prison. Hamdan was the personal driver for terrorist mastermind bin Laden at the time of 9/11.

The story of how an elite Seattle law firm ended up among the first to challenge the trampling of the rights of detainees has been told before.

I continue to find it extraordinary that it wasn't only lefty ACLU types who took on this issue. Perkins Coie was the first, but now dozens of U.S. blue-chip firms represent Gitmo detainees, free of charge.

To do so, they have sued their own government in a time of war, all because they think it's un-American to deny anyone a fair trial. Even terrorists.

McMillan and Schneider saw their patriotism questioned a few times. But the work was initially far removed from any actual terrorists.

"We were thousands of miles from Guantánamo, arguing lofty principles before the Supreme Court," Schneider laughs. "Then they call us up and say, 'OK, now they're going to try him. Will you defend him? Are you still on board?' "

The lawyers said yes. The first time they met Hamdan, in his Gitmo cell with his leg shackled to the floor, Schneider admits he had doubts.

Continue reading here.

This is Where the Patent Litigation Ends: Cross-Licenses & Share Prices Up

So how about reverse engineering the litigation?  What steps were actually necessary to achieve the settlement?  Was it something more than just wearing one another out?  Were early summary judgment or adjudication motions needed before the situation could be clearly sized up?  Were the legal issues or the business issues more prominent?  Where were the carrots and where were the sticks? 

     

     This lawsuit was filed five years ago.

Does someone in-house rigorously analyze the data in the wake of a settlement like this?  Because this is how most patent infringement lawsuits will end.  Cross-licenses.  Dismissals.  Licensing fees.  A rise in share price.

Was this a business problem burdened by legal issues or a legal problem burdening commercial interests?

Settlement details below from Veeco Settles Patent Suit with Asylum Research (h/t to the AmLaw Daily -- Settlement Reached in Teeny-Tiny Technology Case)

Veeco Instruments Inc. said Monday it has settled a patent infringement lawsuit that it filed in 2003 against Asylum Research Corp., a private company founded by former Veeco employees. Under the terms of the settlement, Asylum will pay Veeco an initial license fee as well as ongoing royalties under a five-year cross-license agreement of the two companies' patents. Financial terms were not disclosed. . . .

Veeco . . . makes metrology tools used to measure at the nanoscale level and process equipment tools used to create nanoscale devices. . . . . In the suit, Veeco alleged that Santa Barbara, Calif.-based Asylum's MFP-3D atomic force microscopes infringed on Veeco's patents.

Veeco's shares rose 47 cents, or 2.7 percent, to $17.75 in morning trading

Settle Your IP Dispute in a Hot Tub

Get ready for a radical new idea.  One that:

  • suggests the search for accuracy should trump a fully adversarial process;
  • would wrest some control of the litigation and trial process from the hands of the attorneys; and into the care of the experts; and,
  • just might focus IP litigants on the fact that they have a business problem burdened with justice issues rather than a legal problem that frustrates business operations.

(image from Wikimedia Commons)

Not surprisingly, a litigation process that threatens or promises these results does sound like litigation at all -- you know -- battle, war, fight.  Rather, it sounds like a summer spent in Big Sur among the redwoods, sitting on the edge of the Pacific Ocean with the parties, the judge, the jury and the attorneys in a . . . . HOT TUB!?!?!?!

My (fabulous) new iPhone New York Times app this morning delivered the following paradigm busting proposal -- a "preferred a new way of hearing expert testimony that Australian lawyers call hot tubbing."  In American Exception -- In U.S., Experts are [gasp!] Partisan, Adam Liptak explains:

In [a] procedure . . . called concurrent evidence, experts are still chosen by the parties, but they testify together at trial — discussing the case, asking each other questions, responding to inquiries from the judge and the lawyers, finding common ground and sharpening the open issues. In the Wilkins case, by contrast, the two experts “did not exchange information,” the Court of Appeals for Iowa noted in its decision last year.

Australian judges have embraced hot tubbing. “You can feel the release of the tension which normally infects the evidence-gathering process,” Justice Peter McClellan of the Land and Environmental Court of New South Wales said in a speech on the practice. “Not confined to answering the question of the advocates,” he added, experts “are able to more effectively respond to the views of the other expert or experts.”

What kind of cases has this process been used for?

In a dispute over the boundary of an Australian wine region, for instance, “there were lots of hot tubs — marketers, historians, viniculturalists,” said Gary Edmond, a law professor at the University of New South Wales in Sydney.
 

The Drawbacks? 

Professor Edmond said hot tubbing in Australia had drawbacks and was “based on a simplistic model of expertise.”  Judges think that if we could just have a place in the adversarial trial that was a little less adversarial and a little more scientific, everything would be fine,” Professor Edmond said. “But science can be very acrimonious.”

The Systemic Response Elsewhere?

Though no one expects this process to be imposed upon the American legal process, experts in the Mother Land are calling for "radical measures" to

to address “the culture of confrontation that permeated the use of experts in litigation.”

The measures included placing experts under the complete control of the court, requiring a single expert in many cases and encouraging cooperation among experts when the parties retain more than one. Experts are required to sign a statement saying their duty is to the court and not to the party paying their bills.

Just as you were saying "American lawyers wouldn't allow it," Liptak reports that

[t]here are no signs of similar changes in the United States. “The American tendency is strictly the party-appointed expert,” said James Maxeiner, a professor of comparative law at the University of Baltimore. “There is this proprietary interest lawyers here have over lawsuits.”

But we're fooling no one, particularly not ourselves.  It was Melvin Belli, after all, who once said “[i]f I got myself an impartial [expert] witness I’d think I was wasting my money.”

It's no surprise to us that

Judges and lawyers agreed, in separate surveys conducted by the center in 1998 and 1999, that the biggest problem with expert testimony was that “experts abandon objectivity and become advocates for the side that hires them.”

The Academic View from My Own Backyard?

Jennifer L. Mnookin, a law professor at the University of California, Los Angeles, who recently wrote about expert testimony in the Brooklyn Law Review, [said] “neutrals risk being a sort of false cure” because “there are often cases where there are genuine disagreements.”

The future, Professor Mnookin said, may belong to Australia. “Hot tubbing,” she said, “is much more interesting than neutral experts.”

Interesting to a law professor perhaps, but interesting is not what litigators and trial attorneys are looking for.

For further coverage and comment by the usual suspects over at the Wall Street Journal Law Blog read Experts in Hot Tubs?  Not Here in the U.S. of A.

Are Too Many Patents as Bad for the Economy as Too Few?

In his recent New Yorker article, The Permission Problem, financial reporter James Surowiecki reviews Columbia law professor Michael Heller's new book, “The Gridlock Economy.”

TGE decries the development of an "anti-commons" in a business climate possessed by the demon of possession.  As Surowiecki explains:

Property rights (including patents) are essential to economic growth, providing incentives to innovate and invest. But property rights need to be limited to be effective. The more we divide common resources like science and culture into small, fenced-off lots, Heller shows, the more difficult we make it for people to do business and to build something new. Innovation, investment, and growth end up being stifled. 

. . .  The effects of overuse are generally unmistakable—you can’t miss the empty nets of fishing boats working overfished oceans, or the scrub that covers an overgrazed field.
But the effects of underuse created by too much ownership are often invisible. They’re mainly things that don’t happen: inventions that don’t get made, useful drugs that never get to market.

In theory, one should be able to break a gridlock by striking a deal that would leave all sides better off. Sometimes that happens. Just the other week, for instance, Nokia and Qualcomm settled a three-year-long patent battle, which could accelerate the spread of third-generation cell-phone technology here and in Europe. . .  

One reason deals founder is that there are simply too many interested parties. If, in order to create a new drug, you have to strike bargains with thirty or forty other companies, it’s easy to decide that the price is too high. But often things go awry because owners won’t make a deal at a reasonable price. . . .

Why are deals with so many potential patent holders difficult to impossible?  Surowiecki explains:

Recent experimental work by the psychologist Sven Vanneste and the legal scholar Ben Depoorter [demonstrate that] [w]hen something you own is necessary to the success of a venture, even if its contribution is small, you’ll tend to ask for an amount close to the full value of the venture. And since everyone in your position also thinks he deserves a huge sum, the venture quickly becomes unviable.

So the next time we start handing out new ownership rights—whether via patents or copyright or privatization schemes—we’d better try to weigh all the good things that won’t happen as a result. Otherwise, we won’t know what we’ve been missing. 

For the full article, click here (emphasis added).  For further coverage on Heller's book, check out Tim Wu's review at Slate and the WSJ Law Blog's coverage here

 

Blawg Review #171

If intellectual property had a theme song it would have to be "Like a Virgin." 

Why?

Because IP is all about "the very first time," the "aha" moment, the creative spark that gives rise to previously undreamed imaginings.The restrictions of "how we've always done things" fall away and the numbing repetition of days become vibrant.   The rest, of course, is work.  Trial and error.  Success.  Failure. Rearranging the disaligned.  Completion.  

Then the suits arrive. That's us, the lawyers.

In honor of the moment of creation at the root of every intellectual property dispute, this week's Blawg Review No. 171 gives you the great virgins of history

 

To kick off the "virgin" IP ADR Blawg Review, we're linking you to Kate Monro's brilliant  and (in)famous blog The Virginity Project and giving you a tantilizing excerpt:

Touched for the very first time...
It’s all about virginity loss. Or is it? 

 . . . . I love listening to the episodes in people’s lives that are imprinted into our psyches like hot wax into a seal. The moment itself could be as dull as dishwater but it doesn’t matter because the beauty is in the detail and the connective tissue of emotions that frame this unique story.

‘You never fall in love like you do when you’re eighteen. Shot though the heart. I’ll have that again, any day of the week.’ Russell, lost virginity aged 17

Virginity loss is the backdrop to a thousand visceral teenage moments…

‘For me, the first hands-down-the-pants experience was far more significant. That was earth shattering. I mean, there is a hole there. How bizarre is that?’ Tim, lost virginity aged 16

Virginity loss is the swing door between child and adulthood. A door that we all want to push…even if we’re unsure of what we may find on the other side….

‘It was a pivotal moment, not only because I lost my virginity but also because it was a first taste of freedom, of what life could be like out in the big wide world and it was totally thrilling’. Heidi, lost virginity aged 15 

When I asked Kate if she could address the Blawg Review's readers, she graciously and immediately accepted my invitation as follows:    

Bad hair, the contents of a vicar’s cassock and toxic contamination coverage litigation. These are just a few of the subjects turned back and forth between Ms Pynchon and myself this last week. A very good email correspondent she is too. Not only that, but she’s a blogger with heart. I know, tell you something you don’t know…..

O.K.  I will. I’ve spent the past two years travelling Britain and collecting virginity loss stories from an amazing cross section of people. The oldest was 101, the youngest was 17. Yes, it’s been quite the journey. Next up, I plan to come to America and do just the same. If you are game, I would love to hear from you. Anonymity guaranteed, I promise.

Either way, I hope you enjoy stepping onto virgin territory with the lady of the law…

(and while we're speaking with a British accent, take a look at Kate's other law blog friend's new blog category, Irritation to which I can only say this == the exchange rate).

Finally!!  Blawg Review 171 as "told" by Famous Virigins from Wilkiality, the Truthiness Encyclopedia.

Wikiality claims that the The Virgin Mary was "a Republican . . . against abortion, stem cell research, gay marriage and women in the workplace."   We believe she's ecummenical and inter-religious.  Whatever her American political party, in her honor, we give you the best law and religion posts of the week, including the Florida Employment and Immigration Law Blog's announcement that the EEOC has issued new guidelines on religious discrimination and the suggestion by Thoughts in a Haystack that Religious Intolerance is Good for You.  The Legal Theory Blog takes religion head on in its post on negotiating meaning with Islam while MacLeans.CA Blog (So Much Bigger than Ezra) frets about the globalization of anti-blasphemy laws (whose first target could easily be this Blawg Review).   We don't know what the Virgin Mother would think about  Shari-ah and Mediation but you can catch Geoff Sharp riding the far edges of possibility on that topic at Mediator blah blah . . . .   We do believe the Virgin Mary does not like divorce.  But if you really Agree on Everything, you  not only don't need a mediator, we wonder why you're asking for a divorce.  Finally, though Marc Randazza has a pledge of allegiance he could get behind, we're placing no bets on Mary agreeing with him.

Ken ("I am Not Gay") Mehlman is the former Chairman of the Republican National Committee.  Wikiality annointed him the "world's oldest virgin" "[a]s the result of his religious piousness and his not being married."  Pretty flimsy evidence but it gives us an excuse to cover sex and sexuality in an IP ADR Blog.  It doesn't look like the Indiana Law Blog is having any sex whatsoever, pulling out that old "I have a headache" chestnut and blaming it on Conflicting Gay Marriage Laws.  A Florida Court has required one of its state's high schools to permit a Gay-straight alliance on campus ( School Law Blog); the Sexual Orientation and the Law Blog sees the light at the end of the Don't Ask, Don't Tell tunnel; and, the Australian Gay and Lesbian Law Blog reports on legislation that would permit children of gay and lesbian parents to be treated as -- what else? -- their children for purposes of the Family Law Act.  Speaking of bi-sexuality, check out Bob Ambrogi's post at Legal Blog Watch about a bi-"sexual attorney predator" who stalked men and women as well as once trying to convince an employee to "go to the hotel room of a highly paid expert witness who was faring poorly in a deposition [with] instructions . . . to "take care" of him in order to improve his mood."   Finally, we all just say "no" to accusing a Judge of pedophilia while attempting to prove your legal point, noting the the four month contempt sentence covered over at QuizLaw

Jesus, far and away the world's most famous virgin, has been imagined as lusting in his heart (cf. the Jimmy Carter Playboy interview), having a wife and family (D.H. Lawrence, The Man Who Died) and, you got it, being gay.  For this last sacrilege, check out the Pink Triangle's post Gutless Grovelers Have Bowed to Religion Again.   WWJD?  Because he hung with an odd assortment of tax collectors, prostitutes, lepers, and the undead (cf. Lazarus) we assume he'd agree with Eugene Volokh that the usual "best interests" analysis would fall short in custody decisions for parents with unusual or nontraditional friends and associates. Volokh's thoughts on the issue as well as those of his readers here.  Finally, Sarah Lawsky considers the outcome of "Mamma Mia!" -- a "division" of a daughter by three putative fathers -- in light of the seminal Summers v. Tice decision concerning injury and probability.  Hint:  it's not any of the members of the troika formerly known as the Blessed Trinity.   

Ralph Nader, consumer advocate and democratic presidential spoiler has not, according to Wikiality, ever even dated, let alone gone 'all the way.' Because Nader is famous with law students for having said that legal scholarship is "mental gymnastics in an iron cage," we dedicate his virginity to legal practice.  We think Ralph would like Dan Hull's post at What About Clients? commenting on Gerry Spence's post that "Law Education is a Fraud" (followed by a spirited debate between Dan and yours truly on the subject -- are we really all crashing bores?). See also f/k/a's Law Blogging and the Cult of Gerry Spence.  For tips on social networking, check out Kevin O'Keefe's LexBlog post and for a more theoretical legal practice post, see Ken Adams' thoughts on whether  Law Firm Contract Drafting Services are a Commodity?  If it really is all about the client, ask your local GC what s/he really wants.  We regularly check in on the  Wired GC who last week posted on Virtual Law Partners.  Big firm practice is always in the news because we're naturally competitive and want to catch a peek of the Masters of the Universe in their underwear.  In Laid Off By Cadwalader?  My Shingle asks Why Not Go Solo by Choice?  The Cadwalader lay-offs give Jordan Furlong at Law 21 the opportunity to give us the year's best post on retaining and training associates, caring for clients and benefiting the law firm while you're at it in Associates and the bad table.  For the small fry among us, Susan Carter Liebel's Build a Solo Practice recommends ways to avoid our personal Brain Drain while The Greatest American Lawyer challenges lawyers to offer Money Back Guarantees!  Holden Oliver advises us to take care of our clients by keeping them informed.  Finally, Madeleine Begun Kane offers an Ode To Judge Ronald Leighton, quoted in full below.    

Attorneys are often verbose,
Penning legal complaints grandiose,
Writing hundreds pages
And setting off rages
From those who find wordiness gross.

But Judge Leighton showed major restraint
When he ruled on an endless complaint.
In a limerick poem
He said, redo this tome
Cuz in 8(a) compliance it ain’t!
  

Joan of Arc.  Virgin.  Martyr. Warrior.  We dedicate the week's consumer rights post to a woman who dressed like a man to protect her virginity and died at the stake for saving her country. Before rushing to legal or Ecclesiastical authorities -- both of which are historically and notoriously unreliable (right Joan?) -- take simple steps to protect your own welfare by subscribing to Michael Webster's Bizop News, which this week warns us about our inclination to follow our first instinctsDrug and Device Law links us to Pharma-Free Doctors for Journalists where you can presumably find that rare physician who is untainted by free drug samples.  From the other side of the consumer/provider aisle we hear from Overlawyered (Drunk Driving for Profit) that an insurance company was sandbagged to the tune of $5.8 million in compensatory and and $10.5 million in punitive damages.  We think that's karmic or at least levelling the playing field.  Meanwhile, the Public Citizen Law and Policy Consumer Blog alerts us to the FDA's decision to finally begin regulating tobacco, which does not remind us of virginity, but of cigarettes, particularly the best ones memorialized by former U.S. Poet Laureate Billy Collins in The Best Cigarette.  (and if you don't like Billy Collins, the IP ADR Bloggers will sentence you to a term of emotional labor at Gerry Spence's Trial Lawyer Camp).    

We devote disability law to The Elephant Man -- who suffered from neurofibromatosis -- and who presumably died a virgin. No, Pain, Depression and Anxiety is not the name of a law firm, but a post on obtaining social security benefits from the Maryland Injury and Disability Law Blog.  Disability Law 2.0 - Tan * Rested and Ready covers the new California appellate decision on aisle space while the New York Disability Law Blog cheers the SSA Commissioner's exhortation that "eliminating the backlog of Social Security Disability claims is a moral imperative."  Randy Chapman's Ability Law Blog gives advice to parents about how to find "related services" for their school-age children. Though not a disability, age itself tends to create the type of obstacles the disabled face.  To prove the truism that its best not to let your children become writers, I offer a conversation with my mother when she was in her early 80's.   

After exchanging the usual telephone pleasantries, mom began to stutter and giggle in a way I'd never heard before.  Finally, she got her question out past the hilarity -- "honey, do you think I need to worry about safe sex?"  Go mom!  But let's talk about what kind of sex is really unsafe for the Greatest Generation -- intimacies that end in the looting of trust assets as described by Estate of Denial in "Dear Candidate." (cf. That's not the sound of one hand clapping . . . . )  Think you'll find sexual safety among the widows in nursing homes?  Think again and read Sex Offenders Living in U.S. Nursing Homes from the Nursing Home Abuse and Neglect blog.   

Emily Dickinson is famous for being a true American virgin.  But as this week's New Yorker reminds us, the "theory that Dickinson was a lesbian shares a Dewey-decimal classification with a raft of other case studies -- Emily the sufferer, performer, healer, seducer, victim, hysteric, dog lover, mystic, feminist paradigm, vestal daughter, consumptive, agoraphobic."  (cf. Vagabond).  Emily's presence here gives us the opportunity to report on law and the arts.  The Art Law Blog discovers yet another Pollack find in It's Not About the Money (cf. Who the $#%$ is Jackson Pollack).  Over at Empowering Thoughts for Dancers there's a short song of praise for Volunteer Lawyers for the Arts and at Stephanie West Allen's Brains on Purpose, there's a post on legal practice and the art of Improvisation.  Why did Emily avoid the great mass of humanity?  Maybe she didn't know what The Divorce Coach knows -- people who blame others for everything can be managed.  See  "It's All Your Fault! (12 Tips for Managing People Who Blame Others for Everything)." .  Speaking of American women poets ( a rose is a rose is a rose is a rose) at least one California lawyer muses on whether a contract is a contract is a contract.  Finally, Counterfeit Chic asks an IP-Art cross-over question -- is it more subversive to create countercultural clothing or to undercut its now-iconic status by flooding the market with fakes? In legal terms, a trademark is a trademark -- but the ingenuous invocation of law to protect Seditionaries is a ironic twist.

Diogenes of Sinope  spent so much time wandering around in search of an honest man that he apparently never got laid.  Michele at the University of Oregon Student Law Blog believes she's found the honest, or at least the greenest law school in the nation while Will Li (2L) at the Situationist has a few caustic words for BigLaw's Summer Camp Sleep Over Programs.  Three years of answering Socratic questions followed by a three day bar exam.  Yup, it's over.  To renew the feeling of relief that once was, read Peanut Butter Burrito's -- Done.  I read a lot of law student blogs for this Blawg Review and can only report that most of them don't seem much interested in the law.  Not true, however, of Nuts and Boalts.  I really enjoyed reading Don't You Ever Get Tired of Being Wrong?  (re Committee on the Judiciary v. Miers). Law students don't always breathe a sigh of relief when the bar exam is over but we think Ouch at Think Like a Woman, Act Like a Man can relax -- it's the people who don't know they missed the hearsay question who are in danger of failing.  Its not only law students who are looking for a few good lawyers -- David Lat is kicking out the jams by letting Ann Althouse, Tom Goldstein, and Dahlia Lithwick choose his new co-blogger by juding six candidates in an "American Idol"-style competition  See update here. Finally, next year's bar examinees should check out May it Please the Court's post on Handwriting.  
 
Virgin Immanuel Kant -- the orignal moral reasoning guy -- prompts us to bring you Moral Grammar and Intuitive Jurisprudence from the Neuroethics & Law Blog; and, to remind everyone that mustangs do not need birth control from this week's Animal Ethics.  Finally, we think Kant might have been intrigued by Why We are Too Rational to Stop Polluting from Amateur Economists.

Isaac Newton.  The Straight Dope thinks the virginity of this octogenerian scientist and mathematician is less surprising that the fact that the math gene somehow keeps perpetuating itself.   We consecrate Newton's virginity to this week's best IP and IT posts.  William ("I am virginal") Patry is asking questions about the government's engagement in copyright infringement  but it is  Patry's final blog post that we celebrate as a true virginal moment.  Pause here.  

My late mother, aleha ha-shalom, told me repeatedly that I had a religious obligation to learn every day, and I have honored her memory by doing exactly that. Learning also involves changing how you think about things; it doesn't only mean reinforcing the existing views you already have. In this respect, Second Circuit Judge Pierre Leval once said that the best way to know you have a mind is to change it, and I have tried to live by that wisdom too. There are positions I have taken in the past I no longer hold, and some that I continue to hold. I have tried to be honest with myself: if you are not genuinely honest with yourself, you can't learn, and if you worry about what others think of you, you will be living their version of your life and not yours.

Other IP bloggers have, of course, reflected on Patry's Final Blog Words here and here

Back in the worldly word, Patently O -- which promiscuously shares itself with millions of readers every year -- turns its pen over to David McGowan who discusses why we should not interpret the recent Quanta decision too broadly.  Lou Michels suggests we be the masters of our own domains, using the the recent San Francisco IT fiasco as a cautionary tale -- don't let a single person have control of all the keys to your kingdom.

  

If you're reading this on your iPhone, you've moved from cigarettes to PDA's.  Congratulations.  Brett Trout at BlawgIT suggests that you might soon be watching television from that device in your post-coital bliss.  Protection, protection, protection.  In a software license, boilerplate integration and non-reliance terms might not insulate a firm from claims based upon its salesfolks' "over"promises.   What's this?  Blog content licensing might be dying for lack of buyers?  People buy blog content?  I can hear my mother asking "why buy the cow . . . . "

The IP Dispute of the Week, of course, is Hasbro's suit against Rajat and Jayant Agarwalla for their Facebook hit Scrabulous.  Scrabble itself was invented during the Depression by Alfred Mosher Butts, an out-of-work architect.  How did he do it?  As the New York Times explained in its review of Steve Fastis book, Word Freak (Zo. Qi. Doh. Hoo. Qursh) Scrabble's inventor assumed that the game would work best if the game letters  "appear[ed] in the same frequency as in the language itself."  So he

counted letters in The New York Times, The New York Herald Tribune and The Saturday Evening Post to calculate letter frequencies for various word lengths. Playing the game with his wife, Nina, and experimenting as he went along, Butts carefully worked out the size of the playing grid (225 squares, or 15 by 15), the number of tiles (100), point values for the letters, the placement of double- and triple-score squares, the distribution of vowels and consonants, and so on.

In response to the Hasbro lawsuit Ron Coleman at Likelihood of Confusion asks "How Many Points is Infringement?" -- one of those rare legal questions that actually has an answer rather than 20 more questions.     

If Player 1 opens with "fringe" (double word) for 24 points; Player 2 follows by slapping an "i" on the triple word score followed by an "n" for "infringe" and 33 points; and, Player 1 responds with "ment" for 19 points, the combined score for "infringement" is 75 points. Our readers can do the math and moves on "trademark" and copyright."  On the matter of greater moment --  Will the ax fall on Scrabulous -- Jonathan Zittrain at The Future of the Internet answers his own question in the affirmative based on the name alone, opining that by calling it "rainbows and buttercups” instead of “Scrabulous” there’d be little claim of brand confusion but noting the "residual claim that the Scrabulous game board infringes the copyright held in the Scrabble game board."  More on Scrabulous and its replacement with Word Scraper at the Video Game Law Blog here. (Mr. Thrifty's and my first game of Word Scraper here!) 

Has anyone recently said God bless the best IP aggregator in the universe -- the IP Think Tank's Global Week in Review?  This week IPTT points to the following posts on the Hasbro Scrabble debacle -- (Spicy IP), (Techdirt), (The Trademark Blog), (Out-Law), (Law360).  While we're talking IP aggregation, check out Patent Baristas' regular Friday IP Round-up.  All around aggregators include Anne Reed's (Deliberations) reading list and Kevin O'Keefe's LexMonitor.

Both Geoff Sharp and I picked up 8 impediments to settling patent cases on appeal (a desire for "justice" is not an impediment but a means to settlement).  While we're taking an ADR angle, Virtually Blind's post Second Life Lawsuit Avoided; Law is Cool's Love, Actionable; and,    Slashdot's recommend reading of the week (The Pragmatic CSO) are all well worth a look.  

Slashdot also reminds us that IP prevention is worth a pound of IP litigation with the post WB Took Pains to "Delay" Pirating of the Dark Knight as follows: 

"a new studio tactic [is] not to prevent piracy, but to delay it . . . Warner Bros. executives said [they] prevent[ed] camcorded copies of the reported $180-million [Dark Knight] film from reaching Internet file-sharing sites for about 38 hours. Although that doesn't sound like much progress, it was enough time to keep bootleg DVDs off the streets as the film racked up a record-breaking $158.4 million on opening weekend. .  . The success of an anti-piracy campaign is measured in the number of hours it buys before the digital dam breaks.'"

The Law and Magic Law Blog announces the dismissal of the defamation lawsuit against Magic Mag on the ground that its a protected opinion while Ernie the Attorney has a way to make your iPhone magic here.

Meanwhile, the Legal Talk Network gathers together bloggers and co-hosts, J. Craig Williams and Bob Ambrogi to welcome Attorney Kevin A. Thompson from the firm Davis McGrath LLC, and Lauren Gelman, Executive Director of Stanford Law School's Center for Internet and Society to discuss Viacom's suit against Google's YouTube for the violation of its copyrights in a $1 billion lawsuit.

Because I used to type patent applications for Uniroyal (IBM Selectric - 5 carbon copies) I get a sweet whiff of nostalgia from Wiki Patents -- like this one -- Flexible Row Redundancy System 7404113 -- a row redundancy system is provided for replacing faulty wordlines of a memory array having a plurality of banks. The row redundancy system includes a remote fuse bay storing at least one faulty address corresponding to a faulty wordline of the memory array . . . .  Another available data base for the engineering-attorney crowd is the subject of  Securing Innovations post IBM Technical Disclosures' Prior Art Data BaseConcurring Opinions covers IP in the News this weekPeter Zura's 271 Patent Blog considers a patent that was a "Colossal Waste of Time" and  IP Kat curls up with Small and Sole.  

J. Edgar (I am not a perv) Hoover is yet another iconic American virgin (cf. Don DeLillo's masterpiece Underworld and the front page that inspired it). In honor of crime fighting, we bring you Religion Clause's post on the RICO action just filed agains the Church of Scientology and Tom (I'll sue if you say I'm gay) Cruise.  Serving the needy prison population might get more economical according to a post over at Amateur Economists -- How Telemedicine Can Actually Work.  What better way to celebrate a Virgin Blawg Review than posting a link to Courtroom Casanova  where Mr. Big(Crime) "hits on" the prosecutor.  Closer to home the L.A. Police Deparment has captured 43,000 counterfeit sunglasses -- you weren't expecting snow shoes -- with a street value of $8.5 million (Blogging ShadesMy Authentics.com Counterfeiting News).   After a Portland, Oregon policeman was convicted in traffic court following a citizen's complaint that he used a no parking zone to grab take-out, Scott Greenfield proclaimed a "Cop Love Sunday"; Seth Freilich was somewhat less charitable.  Should misinformation about people's conviction records be placed online?  Check out Concurring Opinion's post The Problems of More Accessible Criminal Conviction Information.  For  more IP Crime news, see Copyright Law and Information Blog's post E-Bay Sofware Pirate Sentenced to 48 Months in Prison.

Lewis Carroll  "Some writers . . . who have fallen short of accepting Dodgson as a paedophile, have tended to concur that he had a passion for small female children and next to no interest in the adult world."  Wikipedia.  'But I don't want to go among mad people,' said Alice. 'Oh, you can't help that,' said the cat. 'We're all mad here."  Alice's Adventures in Wonderland  These two quotes are as good a lead-in as any to the law of Hollywood.  While you're in a fanciful state of mind, check out the Digital Media Law blog's analysis of the current state of the SAG negotiations.  And remember, Sharon Stone left Los Angeles for San Francisco because the daily Hollywood beauty contest at Bristol Farms was "too much competition."  (cf. Last Action Hero)  So it's no surprise that here in botoxed fantasy-land, its not just your enthnicity, but the tone of your skin that can get you booted off camera -- The Entertainment and Media Law Blog.  

Mother Teresa   Hooray!!  There is a Pro Bono Legal Blog.  This week, PB blogger Aaron Hurst is thinking about using google alerts to identify people or communities in need.  See Pro Bono Junkie's Blog post Customer Service is One Blog Away.   Some of the most important pro bono work being done today is off-shore at Guantánamo.  Check out the Show and Tell Trial   over at the American Constitution Society Blog.  Elsewhere, the Attig Law Firm, PLLC rightly touts its own horn for its success in its pro bono efforts to assist a U.S. Veteran in securing disability benefits.  

The Virgin Queen Elizabeth I   Elizabeth is acknowledged by historians as a charismatic performer and a dogged survivor, in an age when government was ramshackle and limited and when monarchs in neighbouring countries faced internal problems that jeopardised their thrones. What did Elizabeth do right?  Neutralize, negotiate and resolve conflict by "uniting the body natural with the body politic" as she proclaimed at 25 years of age when she ascended to the throne:  

And as I am but one body naturally considered, though by His permission a body politic to govern, so shall I desire you all...to be assistant to me, that I with my ruling and you with your service may make a good account to Almighty God and leave some comfort to our posterity on earth. I mean to direct all my actions by good advice and counsel.

In honor of Elizabeth, I give you posts from my own ADR blog posse this week.  First, we honor the newest member, Nancy Hudgins of Civil Negotiation and Mediation who has proven her bargaining cajones by negotiating the price of a bottle of "Old Raj, a distinctive gin . . . distilled with saffron [that has] a slightly orange-ish color and a different subtle but piquant taste."  WWED -- What Would Elizabeth do?  I think she'd negotiate with terrorists but not without first consulting Andrea Schneider at the ADR Prof Blog.  If you read any Blawg Review post this week, let it be Diane Levin's  Mediation Channel post All Gardeners are Optimists:  What Squirrels Reminded Me about Conflict Resolution.  Poetry.  (cf. the summer issue of the r.kv.r.y. quarterly literary journal).  Gini Nelson offers us wisdom on the Myers Briggs Indicator that will tell you everything you need to know about your "type" other than your sexual preferences.  (cf. her ABA article on the same topic here).  Are you a Virtual Virgin?  Then run right over to Mediation Mensch's post on "Getting Virtual."    Though Stephanie West Allen hails from the Renaissance rather then the Elizebethean era, anyone worried about the well-being of their parents should check out her Idealawg post Mediation Can Work in Many Elder Care Situations.  We hope Justin Patten won't mind our making him an honorary ADR British Queen by linking to Human Law's post from last week:  As we head into recession and a wave of redundancies does the Human Resources profession have some flair and imagination?  We do have an American ADR "Queen"  -- Chris Annunziata -- who will hopefully forgive me for giving him honorary ADR Queen status.  Our academic readers could benefit themselves and our "on the ground" professionals by reading this week's CKA post Why Nobody Really Reads Law Review Notes here.  My high school French is bad, but it looks like French mediator Dominique Lopez-Eyechenie is reporting that mediators have been deployed to the Metro to referee disputes there -- is that right Dominique?  Finally, the Health Care Neutral (our last honorary male ADR Queen) talks about immunity and couldn't we all use just a little of that?

Below:  Madonna and Friends -- Like a Virgin for your listening pleasure while reading this week's Blawg Review. 

Next week, the Blawg Review will be hosted by the Ohio Employer's Law Blog which we expect will be far more respectful of BR's readers' political, religious and sexual sensitivities than this one was.  Thanks for letting us play.  And a very, very, very good night!

Thanks to the following law blogs sending link love our way:

Legal Blog Watch

Patent Baristas

Patently O

Pharmaceutical News and Resources

Likelihood of Confusion

Idealawg

Thanks to CKA Mediation and Arbitration Blog for the honorary NoDoz Award (here's the ADR Executive Summary of #171, Chris)

 

 

Chicago IP Litigation Blog

Above the Law

What About Clients?

The Mediation Channel

f/k/a

Quiz Law

Law is Cool

LexBlog

Amateur Economists

Build a Solo Practice

a fool in the forest (with special thanks for brightwhiteandsparklinglyvirginal)

Engaging Conflicts

mediator blah blah . . .

The Bizop News

And Google News no less . . .

(Blush) many thanks to Infamy or Praise for suggesting #171 "is a strong contender for Blawg Review of the Year."

The New York Personal Injury Law Blog (Linkworthy) which apparently thinks the title is more interesting than the post itself.  

Fabulous Scrabulous, Word Scraper and the Wages of Litigation

Mr. Thrifty and I tried Scrabulous for the first time this week because we assumed it would be our last chance.  Last night, we were playing Word Scraper (first game above).  We haven't figured out the rules but we think we like it. (exciting household, right?)

I'd post my own thoughts on Hasbro's lawsuit but the AmLaw Daily says it better than I could:

LITIGATORS OF THE WEEK
Kim Landsman and John Knapp of Patterson Belknap

Doug Masters, you have a future in fortune-telling. Last week, the IP chair at Loeb & Loeb told the Am Law Daily that suing the makers of Scrabulous, the online Scrabble knockoff, might not be the best move for Hasbro, which owns North American rights to the game.

"There seems to be a good amount of enthusiasm towards Scrabulous that has revived interest in Scrabble," Masters said. "You certain don't want to dampen that enthusiasm in the name of trademark infringement."

No you don't. You don't want Facebook users creating groups called "Down with Hasbro." You don't want potential customers to say your client is "technologically in the dark," "short-sighted," and "despicable." You certainly don't want angry hackers shutting down Hasbro's Web site, justifying the vandalism with an explanation that goes like this: "You didn't have the smarts or initiative to come up with as good a product as [Scrabulous], so your alternative is to mess with the superior product?" But according to The New York Times, that's what happened after Hasbro's suit forced Scrabulous off of Facebook earlier this week.

As we've said before, Litigator of the Week honors don't necessarily go to those who had the biggest win. Sometimes, it's just about who created the biggest stir. And this week that distinction belongs to the lawyers who filed Hasbro's suit: Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler partner Kim Landsman and associate John Knapp. They wrote a well-reasoned complaint, achieved quick results, and succeeded in protecting Hasbro's intellectual property. But was it worth the backlash?

Find out here!

Patent Mediation in the Federal Circuit

See Patent Mediation on Your Horizon? by Kevin R. Casey at Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, over at Metropolitan Corporate Counsel.  Here's an excerpt to wet your appetitie.

In efforts to enhance the success that the mediation program of the Federal Circuit has already enjoyed in its short existence, Chief Circuit Mediator Amend identified at the Conference eight impediments to settlement of patent cases on appeal.

The impediments are:

  1. the case involves a "troll" (which might be defined as a non-inventive entity with no commercial product that acquires and asserts overbroad patents in an attempt to extort a toll from others) and the defendant company wishes to avoid a "bulls-eye" inviting further litigation;
  2. party representatives with settlement authority are not present for the mediation session;
  3. the party having lost the judgment appealed is reluctant to mediate (although perhaps counterintuitive, because the winning party might seem more reluctant, the cost of rolling the die on appeal may appear small relative to the cost already sunk into the case);
  4. the patent was held invalid (one solution might be to ask the district court to vacate its invalidity holding as part of a settlement award);
  5. counsel is representing the appellant on a contingent fee basis;
  6. an emotional, entrepreneur patent owner appeals a loss and seeks "justice";
  7. a summary judgment of non-infringement is appealed and the plaintiff seeks millions (the "lottery" case); and
  8. a party believes it is entitled to attorney fees or enhanced damages. The court is in the process of refining the selection criteria for, and the techniques used in, its mediation program to take these impediments into account and improve the program.

Let me just say this -- justice -- is not an impediment to a successful mediation, it is a means of insuring a successful mediation.

Wise Up at Simple Justice's Blog Review No. 170

Because the introduction of the movie Magnolia narrates the best criminal law bar exam question in the history of film, period, I posted it for you over at the Settle It Now Negotiation Law Blog here.  Below, the haunting last scene of that dark comedy -- Aimee Mann's Wise Up -- below.

If you want to access the mind of criminal attorneys (who have all the fun!) then run, don't walk, over to Simple Justice for a satisfyingly meaty Blawg Review.  What?  No IP crimes?  Mediating sunglass and handbag counterfeiting disputes is as close as I ever get to criminal law and then the question is always an ethical one -- can you imply that charges will be dropped if a civil settlement is entered into.  I believe the answer is "no" but I see it done all the time.

Stay tuned here for next week's Blawg Review which will be penned by the members of the IP ADR Blog. 

Juror Bias Could Sink Mattel/Bratz Verdict

Bratz update from the WSJ Law Blog:  the Defendant was quoted as saying:

The verdict that was put against us was only based on racism.  I am saddened that today, in this day and age when for the first time in the history of America an African American is running for president, that there is still racism in this country.”

Mattel, on the other hand, believes Mr. Larian's behavior was wrongful based on the facts, not on racism.  As the WSJ notes:

Mattel said that it “finds this development to be very unfortunate. This trial, however, has been, and will continue to be, about Mr. Larian’s and MGA’s wrongful behavior.”

A few little local birds have hinted that settlement is unlikely in this case based upon the degree of zealous advocacy being practiced.  Still, MGA might take note of Qualcomm's increased stock value following its settlement with Nokia and ask itself how many trials and mistrials and how many appeals are in its future.  Are the market effects of this ongoing litigation worth keeping it alive or is it time to get together the financial geniuses of the type who put the Qualcomm/Nokia deal together. 

The weekend's WSJ story on the juror misconduct at issue, along with the Court's minute order below.

Thanks to the Wall Street Journal Law Blog for posting this Order in the Bratz/Mattel Litigation (Barbie-Bratz Juror Booted for Ethnic Slurs). 

Juror No. 8 made grossly inappropriate remarks concerning defendant Isaac Larian based on his ethnicity during jury deliberations. Specifically, Juror No. 8 indicated that her husband, an attorney, has told her about client or clients who are Iranian and who are stubborn, rude, stingy, are thieves, and have stolen other person’s ideas.

Although Juror No. 8 minimized her remarks and insisted that she did not mean to do
anything wrong, the relative consistency and degree of detail of the other jurors who
heard her make the remarks, combined with other factors that lend credibility to the
other jurors’ account of the remarks and not to Juror No. 8, leads the Court to
conclude that Juror No. 8 made the remarks, or something close to the remarks, set
forth above.

The good news in this sorry story is the immediate negative response of the other jurors to these statements.  

As the Court noted:

The juror foreperson immediately admonished Juror No. 8 for making the remarks
and strongly instructed that there was no room in the jury deliberation process for such remarks. Contemporaneously, several other jurors also registered their disapproval with Juror No. 8’s comments, some very emotionally.

One juror indicated that she was afraid that, if Juror No. 8 remained on the jury, she would overcompensate for Juror No. 8's apparent bias and not be fair to Mattel. Another juror indicated she felt uncomfortable continuing to serve with Juror No. 8 after the remarks were made.

Though the Court concluded that Juror 8's comments did not "effect or influence the decision made by the jury," MGA has understandably asked for a new trial. 

That's Not the Sound of One Hand Clapping . . . .

. . . it's the smell of rubber hitting the road.

(right:  the scientific representation of rubber hitting the road -- I thought our attorney-engineer readers would appreciate this one -- image from the University of Hamburg)

I have a confession to make.  I am poised to become embroiled in a dispute about money and I've hired a litigator to explain to me my rights and possibly to pursue my remedies.

This is one of those moments when you have to decide whether you believe your own B.S. or not.  One of those times when you follow your own advice or fall victim to the almost irresistible pull of the way you've always done things.

Let me recount a conversation I had after my first year of mediation practice with a seasoned  mediator of commercial cases.  This is the conversation that marks my true transition from litigator to conflict resolution specialist.  The subject at hand was whether I would co-mediate a will contest with a mediator I'll call Joe.

Joe:  The family doesn't want to hire a lawyer.  Neither side has a lawyer.  They just want to mediate. 

Vickie:  But I know absolutely nothing about wills, trusts and estates.  The parties need to talk to a lawyer first to learn their rights and remedies.

Joe:  You still don't get it, do you?

Vickie:  What?

Joe:  It's not about rights and remedies, it's about interests.  

Vickie:  But how can they evaluate their interests without knowing their rights and remedies?

Joe:  Because they're not interested in what the law says -- they want to do what they believe is right for them as a family under the circumstances.

It took a while for this conversation to sink in.  I immediately re-visited one of the more painful periods of my life when I divorced my first husband in 1983.  I refused legal advice from my attorney colleagues because, I said, I was going to handle it myself ("a fool for a client").  Why?  Because community property laws didn't govern our relationship.  (gasps from colleagues)

I didn't need legal representation, I explained, because my husband of 7 years and I had long ago agreed that he would use his funds to put himself through graduate school and I would use my funds to put myself through law school.  We'd keep our finances separate until some time in the future when we decided to "marry" our financial affairs.  We never did and I wanted to keep my end of the bargain whether the law required me to do so or not (nope, no pre-nup). 

And that's what we did.  We had interests in looking ourselves in the mirror in the morning -- in honoring our wholly personal and idiosyncratic obligations to one another.  We had interests in having a resentment-free future relationship, no matter what form it took -- friends, distant acquaintances or even estranged former spouses.  We had interests in making peace with one another because we had mutual friends and we didn't want to divide them up between us like so much material property.  

I walked out of that marriage with nothing but my self respect and his last name, under which I'd gotten my law degree and become known in the legal community.  He got the house because he could afford to pay the mortgage and his mother had given us --not him -- the down payment.  Though I'd contributed to the house payments, he'd kept detailed records of monies he'd loaned me during law school and what I owed him was pretty much what my share of the value of the house was.  And though his mother had given the money to "us" and not "him," I knew she'd done so because she believed the marriage would last.  It wasn't her intent to give the money to "me."  And I loved her. She loved me.  I didn't want to burn that bridge. 

So, I rented furniture and moved to a one-bedroom apartment in a low-income community in South Sacramento.  I was poor again, for a time.  And emotionally bereft.  But I hadn't added a legal dispute to my troubles.  I felt as clean as I could in severing a relationship that had contributed so much to the emotional strength I needed to prepare for, commence and finish law school at the top of my class.  I couldn't have done it without my husband.  He contributed the love, the emotional stability and the undeviating belief in my potential that were necessary to my success in law school and in the first couple of years of my legal practice.

Those are interests.

I know, I know.  You're saying -- but those are personal interests and you're writing a blog about commercial interests between corporate entities and they have no feelings.

No.?  Taken your own emotional temperature lately?  Or that of your clients?  Stick around.  You're in the conflict resolution business no matter how sophisticated it is legally or complex it is financially.  And conflict only happens between people.  

If the insights from the social psychology of conflict could help you manage your clients, your staff and your case load more effectively and efficiently; if you were in better control of the escalation and de-escalation of conflict in your practice; if you were happier when you went to the firm or to court or to a deposition or to a settlement conference or to trial than you are now, would you want to learn something about a body of knowledge that could help you do that? 

I think you would.  I have been paying attention to these matters as my central occupation for four years now and the rubber is about to hit the road.  

You're in the right place.  Keep coming back.

Settling "Bet the Company Cases" -- Qualcomm's Stock Price Soars

(photo:  from Mediation from Darkness to Light)

In the Qualcomm-Nokia battle of the giants, settlement took a dedicated negotiation team, trial counsel who believed the case would not settle, and a string of pre-trial motion victories.  Trial counsel is so immersed in pursuing victory -- as well he should be -- that he calls the settlement a "multi-billion dollar award." 

Before giving you an excerpt from the AmLaw story on the settlement -- Nokia-Qualcomm Agree to Play Nice -- I must make at least a few glancing references to the settlement issues.

  • First, how about that 18% rise in Qualcomm's share value in the immediate wake of the settlement -- how much of the "multi-billion dollar award" will be off-set by external market benefits.
  • Second, it's no surprise for Qualcomm to have a string of pre-trial motion victories on the eve of trial -- it was being represented by Cravath for goodness sakes!  The KING of the pure legal issue.  Quinn, as recent trial victories demonstrate, dominates the courtroom when the jury is seated.  Still, if my spotty Civil War history doesn't mislead me, it was the number of victories in a row, not the number of total victories for each side, that resulted in a "win" for the Union.
  • Third, if the "negotiation team" is keeping the trial team in the dark -- as I'm now told by Fortune 500 GC -- "to keep the trial team focused" -- for goodness sakes, don't send the trial team to the mandatory settlement conference or high level (think Tony Piazza) mediation.  Send the negotiation team.  It won't be a surprise to either player that the trial attorneys are the equivalent of foot soldiers, deployed to serve purposes of which they are often blissfully unaware.  
  • And finally, was the end result worth the direct and ancillary costs of the litigation -- not simply those appearing on the legal bill -- but the market cost.  I'm assuming both sides have high-level financial teams analyzing the cost and benefit of this series of litigations, regulatory battles and at least one arbitration proceeding, to determine when settlement could have resulted in the maximum benefit to both sides. 

That's why god created consultants, right?  

Settlement talks began in earnest on Monday between Steven Altman, Qualcomm's president, and Tero Ojanper, executive vice president of Nokia, after a pretrial hearing July 18 in which Qualcomm won all its motions, according to Cooley's Steven Strauss. "That seemed to change the settlement dynamic," he says.

Strauss says he was in the Delaware courtroom Wednesday morning, ready to start the trial, when the negotiators called to ask for a short delay. On learning that the case had been settled, Strauss said he was disappointed--because he had prepared to try the case for so long--but ultimately satisfied that his client's best interests had been served. He declined to discuss the financial details of the settlement, except to say that it is a "multibillion-dollar award that includes a large cash payment and an ongoing royalty."

Under the terms of the settlement, Qualcomm will give Nokia access to its chip technology as Nokia develops the next generation of its cell phones. Nokia in return has agreed not to use any of its patents directly against Qualcomm.

Nokia also will make an up-front payment to Qualcomm and will continue to pay royalties as part of the deal. Financial terms of the settlement were not disclosed.

Qualcomm's stock soared 18 percent as investors expressed relief that Qualcomm's licensing money won't run out anytime soon. The company still faces similar litigation brought by Broadcom Corp.

If you have a subscription (it's free) to the IP Law and Business website, here's an article on the best IP mediators in the business.

No, it doesn't mention any of the great mediators or arbitrators here at the IP ADR Blog.  But we'll be recognized soon.  Count on it!

Timing, Bad Vibes, Uneasy Feelings Can Kill a Deal

(above:  a conspiracy theory caught in the act)

From today's Wall Street Journal Market Watch We Learn that Microsoft says 'weird' Yahoo response killed deal 

 Microsoft Corp. executives told Wall Street analysts Thursday that the company ultimately failed to reach a merger agreement with Yahoo Inc. due to the Internet company's "weird" hesitance to negotiate in a timely way.

"It is a little weird," Microsoft Chief Executive Steve Ballmer said during the company's annual analyst day, "We had an offer out that was a 100% premium on the operating business of the company, and there wasn't a serious price negotiation ... until three months later."

Chief Financial Officer Chris Liddell added that Microsoft had been looking at late April as a "drop-dead stage" for negotiating a deal. "March would've been great," Liddell said.
"The deadline passed," Ballmer added.

In the absence of information we make stuff up.  And the stories we're telling ourselves do not include the one where our bargaining partner is laboring to find a way to fulfill our every little wish, satisfy our desires and meet our needs.  No, in the absence of information we develop massive conspiracy theories and attribute scheming, if not downright evil motives, to our deal maker counterparts when our offers or trial baloons encounter silence and delay.  

For anyone who hasn't gone to the dentist lately or suffered a painful or embarassing medical procedure, you know what you want.  You want your health care provider to give you the full pre-game tour. 

"First I'll put some of this numbing stuff on your gum, so the shot of novocaine won't hurt too much.  Then there will be some drilling."  (holds up the drill and switches it on).  "It will sound louder in your mouth than here in my hand, but I'll only have to drill for five minutes and it won't get any louder or more painful during that period of time."  Etc., etc. etc.

This is what you need to do for your bargaining partners, remembering that for many people negotiations are something we look forward to with the same degree of happy anticipation as we do for a root canal.

So, here's the game plan.

If you're not "at the table" with your bargaining partner but instead are negotiating over time, over the telephone, or, using correspondence or email: 

  • say how long you believe it will take you to respond to the outstanding offer
  • if you can do so without giving away your game plan entirely, say why it's going to take that long, i.e., "we have to loop the lawyers in and have a quick meeting with Bill, whose been notoriously hard to reach ever since he decided to tackle the May Mt. Everest climb.  But if we can't reach him, we'll see if Sam feels he can conduct the negotiation without Bill's authority," etc., etc., etc.
  • "your proposed licensing scheme is interesting and novel; we'll have to run it by our lawyers and financial gurus.  It will likely take them . . . two weeks, a month, until the end of time . . . to give us their full analysis but whatever happens we'll give you an update or status report by [date certain]."
  • "please, by all means feel free to call with questions without feeling that it will send a signal that you're too desperate for the deal." (this is dating 101 in high school; we should have outgrown it by this time but most of us haven't)

There are a trillion variations of these matters.  The point is -- whatever they are -- let your negotiation partner understand why you're taking so long and what it is that you're doing with the time other than planning a strategic nuclear strike on their primary manufacturing facility in Minsk.

Here's the academic explanation for what happens when negotiating parties fail to stay in contact with one another.  From Book Summary of Social Conflict: Escalation, Stalemate and Settlement by Dean G. Pruitt and Jeffrey Z. Rubin at CRInfo

Negative attitudes toward the other party tend to be perpetuated by three psychological mechanisms: selective perception, self-fulfilling prophecy, and autistic hostility.

First, people tend to select those perceptions that tend to confirm their existing attitudes, and ignore or discount information that would disconfirm their existing attitudes. People also tend to see negative behavior as stemming from an adversary's basic character.

Self-fulfilling prophecies arise when a party's expectations about their adversary cause them to act in ways that actually provoke the adversary's "expected" response. The adversaries (provoked) response is then taken as confirmation of the party's original expectation, and a vicious cycle ensues.

Vicious cycles can also occur when the other party, who is unaware of our expectations, does nothing to disconfirm them, and so implicitly confirms our worst expectations. People tend to break off interaction and communication with those they dislike.

When this happens people become stuck in autistic hostility, that is, their hostility is perpetuated by their refusal to communicate.

Get it?  Yes we see.

Nokia and Qualcomm Settle On Courthouse Steps

From the Los Angeles Daily Journal:  Qualcomm, Nokia Settle Licensing Dispute

By Craig Anderson
Daily Journal Staff Writer

San Diego-based Qualcomm Inc. will get a big payout from Nokia Corp. to settle a long-running dispute over how much money it should receive to allow the Finland-based cell phone maker to license its patents.

The settlement was announced shortly after a trial between the two companies, set to begin Wednesday in the Delaware Court of Chancery, was abruptly postponed.

News of the 15-year licensing agreement sent Qualcomm stock soaring more than 18 percent in after-hours trading on Wednesday afternoon. Specific financial terms were not disclosed, but the deal includes an upfront payment and ongoing royalties.

As part of the settlement, Nokia will drop an antitrust complaint it had filed against Qualcomm before the European Commission.

The major sticking point between the companies were the royalties charged by Qualcomm to use its patented technology in Nokia cell phones and other devices. Nokia argued that the rates were too high.

"I'm very pleased that we have come to this important agreement," said Dr. Paul E. Jacobs, CEO of Qualcomm in a prepared statement.

"The terms of the new license agreement, including the financial and other value provided to Qualcomm, reflect our strong intellectual property position across many current and future generation technologies. This agreement paves the way for enhanced opportunities between the companies in a number of areas."

As part of the deal, Nokia has been granted a license under all Qualcomm's patents for use in Nokia mobile devices and Nokia Siemens Networks infrastructure equipment, according to the announcement. Nokia will not use any of its patents "directly" against Qualcomm.

To read remainder of story, click here (subscription required)



The Wages of Bad Faith Patent Litigation -- The Lawyers are Liable

Some cases just need to be tried.  See Law Firms Held Liable for Fees in 'Tissue of Lies' Patent Suit at Law.com.  Excerpt below:

A federal judge has ordered a patent holder and his lawyers to pay attorney fees for bringing an infringement suit based on "nothing more than a tissue of lies."

Irving Bauer had sued Romag Fasteners Inc., a manufacturer of magnetic snap closures for handbags, for infringing a 1996 patent on a new type of closure he claimed to have invented.

But Southern District of New York Judge Paul A. Crotty invalidated Bauer's patent last week, finding that it had been issued through iniquitous conduct. Bauer's testimony about his inventorship "bore clear indicia of fabrication," the judge said, adding that he was "convinced beyond a shadow of a doubt" that Bauer was no inventor. . . . . 

The judge held New York law firm Abelman, Frayne & Schwab, which initially represented Bauer in his suit against Romag, jointly and severally liable for Romag's attorney fees after Feb. 11, 2006. That was the earliest date, the judge said, Abelman Frayne should have realized expert testimony the firm planned to use to support Bauer's claim had been contradicted by testing.

"By persisting with this claim to trial, Abelman counsel played a central role in so unreasonably and unnecessarily multiplying the proceedings so as to give rise to bad faith litigation," the judge said.

Read the full article here.

And hey!  Be careful out there!

Qualcomm v. Nokia: Let the Games Begin

(image from Engadget Mobile post Qualcomm suit kindly asks Nokia to halt U.S. GSM sales)

From the American Lawyer Daily:

Nokia and Qualcomm To Start Trial Wednesday

The rivalry between Nokia and Qualcomm is the IP-geek equivalent of Yankees versus Red Sox or Lakers v. Celtics. The largest phone maker (Nokia) and the largest wireless chip provider (Qualcomm) have been at each others' throats in courts around the world, trying to resolve a licensing dispute with potentially billions of dollars at stake. The next battlefield is Delaware Chancery Court, where on Wednesday the two will head to trial. Steven Strauss of Cooley Godward and Evan Chesler of Cravath, Swaine & Moore will represent Qualcomm; Nokia will field Charles Verhoeven and A. William Urquhart of the recently ubiquitous Quinn Emanuel Urquhart Oliver & Hedges. (A broadcast of the trial will be available to subscribers of Courtroom Live.)

The ADR angle here: 

In Qualcomm Incorporated v. Nokia Corporation (06-1317), the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit considered the propriety of a district court's denial of a motion to stay litigation pending arbitration, which the district court based on it being “not satisfied under [the Federal Arbitration Act] that the issues involved...are referable to arbitration.” (citation omitted).

A licensing agreement between the parties includes a broad arbitration clause. While the technology involved in the patent infringement lawsuit, following amendment of Qualcomm's complaint to provide a more definite statement, did not appear to relate to the technology encompassed by the license agreement, Nokia asserted that one specific assertion made in the complaint involved technology that it “...believes is licensed under the...Agreement.”

Accordingly, Nokia attempted to steer the issue to arbitration via the arbitration clause in the agreement and the filing of the motion to stay litigation.

Continue reading here from FedCirc.us.


One Man's Piracy is Another's Business Opportunity

We LOVE the law here at the IP ADR Blog.  And we're huge supporters of the Rule of Law as society's Great Leveller.  We're not, however, all that enamoured of lawsuits as a means to create business opportunity or to stem business losses.

Take a look, for instance, at Bill Gates recent comment about the use of Microsoft Windows in China -- the system is used on 90% of Chinese PC's but most of those OS's are pirated.  

Officially, the software giant has taken a firm line against piracy. But unofficially, it admits that tolerating piracy of its products has given it huge market share and will boost revenues in the long term, because users stick with Microsoft’s products when they go legit. Clamping down too hard on pirates may also encourage people to switch to free, open-source alternatives. “It’s easier for our software to compete with Linux when there’s piracy than when there’s not,” Microsoft’s chairman, Bill Gates, told Fortune magazine last year.

For the full article from the Economist -- Piracy -- Look for the silver lining Piracy is a bad thing. But sometimes companies can turn it to their advantage, click here.

h/t to slashdot

And to show you how deeply our commitment to the Rule of Law runs and why watching television when I was a kid wasn't a completely losing proposition . . . here's Andy Griffith (and Opie aka Director Ron Howard) on eavesdropping . . . . "the law can't use this kind of help"



AP, Drudge Retort Resolve Copyright Dispute as AP Continues Dialogue with Bloggers

Sometimes lawsuits, demand letters and take down notices have a larger purpose than simply making a claim against a single individual.  Whether or not AP intended to engage the entire blogging community in a public conversation about fair use of copyrighted news content content, engage them it did. 

Now AP has settled with the original target, the Drudge Retort, while engaging in one of our most highly recommended dispute resolution activities -- talking to the stakeholders about ways in which all parties can mutually benefit one another.  

See abbreviated AP announcement below. 

AP, blogger resolve dispute over copyright
By SETH SUTEL – Jun 20, 2008

An AP statement Thursday night said the company had provided additional information to Cadenhead about posting its material online, and both sides considered the matter closed. It also said the AP was having a "constructive exchange" with a "number of interested parties in the blogging community" about the relationship between bloggers and news providers, and intended to continue the dialogue.

Earlier this month the AP sent a legal notice ordering Cadenhead to take down seven entries on the Drudge Retort, his takeoff on the Drudge Report. The news agency said the postings were violating the AP's copyright. . . .

Cadenhead said in his blog post that he wouldn't reveal details of his discussion with AP attorneys about their specific objections to the blog entries until the AP releases guidance for online use of its content.

Duchene said he expected disputes between news organizations and bloggers over permissible use of copyright material online to continue, but he also said he was "hopeful that future disagreements can be handled in a less confrontational manner." 

Here's the Drudge Retort post about the settlement.

 

IP Risk Management: Protection, Protection, Protection

When I was practicing, I'd tell my clients that litigators and trial lawyers were the profession's surgeons.  We were the people they wanted to avoid because surgery is costly and potentially life-threatening.  

Transactional lawyers, I stressed, were the Internists of the profession and they should be consulted early and often.

Because we can't prevent litigation any more than we can prevent strokes and heart attacks, we have INSURANCE.  If your business has protectable trade secrets, a patent portfolio, valuable copyrights, coveted trademarks/names or any other type of intellectual property (and all businesses do) mosey on over to the Gauntlett on Insurance Blog's recent post Restoring Balance to the IP/Insurance Interface.

Most major corporations have procedures, either through existing personnel or through the aid of consultants, that:

• Identify and evaluate the full range of IP;
• Determine the level of patent, copyright or trademark infringement by the company or others;
• Reduce exposure to legal action by managing risk;
• Protect residual risk through insurance.

The challenge comes in the last component through identifying products in the marketplace that can create similar opportunities for reimbursement and designing protocols to assure that the maximum policy benefits available to the company are properly secured.

How challenging is it to "assure that the maximum policy benefits available to the company are properly secured"?  Allow me to share my experience.

Though I have pursued coverage claims and bad faith actions against insurance carriers, by far the vast percentage of my coverage litigation practice was on behalf of insurance carriers providing excess CGL or D&O insurance to Fortune 50 companies.  Occasionally (not often) I'd also take a look at smaller claims to determine in the first instance whether coverage was available.  Some of those claims were from companies seeking coverage for patent or copyright infringement litigation.  

Here's my advice.  If you believe yourself vulnerable to suit, don't rely solely on your risk management department.  Get an annual insurance check-up by a specialist in IP insurance coverage issues.  Then get a second opinion from an insurance litigator.  I know that sounds expensive.  But it's a drop in the bucket compared to the first six months of IP litigation.  Think:

  • electronic discovery
  • complex procedural manuevering
  • depositions of your key personnel
  • media coverage

Get the picture?  Not only do you not want to hire insurance coverage litigators, you never ever want to see a mediator or settlement officer with insurance company experience.  Why not?  Because by the time you're willing to sit down with the opposition to settle a case with the aid of a third-party neutral, you've already lost no matter how great a deal you cut to terminate the litigation.

So if you can't save yourself from having a coronary, at least buy yourself a policy of insurance that will cover the likely (and unlikely) claims that put your company's life at risk.

(and, yes, insurance companies do look for ways to deny you coverage; make it improbable or very very risky for a carrier to do so)

1.52 Billion Reasons to Settle that Patent Infringement Suit

From the AmLaw Daily, we learn that Kirkland & Ellis on the Sidelines as Alcatel-Lucent Seeks To Reinstate $1.52 Billion Verdict

Last year Kirkland & Ellis IP partner John Desmarais won some serious bragging rights when a California jury awarded his client Alcatel-Lucent $1.52 billion in a patent infringement trial against Microsoft. For a little while there, it was the largest verdict of its kind in history. But the bigger they are, the harder they fall: Last August San Diego federal district court judge Rudi Brewster threw out the verdict. Desmarais promised an appeal.

And sure enough, Desmarais's dream verdict is now in the hands of a three-judge panel at the Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, which heard oral arguments on Alcatel-Lucent's appeal on Monday.

Click here for remainder of article.

The Best ADR is Prevention and Harvard's Educational Fair Use Project is a Good Start

Thanks to LexMonitor for sending us to Rebecca Tushnet's 43(B)log  alerting us to Harvard's  Right To Teach: an Educational Fair Use Project.  We've often said that the best alternative to litigation is prevention -- here the attempt to create a "Statement of Best Practices" that will

help draw to the surface and articulate a consensus in the academic community about the scope and limitations of user rights in a contemporary culture that is, on the one hand, increasingly participatory and technologically innovative and, on the other hand, increasingly marked by the expansion and tightening of traditional copyright.

Read the full project proposal here (.pdf)

IP Soap Opera: Time to Tune Up Your Harassment Policies

Thanks to the Amlaw Daily (courtesy of writer Nate Raymond) for bringing us this shocking news -- Kasowitz Benson: Former IP Head Harassed 12 Women

The former head of intellectual property at Kasowitz, Benson, Torres & Friedman sexually harassed at least 12 female employees at the firm--including making advances on seven of them in one night--before he was fired in December, according to a lawsuit filed Monday by the firm.

The complaint, filed in New York state court, is the first detailed account explaining why Kasowitz Benson says it fired Jeremy Pitcock, an IP litigator who joined from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett in 2006. Pitcock denies sexually harassing anyone, let alone having engaged in a pattern of sexual harassment.

When you have a dozen women willing to jeopardize their careers (more on that later) to bring down a powerful law firm partner, my innocent-until-proven-guilty default flags.

(pictured:  Bill Clinton, our former Sex-Addict-in-Chief, with the lovely Sheryl Crow -- think he didn't hit on her?)

What does this have to do with IP ADR?  A lot.  These are the human frailties -- some enlarged to actionable claims leading to disgraced departures -- for which the appropriate alternative dispute resolution technique is prevention.  Counseling.  Apology.  Forgiveness.  Reconciliation.

As a woman who was an early entry into the profession, I haven't had a lot of sympathy for my younger cohorts.  I should do better in this regard but my own attitudes remind me that some old ideas are really really hard to change.  Like the idea that women can take care of themselves.   The idea that ridicule is the strongest antidote to unwanted attention (I have a great story about this but can't "print" it in a "family" blog).  The recollection, from an era of Queen-Bee-Syndrome, of the solidarity and sisterhood we shared around the issue of our male superiors' unwanted carnal attentions.  

And I have been known to say that the power balance between a 25 year old woman and a 45 year old man is heavily weighted in favor of the woman. 

Unfortunately, senior men "hitting" on younger women will always be with us.  It's the degree of ineptitude that generates the type of news you see here.  Twelve women?  That's not only a management problem (HR is asleep at the wheel).  It's an addiction problem.  If caught early enough, the offender can be channeled into a treatment program rather than ejected from the firm.  In the case of a senior IP litigator, that ejection can cost the firm millions to tens of millions of dollars.

So here are some resources that everyone -- including those who are most protected against their own bad behavior -- senior IP litigation or transactional rainmakers -- can use to nip this sort of thing in the bud.

For a quick all-firm tune-up, call Julie Yanow at EquiLaw

It's not just that Julie is one of my best friends.  It's that her common sensical training courses are fun and hilarious because that's just who she is. 

Even I'd pay to see her speak! 

And she most assuredly does not share my pull-yourself-up-by-your-bootstraps, buck-up, take it like a . . . . man? attitude toward sexual harassment. 

See her Training page here

Here are 12 Questions from Sex Addicts Anonymous for self-diagnosis in the privacy of your room.  Your attendance at SAA meetings is something you're allowed to keep secret until you decide (if ever) that you want to share this life-transforming experience with others.  (though not a member, I have seen thousands of happy people transformed by the principles used in SAA, all of which are borrowed from the original 12-step AA program). 

See also the Sex and Love Addicts Home Page -- an unusually well-designed site for a 12-step program)

For further reading, check out:

Sex Addiction Treatment and Recovery from the Dual Diagnosis Blog

What I Wish I'd Know About Sex Addiction Twenty Years Ago 

Definition of Sexual Harassment from the About.com Human Resources Blog.

This dated but still relevant article from Fortune Magazine - Addicted to Sex A PRIMAL PROBLEM EMERGES FROM THE SHADOWS IN A NEW--AND DANGEROUS--CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT

Addicted to Love:  Sex, Love and Compulsion here.

Sexual Compulsivity:  The Secret Addiction (this is an link to the book with an interview with an nationally recognized expert at the Missouri State Bar site)

Here's a recommended reading list provided by SexHelp.com

The SLAA Journal (if you read this and "hear" your own story being told, it's time to venture out of your secret space to meet up with others who share your challenges and are successfully meeting them).

Finally, a little humor from the HR Legal Source (those offended by stuff that's funny, please skip this video) : 

HR people?  Any additional resources you'd suggest?

Why Use an Expert IP Mediator? Let the Harvard Negotiation Law Review Tell You How

EXPERIENCED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MEDIATORS: INCREASINGLY ATTRACTIVE IN TIMES OF PATENT UNPREDICTABILITY  Winter 2008  (Westlaw Link Here)

Thanks to Ms. Tran for citing to the IP ADR Blog's Interview with Jay Taylor:  Interview by Victoria Pynchon with Jay Taylor, Partner in IP Practice, Ice Miller LLP (July 13, 2007).

13 HVNLR 313 Student Note by Sarah Tran

Expert IP Mediators Can Give Attorneys the Gift of a Reality Dose 

 One of the beauties of an expert IP mediator is her ability to give parties the dose of reality they need when litigation is unpredictable and the stakes are high. A mediator well versed in the industry and uncertainties of patent litigation can provide the parties with a neutral assessment of the facts that challenges their unrealistic assumptions. [FN33] In particular, an IP mediator “can give the parties a good idea what the court is thinking: he understands what issues are hot, how the court has decided previous cases.” [FN34] If the mediator's opinion is respected by the parties, which it likely will be if the mediator has experience as a patent law practitioner or judge, [FN35] the opinion will help the parties converge their estimates of the value of the case. [FN36]

The ability of expert IP mediators to neutrally assess a case carries substantial value for even the largest players in the technology market. In a recent case, a jury demanded that Microsoft Corp. pay Alcatel-Lucent $1.52 billion for alleged infringement of Alcatel-Lucent's patents for the MP3 format. [FN37] The jury deadlocked, however, on the question of whether Microsoft willfully infringed on the patents. [FN38] If the jury had found that it did, Microsoft would have had to pay Alcatel-Lucent an additional $3 billion as treble damages. [FN39] Given the high stakes at risk and the ease with which the jury could have come out with a much more drastic verdict against Microsoft, Microsoft's decision to litigate seems ill-informed. By providing a neutral assessment of how the law and the inadequacies of decision makers combine to affect the facts of the case, expert IP mediators could have helped Microsoft realistically assess its litigation risks. Perhaps Microsoft would have still considered litigation to be in its best interests, but at least it would have done so with a better appreciation for the risks involved. [FN40]

*321 B. Expert IP Mediators Cut Costs, Quickly

In addition to assisting parties in gaining a more neutral understanding of the risks of litigation, expert IP mediators can also help parties resolve their disputes more quickly and cheaply. While it is well known that mediation in general produces time and cost savings for parties due to the absence of formalistic procedures, the savings can be even greater when the parties use an expert IP mediator. The learning curve for an IP mediator is simply much flatter than for jurors and district court judges. This can be especially valuable when a high-level understanding of a certain technology is required, such as in cases involving electrical or biotech patents. Unlike in court, where the lawyers must break down intensely complex facts to digestible portions, the expert IP mediator can delve straight into the issues. This translates into less time and fewer lawyer bills needed to resolve a patent dispute before the relevant invention becomes obsolete. [FN41]

C. Clients Get Better Remedies

In addition to receiving benefits on the bottom line, disputants can use expert IP mediators to achieve remedies that address more of their needs. Instead of receiving an arbitrary interpretation of the law from a jury or district court judge who may not understand the technology at issue, parties using an IP mediator can expose and resolve an array of complex legal and non-legal issues. [FN42]

*322 Experienced IP mediators can unearth more issues because they understand the distinct interests of patent disputants. For one, people generally attribute higher values to things they possess. [FN43] Inventors are no different. They invest substantial time and effort creating what they hope will be an innovative and substantially beneficial product: “Accused infringers are, after all, not merely casual observers of the patent system. They are putatively putting the patented invention to some use themselves. They may well have developed [the] product on their own, unaware of the patent they are accused of infringing . . . .” [FN44] Inventors not only have an interest in achieving some kind of recognition for their efforts, but they also fear that they could completely lose their entitlement to use their invented product. An IP mediator further understands that the IP community is small; reputations and relationships matter and even disputing parties may share an interest in developing a business relationship with each other. For instance, after protracted litigation between Microsoft Corp. and Stac Electronics produced first a $13.6 million verdict against Stac and then a $120 million verdict against Microsoft, the two parties signed a broad cross-licensing agreement, which gave Microsoft a 15% share in Stac. [FN45] As Michael Brown, Microsoft's vice president of finance, expressed, “This [collaboration] is a lot more fun than disagreeing.” [FN46]

After recognizing the parties' interests, the IP mediator can assist the parties in satisfying them. Unlike in litigation, where emotional interests are less recognized, a mediator has the insight to understand how these interests affect patent disputants and could ensure that interests are addressed either through the mediation process or in a resolution. If one party needs to stop using an invention for the parties to come to any agreement, the IP mediator could frame settlement as a gain instead of as a loss of entitlement. If parties indicate a desire to work together in the future, the mediator could use his familiarity with the industry to suggest ways for the parties to work together, like entering a cross-licensing agreement. In addition, the expert IP mediator could help the parties craft a creative remedy. [FN47] Take for example, a typical controversy between the *323 brand name manufacturer of drug X (“brand company”), which possesses a patent for X, and the manufacturer of a generic version of drug X (“generic company”). An IP mediator would understand that the parties probably have plans to invest in a new product at some point, motivating them to prefer a sliding payment scheme. After probing this issue, the mediator could help the parties choose a payment scheme that maximizes their money in the bank when they want to make a purchase. Such a remedy could include a lump sum payment, running royalties (periodic payments), and/or payments on a sliding scale.

D. Society Benefits

Trials, especially in the common-law tradition, are in many respects ‘wasteful’: they produce a victor, but at great cost to both sides and to the public . . . . ‘[A] trial is a failure.’ [FN48]
Besides the various benefits patent disputants derive from mediations with IP experts, the IP mediators create positive externalities for society at large. When district court rulings carry little meaning to the parties due to their high reversal rate, taxpayers pay too high a price to keep the court system going. [FN49] Mediation encourages settlement, which in turn reduces this needless litigation. [FN50] Although some critics of mediation and other forms of alternative dispute resolution (ADR) argue that ADR robs society of valuable precedent, [FN51] “the situations where a party should not agree to ADR . . . are not likely to be involved in a patent infringement dispute.” [FN52] Patent disputes usually do not involve important statutory interpretations or constitutional questions. [FN53] In the exceptional case that involves a *324 highly valuable patent, the parties will likely litigate. [FN54] Although some extol the benefits of revoking “bad” patents through increased patent litigation, [FN55] an increase in patent suits will likely not help jurors and district courts gain enough of an appreciation for the technologies involved to start returning verdicts that consistently revoke only “bad” patents. The USPTO, the gatekeeper of patents, has the requisite technical competence to weed out “bad” patents, not the courts. [FN56] Moreover, a strong argument can be made that by freeing a patent from controversy earlier, as occurs in mediation with IP experts, parties can bring more innovative products to the market sooner and can focus their resources on pioneering new products that carry great benefits for society, like new drugs to treat cancer:

Unpredictability or uncertainty in the boundaries of the patent holder's property right and its enforceability will . . . divert resources from innovative efforts (research and development) to enforcement (transaction or litigation costs) . . . . [FN57]

Mediation Gone Wilder

Generally, we mediators like to consider mediation as a safe process, one where the parties can be candid with one another, where they can say what they think, where they can develop and explore options, where they can even apologize if necessary, all without fear that their statements will be used against them later in court.  After all, if they know their statements might be admissible in court, who would say something like:  “I’m sorry I took out your spleen rather than your liver.  But seriously, once you are in there, all those organs begin to look the same.  Especially after a few beers.”?  And yet, an apology like this (o.k., maybe not quite exactly like this) may be just what is needed to help the parties begin to heal, and break a settlement impasse. 

 

Hence, many of us in the mediation world (affectionately and respectfully known as Mediation Geeks, according to IP attorney Casondra Ruga) believe that mediation confidentiality is not just an aspiration, but an absolutely critical component to the effective use of mediation for conflict resolution.  Not just settlement of litigated disputes, but true resolution of conflict.

 

Which is why it was so unusual for a party in Florida to find himself in jail based on what he had to say in a confidential mediation.

 

Of course, the fact that this party was the king of parties himself, Joe Francis, founder and auteur of the soft porn Girls Gone Wild video franchise, may have played a role in the whole affair.

 

I wrote an article last year (Mediation Gone Wild: How Three Minutes Put An ADR Party Behind Bars) chronicling the bizarre twists and turns that led Mr. Francis from the warm and fuzzy confines of a private and confidential mediation room to the slightly more austere federal penitentiary in northern Florida.  And in the article, I questioned some of the decisions and rationale of the federal judge, Richard Smoak of the Northern District of Florida.  (For an audio discussion of the case, click here.)

 

I thought that would be the end of things.  An unusual amalgamation of events leading to an unusual result, leaving MG’s like me with something to talk about at those wild and crazy MG parties (where we keep our tops on, and don’t invite the cameras). 

 

But it wasn’t.

 

I had forgotten that judges have blogs of their own.  Only they don’t call them blogs.  They prefer the terms “Order” and “Opinion.”

 

It seems that Judge Smoak obtained a copy of the article questioning the propriety of some of his decisions, and he used his own blog – I mean he issued an opinion in a different case (Pitts v. Francis) in which he sought to rebut some of the criticism.  (In Pitts, Francis had sought to have the judge recuse himself for bias, an effort the judge rebuffed, leading to the new opinion.)

 

Was his rebuttal convincing?  Has he better justified his decision to jail Mr. Francis for statements and conduct at a confidential mediation?  I think you should decide for yourself.

 

Here you will find the original article in Alternatives chronicling and questioning the judge’s decision to jail Mr. Francis for his mediation conduct.

 

Here you will find Judge Smoak’s opinion in Pitts v. Francis in which the judge defends his decision to pierce mediation confidentiality and, ultimately, jail Mr. Francis.  (See page 24 of the opinion.)

 

And here you will find an article in CPR’s Alternatives magazine summarizing the opinion and responding to the judge’s comments.

 

In the end, I would ask that you let us all here at the IP ADR blog know what you think.  Was the judge right in what he did?  Was he convincing?  Or does it seem like he may have been trying just a little too hard to justify his actions and espouse his neutrality?

Negotiating Planning

There's a lot of meat to put on these bones but this set of suggestions for pre-negotiation preparation is a good start.  It's applicability to IP negotiations next.

PRE-NEGOTIATION TIPS – MEMORY JOGGERS 2  (summary)

  • document each party’s goals, attitudes, limitations and the known or likely opening stance of each side… 
  • develop a negotiation strategy by
    • Listing possible solutions for your negotiating partner
    • Listing likely repercussions for both parties
    • defining possible areas of agreement
    • brainstorming underlying mutual needs or common ground.
    • Preparing a list of fair procedures including how we deal with each other’ i.e. values, ethics, use of experts, standards in the industry, etc. 
    • determining the impact of limitations, i.e., what your bargaining partner may realistically be able to accept
    • setting or becoming aware of and sharing deadlines
    • assessing the ability of the negotiating team to make decisions
    • assessing probable internal political impediments and possible fallout for both side
    • seeing the negotiation from your negotiating partner's perspective i.e.
      • what is their real problem
      • how do they view our position and attitude.
    • Listing alternative actions that may provide some basis for continuation of the negotiation
      • suggest strict deadlines and "homework" for both sides
      • suggest a partial agreement
      • have an ‘if all else fails option’ (sometimes referred to as a lifeboat)
    • Planning ways to neutralise existing biases such as customera are greedy, unionists are troublemakers, management is anti-worker, etc. that could hinder eithr side's willingness to listen and problem-solve.
    • Scheduling a pre-negotiation role-play (split team into "our side" and "their side" to sharpen understanding of weaknesses in your arguments or approach.

Thanks to OrgLearn for this "Management Thought for the Week."

Domain Name Disputes: You Tube, CTV and American Girl Decided by Arbitrators from the National Arbitration Forum

What follows is a Press Release from the National Arbitration Forum

MINNEAPOLIS, June 24, 2008—The National Arbitration Forum issued decisions on the rights to YouTube.net, CTV.com, and AmericanGirl.net. Conflicts over domain names are on the rise. The dispute resolution provider handled 1,658 domain disputes in 2006, a 21 percent increase from the prior year, and 1,805 disputes in 2007.

The following decisions were made in accordance with the Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy (UDRP) of the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) by independent and neutral arbitrators on the National Arbitration Forum Panel.


YouTube.net

Complainant Google Inc., owner of the popular video sharing site YouTube.com, filed a complaint on March 11, 2008 against YiWuShi Shuangfeng Jixie Youxian Gongsi of China, the registered owner of YouTube.net.

The National Arbitration Forum Panelist followed traditional UDRP principles in disregarding the functional “.net” generic top-level domain (gTLD) when determining the “YouTube” domain name was identical to Complainant’s YOUTUBE trademark. The arbitrator also found that the website at the domain name advertises and displays adult-oriented content. The owner of YouTube.net registered and used the domain name in bad faith based on the fact that it was using Complainant’s well-known mark to provide such content. For these reasons, the National Arbitration Forum granted transfer of YouTube.net to Google Inc. on May 5, 2008.

CTV.com

Complainant CTV Inc., a Canadian English language television network, brought a complaint against CTV.com owner Murat Yikilmaz of Turkey, on April 11, 2008.

Complainant has used the CTV mark since 1961 to identify its goods and services, and registered the CTV mark in 1974 with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office. A three member Panel found that the domain name was identical to the CTV trademark. The Panel determined that the three letters which constitute the essence of the disputed domain name are generic initials used by many parties to identify many goods and services. The Panel found Respondent to be in the domain name warehousing business, specializing in three character domains. Respondent’s use of CTV.com to attract Internet traffic is a legitimate business interest, especially in this case where none of the advertisements are related to Complainant’s television operations. Additionally the Panel found CTV Inc. had not proven the domain name was registered or used in bad faith. The majority of the Panel denied Complainant’s requested relief on June 10, 2008. Panelist Kerans dissented in the decision, inferring that Respondent likely was aware of CTV Inc.’s business and mark in Canada and the U.S.

AmericanGirl.net

American Girl, LLC, a subsidiary of Mattel that manufactures dolls and books for young girls, submitted a complaint against The Tidewinds Group, Inc on February 25, 2008 seeking transfer of AmericanGirl.net.

The National Arbitration Forum arbitrator found that the domain name was identical to the AMERICAN GIRL trademark, which Complainant had submitted into the record. Further, Respondent used the site to display links to commercial websites, proving no legitimate interest in the disputed domain name. Finally, the Panelist looked at the registration and use of the disputed domain name. It was found that Respondent registered the domain name in 2002, three years before the application filing date for the AMERICAN GIRL mark that Complainant provided. While noting that Complainant provided no evidence that it possessed common law rights or any other trademarks previous to 2005, the National Arbitration Forum Panelist found no bad faith registration or use and denied transfer of AmericanGirl.net to American Girl, LLC on April 16, 2008.

To file a claim see www.domains.adrforum.com. Contact domaindispute[at]adrforum.com with questions. Media please contact Christina Doucet at 952-516-6486 or cdoucet@forthrightsolutions.com.

About the National Arbitration Forum
Based in Minneapolis, Minnesota, United States, the National Arbitration Forum is an international leader in arbitration and mediation services. An innovator in the industry, the National Arbitration Forum was appointed an approved provider of the Uniform Dispute Resolution Policy (UDRP) by the Internet Corporation of Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) in 1999. Since then, over 10,000 domain name disputes worldwide have been filed through the National Arbitration Forum’s state-of-the-art case management system, now optimized by Forthright. For more information, visit www.domains.adrforum.com.

More Alternative ADR Practices: Preventing Patent Shark Attacks

If your company's business revenue depends to any degree upon its valuable patent portfolio head on over to the Harvard Business Review website and read "Patent Sharks" by Joachim Henkel and Markus Reitzig.

Henkel and Reitzig make the following recommendations to help companies avoid patent shark attacks:

  1. Move away from amassing huge patent portfolios for cross-licensing with competitors
  2. Simplify standards and create more-modular designs
  3. cooperate with competitors early in the R&D process
  4. Foster interdepartmental and intercompany cooperation
  5. Stop flooding patent offices with insignificant inventions.

For the full article, click here.

Both videos -- JAWS in 60, 30 and 15 seconds are for your summer viewing enjoyment.

The Other ADR: Insurance and Indemnity Agreements

(right:  Blackberry design patent from Patently-O article on the RIM settlement)

Though the term "patent terrorist" is hyperbolic, the points made in How to fight against patent terrorism by Richard Wilder, a partner  with Sidley Austin and IP counsel for the Association for Competitive Technology provides valuable advice about ways to protect your company from the expense of patent infringement litigation when the process server knocks on your company door.

As Wilder explains:

Patent terrorists are companies whose business models are based on patent litigation as a threat and licensing as a revenue source. With no interest in selling a product or winning new customers, these companies are not bound by the norms of customer relationship building. They would not think twice about suing large software customers if it fit into their legal strategy.

The result is competitive jockeying between companies offering their own indemnification policies in response to the liability risks faced by corporations deploying IT solutions. When it comes to indemnification policies, companies that create open-source and proprietary software are continuously evolving their thinking. Novell, Hewlett-Packard and Red Hat offer varying levels of legal protection to customers for their Linux products. Rather than offering traditional patent infringement indemnification, however, Novell promises to countersue with its own patent portfolio--presumably with the intention of settling on the basis of a cross-license.

Patent terrorists are companies whose business models are based on patent litigation as a threat and licensing as a revenue source. If the litigant is a patent terrorist, however, the countersuit would have little deterrent effect. Microsoft has taken indemnification to a new level by protecting its customers against all patent and copyright claims, and promising to pay for any legal fees or damages resulting from those claims.

The burden is on CIOs to seriously consider the indemnification policies of their vendors before concluding big software purchases. Indemnification should not be the primary factor driving purchasing decisions but rather a key factor in calculating the total cost of ownership for any solution.

For those interested in purchasing open-source solutions but unhappy with the indemnification policy of their vendors, new companies are emerging to provide additional insurance against the threat of intellectual-property litigation. This is really the continuation of a trend of insurers providing coverage against intellectual-property infringement suits.

CIOs have traditionally viewed indemnification provisions as standard boilerplate portions of agreements--and often not as something that can even be negotiated. It's time to rethink that assumption. Indemnification policies and insurance can be important tools to reduce or eliminate long-term risk and maximize the present value of the products purchased.

CIOs may increasingly face the very real threat of patent terrorism. But they can only benefit from the growing competition among software providers to better protect customers from intellectual-property lawsuits.

IP ADR: Pool Patents for Protection, Prevention and Profit

Check out this week's Harvard Business School Working Knowledge article:  Monetizing IP:  The Executive's Challenge here

As patent protection becomes more and more costly and less and less certain, innovators are pursuing collaborative agreements to prevent disputes from arising in the first instance.  None of the suggestions contained in this article is a cure-all, but many are enterprising solutions to help companies avoid litigation in the first instance. 

In a patent pool, firms blend their patents with those of other firms. These pools allow users to access a number of firms' patents simultaneously, thereby avoiding the "patent thicket." In many cases, the pooling agreements also specify the pricing schedule in the agreement that establishes the pool, assuring that no party attempts to extract very high fees or to increase its fees after users are locked in.

Patent pools date back as far as the 1850s but have proliferated in recent years. Goods covered by patent pools totaled at least $100 billion in the United States in 2000, while multiple standard-setting bodies today cover virtually every high-technology product. Moreover, the scope of these activities is likely to grow in future years. In many industries, leaders have expressed frustration about the proliferation of patent thickets—the large number of overlapping awards—and the ensuing rise of costly and time-consuming litigation. In many cases, technology sharing has been proposed as a remedy.

A PLEA TO IP LITIGATORS: DRAW ME PICTURES!!

Hap tip to Corner of Lex and Biz for Drawing that Explains Copyright Law with link to Eric J. Heels' Copyright rights, unregulated uses, and fair use whose drawing appears below. 

This is a plea from your mediator.  Yes, I love the well-wrought narrative and yes I am a sucker for persuasive prose. 

But after I read your brief, I DIAGRAM your argument, connect the party relationships with different colored pens, make charts of the legal issues, rights, obligations, damages, business interests and the like.  

Guess what?  You could do this for me

And if you do it for me first (or if you are the ONLY one to do it) you will have a greatest influence on the way in which I visualize the case.  You will frame the issues and set the stage.  And though I will struggle -- as always -- to be impeccably neutral, you will have the upper hand in persuading me of anything I need to be persuaded of to depress the other side's expectations of success on the merits. 

Help me help you.

Oldies but Goodies: Negotiate Better with Socrates and the Negotiation Guru

(Socrates image links to a fine article on "Intellectual Cheerfulness" here)

As Dr. Leigh Thompson of the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University has informed us, only seven percent of negotiators seek information that would reveal the other parties' true goals and aspirations when it would be dramatically helpful to do so.

That should make every negotiator stop in their tracks.  It means that 93% of us are not doing what we need to do to dramatically improve our own or our client's negotiation position.  93%.  And it's not like we're failing to do so because we also haven't yet discovered the cure for cancer.  No.  This is easy.  It just needs to be learned and then practiced.  

The Negotiation Guru in a post from last year on How Socrates Would Negotiate, leads with the spot-on observation that we're not asking strategic questions in a way calculated to obtain the information Dr. Thompson tells us we need to get the best deal.  (On a similar topic, see my recent post on How to Negotiate with Irrational People).  For now, an excerpt from the Guru's post and a link to the article itself.

The problem with many negotiators is that they do not direct their questions towards a certain purpose. The art of questioning has to be strategic. To be truly prepared, you need to put some thoughts and time into the type of questions you direct to the other party. Work out the questions with a strategic plan in mind.

Many negotiators believe that by proving inconsistency in the other party is strategic and tactical. They cannot be further from being strategic. When you show that you are trying to provoke them in your questions, you turn on the defensive mode of the other party. You put them on guard and that is not something you want to achieve during a negotiation. As the other party starts to get defensive and closes up to any form of conversation, the negotiation will go nowhere.

The true art is to make the other party open up to you.

Continue reading here.

Upcoming will be ways to integrate these negotiation techniques with your IP settlement negotiations.  Stay tuned!


Counterfeit Handbags, Mediation and the Rule of Law

Mediating a fairly run-of-the-mill commercial case – a fight over the sale of an import business --  a federal settlement officer slowly begins to conclude that the parties are bargaining over the value of a business that trades in counterfeit Louis Vuitton and Gucci handbags.

Is this the moment when the mediator asks herself, if I’m carrying a pricey Prada, should I push the parties out of my pad?

But that’s the Carrie Bradshaw question.

The mediator’s questions go more like this: as a neutral mediator, do I have a duty to: (a) chastise the parties for engaging in illegal conduct; (b) recuse myself to avoid participating in the creation of an illegal agreement; or (c) inform the parties that any settlement reached might not be enforced?

Before answering these difficult questions, consider the recent case of Hye Young Yoo v. Sue Jho (Calif. Court of Appeal, 2nd Dist).

Yoo, the purchaser of a counterfeit handbag business, sued the seller after investigators confiscated the counterfeit goods, which naturally caused the business to fail. Yoo wanted some or all of her money back and the trial Court (wearing black polyester) agreed -- to the tune of $103,250.

Not surprisingly, the appellate court, slightly more Manolo Blahnik but nevertheless also sporting black polyester robes, held that when it comes to illegal contracts “the law will leave the parties as it finds them.” Id. In Yoo, leaving the parties the way the Court found them meant some pretty good times for the defendant. She stole Gucci and LV designs, sold them to (unsuspecting?) customers and made a cool $400K at a time when she was likely looking over her shoulder for the law to close in.

So, what’s a neutral mediator to do?


For the tentative resolution, click here.

Negotiating Patent Infringement Settlements

This treatise assumes you've reached agreement in principle or won a judgment or verdict in a patent infringement dispute.  Looks like an invaluable resource.  Patent Infringement Compensation and Damages.  Link here.  Publisher's description below.

When a patent has been infringed, there's usually a price to pay, whether it's the result of a trial verdict or a negotiated settlement. Even when compensation for patent infringement is a certainty, determining the right amount is a complex matter involving the interplay of many legal and financial variables.

Patent Infringement: Compensation and Damages is a complete, concise and detailed guide. Beginning with the assumption that a patent has been infringed, it explains the seven steps of determining patent infringement damages. In each, it shows you the method used, the possible variations, the unique patent law doctrines that may apply and the strategies to consider. It also examines how awards of damages are treated under accounting rules, helping you seek terms that will be most advantageous to your client from an accounting standpoint.

From estimating lost profits to introducing the testimony of expert witnesses, Patent Infringement: Compensation and Damages equips you with legal and practical insights that will keep you one step ahead of opposing counsel. Don't try or settle another case without it

This book is updated as needed, generally two times each year.

IP ADR Blog Selected as "Top Blog" for LexisNexis Copyright Law Center

Take a look at the new LexisNexis Copyright Law Center where we're pleased to be featured along with our friends at IPKat, the first Blog to welcome us to the IP Blogosphere.  Here's what LexisNexis has to say about its new Copyright Law Center:

We take pride in associating with the best talent in the legal world, so we are thrilled to include you as part of this dynamic new platform that features commentary from experts and gives visitors to the site the ability to interact with the content and one another. Also featured on the site is real-time copyright news, blogs from internal teams at LexisNexis and outside contributors, and news about attorneys, firms, and corporations, plus delivery options, including RSS feeds, podcasts and email alerts.

The selection of your blog was made by the Copyright Team responsible for the Matthew Bender Copyright publications as one of those most often visited, referred to and relied upon. . . .

Thanks LexisNexis!  We'll be nosing around the Copyright Law Center ourselves in the coming weeks.  Appreciate your including us.





More on the Absence of a Harry Potter Settlement

I've always said that the biggest lie in any business is "I don't take it personally."

It seems that some personal-offense-taking may be one of the reasons the lawsuit between billionaire J.K. Rowling and Fan-Lexicon-Site-Builder Steve Vander Ark has not settled (covered by our own Mike Young here and here). 

See Tim Yu's Talk of the Town piece Fan Feud in this week's New Yorker for the slight that may account for taking this spat to the bitter end.  Excerpt and link to full column below.

Last summer, at a “Harry Potter” convention in Toronto, a fan named Steve Vander Ark made a similar mistake when he dared to compare himself to Joanne (J. K.) Rowling. “It is amazing where we have taken ‘Harry Potter,’ ” he said to a crowd of dedicated “Potter” fans. Many readers dislike the epilogue in the final book; Vander Ark urged them to disregard it entirely, and even invented his own spell to do so (“expelliepilogus”). “Jo’s quit, she’s done,” he told the audience. “We’re taking over now.”

Comparing yourself to a living god can be risky, and Vander Ark has suffered cruel fates, in court and in the world of “Potter” fandom . . .

Continue reading here.

IPKat Announces the Official Launch of ACID's Mediate to Resolve

A little slow on the uptake here in alerting U.S. readers to the official launch of the Anti Copying in Design organization's U.K. Mediate to Resolve service.  Illustration and excerpt direct from IPKat.  Mediate to Resolve's list of Mediators here.  For full IPKat post, click here

Not a side issue but an event in its own right, the official launch for ACID's Mediate to Resolve scheme was one of the reasons for the cork-popping at that organisation's 10th birthday party in London last week.

Right: handled properly, a good mediation can produce amicable, workable arrangements even between even potential foes

For the uninitiated:

"ACID’s (Anti Copying in Design) national Mediate to Resolve service for dispute resolution is based on the organisation’s extensive experience handling mediations. Just under 2,000 ACID mediations have taken place, of which less than 30% have required further legal intervention. ACID’S national network of Accredited Mediators offers a wealth of intellectual property dispute resolution experience. Their mix of negotiation style and skill provides a comprehensive service to those seeking mediation as a real alternative to litigation.

Many organisations are not familiar with the stages of the mediation process – and there is no reason why they should be – until they need it! We hope this booklet will clarify the use and process of mediation and help to explain the route to dispute resolution. At ACID, we are frequently asked “What mediation is and how does it work?” Mediation is a confidential meeting between two parties who are in dispute which enables them to retain control over the outcome. They are guided through the process by a skilled mediator who will use his or her expertise to restore or rebuild a harmonious relationship, but has no authority to impose an outcome.

These days the demands on businesses to succeed and grow are severely hampered by the increase in intellectual property infringement. Taking action against those who seek the fast track to market through IP theft places huge fiscal and time restrictions on the day-to-day running of organisations. ACID has spent the last decade encouraging parties in disputes to seek mediation sooner rather than later and Government is now sending a strong message to judges to look more favourably on disputing companies who seek mediation prior to any court applications". . . .

Continue reading here.

The Chicago IP Litigation Blog Includes Settle It Now in the Carnival of Trust

R. David Donoghue over at the Chicago IP Litigation Blog is hosting a "Carnival" of Blogs that is new to me -- The Carnival of Trust.  

As David explains:

The Carnival of Trust is a monthly, traveling review of ten of the last month's best posts related to various aspects of trust in the business world. It is much like the weekly Blawg Reviews that I post links to and have hosted, but those generally contain far more than ten links. My job this month was to pick those ten posts for you and provide an introduction to each post that makes you want to click through and read more.

We're pleased that our sister blog -- Settle It Now -- is included in the category Trust in Leadership and Management along with Charles H. Green's Trust MattersGeorge Ambler's Practice of Leadership;  and Stephen Albainy-Jenei's Patent Baristas  (if they gave awards for blog template design, PB would win in my book every day of the week).  In this crowd I feel like Zelig!

Here's David's generous mention of the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog and my recent post on convincing your clients to give up more than you (their attorney) predicted while still maintaining your credibility.

On the subject of trust-based leadership, Victoria Pynchon at the Settle It Now, Negotiation Blog has an excellent guide for maintaining your client's trust during a difficult negotiation: How Can I Convince My Client to Lose More than Predicted and Still Maintain My Own Credibility? The answer is complex and multi-faceted, but it boils down to the fact that you have to get the stakeholders and decision makers face-to-face, get their buy in on resolution as a goal (in addition to winning), explore all avenues of resolution, and you have to let them explore all aspects of the dispute, even those that do not matter. The last point is a difficult one for lawyers. As a lawyer you generally want to remain focused on the settlement inputs -- money, confidentiality provisions, sale of existing product if something about the product is being changed, etc. -- but from a trust perspective it is important that the stakeholders resolve not just those issues that go into a final agreement, but any problems or concerns they have related to the dispute or the parties to the dispute.

And let me just add here -- though I'll sound like a broken record to my regular readers -- that business people seek out lawyers because they believe themselves to be victims of injustice. (see my short-short video on this topic here)

Though I, as a mediator, am always seeking business solutions to legal problems, the client's injustice problem must be addressed to maintain your credibility (and retain your client's trust.).  Every great mediator I know will address this issue with your client unbidden.  If you're using less than great mediators --  raise the issue yourself -- all competent mediators should be prepared to address the issues foremost on your client's mind right including -- Will I lose?  How much more is this going to cost me? and Am I Being Extorted or Low-Balled?

Thanks for the mention, David!  We're happy to see Settle It Now mentioned by an IP Blog as influential as yours.  Every IP dispute involves the same issues as every other commercial dispute, requiring the parties to go beyond their legal positions; explore all of both parties' commercial interests; create value from potential business synergies; claim as much of that value as possible; craft business solutions to legal problems; and, frankly address the injustice issues that led your client to seek you out in the first place. 

They'll be yours for life.

Greek Island Seeks to Bar Gay Women from Using the Term "Lesbian"

Too busy to comment, but couldn't resist posting this one.  Comments from the IP crowd?  Ideas for interest-based solutions from the ADR posse?  Mike Young?

ATHENS, Greece - A Greek court has been asked to draw the line between the natives of the Aegean Sea island of Lesbos and the world's gay women.

Three islanders from Lesbos — home of the ancient poet Sappho, who praised love between women — have taken a gay rights group to court for using the word lesbian in its name.

One of the plaintiffs said Wednesday that the name of the association, Homosexual and Lesbian Community of Greece, "insults the identity" of the people of Lesbos, who are also known as Lesbians.

"My sister can't say she is a Lesbian," said Dimitris Lambrou. "Our geographical designation has been usurped by certain ladies who have no connection whatsoever with Lesbos," he said.

The three plaintiffs are seeking to have the group barred from using "lesbian" in its name and filed a lawsuit on April 10. The other two plaintiffs are women
.

And below -- a T.V. lesbian "mediator" gives warring parents a hologram of custody battles.   Funny.

Improver Licenses: a Way to Reward Innovation without Stifling It?

Check out Cumulative and Overlapping Innovation by Adam B. Jaffe and Josh Lerner over at  Harvard Business School Working Knowledge here as well as Jaffe and Lerner's book Innovation and Its Discontents: How Our Broken Patent System is Endangering Innovation and Progress, and What to Do About It, one of the Economist's Best Books of 2004, Economics and Business Category.  Excerpt from HBSWK below: 

A classic example of the tradeoff between rewarding pioneering inventions and allowing improvements is the Edison electric light bulb. Edison was granted the basic patent on incandescent lighting in 1880. For the next dozen years or so, there was much dispute about the validity and breadth of this patent. Many companies offered competing products. A number of these contained important improvements in the design of the filament and the bulb itself, and the cost of the bulb trended steadily downward.

Then, in 1891, Edison General Electric Company won an infringement suit against its competitor, United States Electric Lighting,and subsequently won injunctions against a number of competitors. The flow of improvements then slowed, until the expiration of the patent allowed competitors to re-enter and resume their efforts to improve Edison's design.

Now, surely Edison's invention was about as novel as they get. And Edison and his assistants put a lot of time and money into testing different materials until they succeeded with the carbon filament, justifying a patent to allow significant profits to be earned on the invention. But acknowledging the legitimacy of Edison's patent and his efforts to enforce it is not inconsistent with recognizing that the monopoly thereby created temporarily inhibited the subsequent improvement of the invention and the development of the industry more broadly.

In principle, subsequent inventors with good ideas about improving an important invention ought to be able to negotiate an agreement with the owner of the original patent that allows the improvement to be implemented.

This could be done by granting the improver a license to use the original patent, or by selling or licensing the improvement back to the holder of the original invention.

After all, if the improvement is really a good one, both the original inventor and the improver have an incentive to see it implemented. In practice, however, such agreements often are difficult to work out. After the Wright brothers patented their basic design for an aircraft stabilization and steering system, there were many others who wanted to work on a wide variety of different ideas for aircraft. But the Wright brothers refused to license anyone, and engaged in protracted litigation with a number of designers.

With the entry of the United States into World War I, the U.S. government in fact pushed the major aircraft manufacturers, including the Wrights' firm, to license their patents as a package, in order to ensure the rapid manufacture of planes and the development of new designs. The rapid development of numerous different aircraft concepts in the years after the establishment of this "patent pool" suggests that the pioneering patent—combined with the unwillingness or inability of the inventors to cooperate with their technological followers—temporarily retarded the development of technology.

Continue reading here

((red)) and the ownership of intellectual property

The significant problems we face cannot be solvedby the same level of thinking that created them.--Albert Einstein

Lawyers, philosophers and scientists are all trained to question first principles.  The right of one individual to the absolute and exclusive right of dominion over property by virtue of creation or payment (by money or barter) is one of the first principles of capitalism and is rarely questioned. /**

The ownership of ideas, however, and one's entitlement to preclude others from interfering with another's dominion over them, is more slippery today than ever.  In this month's Harvard Business School Working Knowledge journal, for instance, Professor James Heskett kicks off a reader's forum -- Who Owns Intellectual Property -- (open until April 24) with the following:

I [recently] visited the website of the branding consultancy Wolff Olins, responsible for creating the branding for (RED), which raises money for The Global Fund being promoted by Bono and Bobby Shriver. (RED) is a brand, a piece of intellectual property that was designed purposely to be co-opted by others wishing to incorporate it into their advertising. Organizations such as Apple, Gap, and American Express have promoted their products and services using (RED) while raising money for The Global Fund.

Wolff Olins' homepage presents a provocative redefinition of brands as practical platforms that enable people to do things. In its words, "As brands become less the property of an organisation and more the banner of a movement, ownership will become even looser. Logos will be things other organisations, and individuals, can borrow and adapt." That belief, they maintain, will require that some companies, in their own best interests, relinquish control over brands and "be more generous" with consumers. In other words, they take the risk of transferring ownership and quality control of what used to be called their brand to others. In this case, who owns the intellectual property?

More generally, are views of ownership of intellectual property changing? If so, how will it affect the way intellectual property is valued for financial purposes? Are laws worldwide regarding intellectual property out of date? What do you think?

To add your own thoughts, click here.

____________________

/**  Though possibly apocryphal, in responding to the question "what proof need I present to demonstrate my ownership of this slave," a trial judge sitting in a non-slave state in 1840's America is said to have answered, “a bill of sale from God Almighty.” 

Patent Trolls Getting You Down? Ask for a Re-exam

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

See The Unlucky Troll at Forbes.com, excerpt below:.

[Chicago lawyer Anthony] Brown first noticed the JPEG patent after quitting his corporate law practice in 1996 and raising just under $1 million from friends and family to fund his new patent-licensing firm. After several months of trolling the national patent database, he found what he'd been looking for. The brainchild of two Philadelphia-area engineers, the JPEG patent lay dormant after being issued. Brown cold-called one patent holder, then 70, and the widow of the other, and persuaded them to assign him control in exchange for a chunk of any licensing fees recovered.

Then came Brown's first roadblock: A petition filed in 2000 by parties unknown asked the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office to reexamine whether the processes the patent described were novel enough to deserve a patent. The feds agreed to the review, a common practice if the questions raised seem substantial. The catch is that during the review the holder of the patent can't demand licensing fees, and the patent's life doesn't get extended accordingly. The reexam of the JPEG patent lasted seven years (the average takes less than two). In the end some fancy wordsmithery allowed Brown to retain control of the patent's pertinent provision.

Brown then launched a wave of lawsuits last summer, demanding anywhere from $25,000 to $15 million, depending on a company's revenues and reliance on the Web. One licensee, court records show, was Kraft Foods (nyse: KFT - news - people ), which was subject to a $5 million fee under Brown's "royalty schedule." Kraft agreed to an undisclosed fee.

But last year saw yet another anonymous challenge. This one was filed by Chicago patent attorney Vernon Francissen, who declines to identify his client. Francissen suggested the JPEG patent's current version had slipped through an overburdened system and was being applied too broadly. In March the Patent Office agreed to a second reexam, again putting up a roadblock to Brown's licensing campaign. . . . .

In late 2010 the patent expires--and there's no limit on the number of times "anonymous" parties can ask for a reexam.

See also TechDirt's February '08 article JPG Patent Holder Goes for the Sympathy Vote here; for more on patent trolling in general, see law.com's "Meet the Original Patent Troll" here.

Patent Construction Reversal Rate So High "You Can't Advise Your Clients on What's Going to Happen"

There are dozens of reasons why a negotiated settlement of a patent infringement case is superior to continued litigation, but only one reason why it's even better than winning.  As law.com recently reported, "over the last decade, 38 percent of the cases had at least one term found on appeal to have been wrongly construed [and] . . . 30 percent of the cases had to be reversed or vacated because of an erroneous claim construction." 

As usual, we have Dennis Crouch at Patently-O to thank for the statistics, which were gathered by David Schwartz, an assistant professor at The John Marshall Law School.  

"For some lawyers, the high reversal rate is worrisome," according to law.com's article Federal Circuit Tosses Out $104 Million Patent Verdict in DirecTV Case here

"It's higher than everyone would like," said Michael Barclay, an IP lawyer at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati. "You can't advise your clients on what's going to happen."

One fix for the issue was proposed in the patent reform bill that is currently stalled in the Senate. It would change the rules to permit an interlocutory appeal to the Federal Circuit after the hearing on claims construction instead of waiting until the trial is finished.

Proponents said the change would cut out all the time wasted on trials that ultimately get overturned by the appeals court. But opponents, including Federal Circuit Chief Judge Paul Michel, said that the change would clog up the appeals court and cause even more delays in patent cases.

In the Finisar case, a Texas jury originally awarded the tech company $78.9 million in damages after it found that DirecTV willfully infringed on a patent involving methods for transmitting and broadcasting digital information. U.S. District Judge Ron Clark denied Finisar's request for an injunction but awarded $25 million in enhanced damages. DirecTV was also on the hook for prejudgment interest, post-judgment interest and a compulsory license.

The appellate panel vacated the verdict, ruled that the alleged infringement wasn't willful, and invalidated one of the seven patent claims in question.

DirecTV's appeal had challenged the construction of two terms in the district court's claim construction as too broad. The appeals court agreed, though it ruled that only one of the misinterpretations was harmful.

For the full article, click here.

Where Fantasy and Fair Use Collide

Harry Potter and Copyright Fair Use junkies know this already -- there is a firestorm brewing between the not insignificant powers (and financial resources) of JK Rowling and her Harry Potter franchise (which includes Warner Brothers) on the one hand and RDR, the wanna-be publisher of a fan's "Lexicon" or reference guide, on the other.

And the battleground is copyright's amorphous fair use doctrine.

Potter fan and Michigan middle-school librarian Steven Vander Ark has a very popular and comprehensive website that is considered to be the most authoritative reference to the Harry Potter series. 

Among other things, the Lexicon collects in alphabetical order information on the series' characters, places, spells, potions, and more, quoting liberally from the original language in the Potter books. The Lexicon was so popular, and so comprehensive, that JK Rowling herself frequented it as a reference guide and awarded it a "fan site award" in 2004.

Rowling's views changed, however, when she learned that Vander Ark had cut a deal with book publisher RDR to create the Lexicon in hard copy and sell the book in stores.  Before it could be published, Rowling brought suit in New York, claiming copyright infringement.

Her legal position is that the Lexicon merely reorganized, but otherwise copied, her words and ideas -- a blatant infringement of her most basic copyright in her creations.

As Rowling notes, she has the exclusive right to create derivative works which is what the Lexicon is.  Rowling further asserts that she intends to write her own Harry Potter encyclopedia of sorts in the next decade, with proceeds to be donated to charity.

RDR is screaming fair use, arguing that the Lexicon is transformative of the original work -- that is,  taking the original and creating a wholly new and different work of authorship. RDR points to reference guides that have been published for innumerable other works of fiction, including ones for The Lord of the Rings and The Chronicles of Narnia.

So which is it, an infringing derivative work, or a transformative fair use? My fellow panelist on last month's USC IP Institute Fair Use Panel, Tony Falzone has an opinion -- Fair Use.

Indeed, Tony and the Fair Use Project are representing RDR books in the trial currently pending before New York Federal Court Judge Robert Patterson Jr. while Dale Cendali of O'Melveny and Myers' New York office leads the charge for Rowling's camp, and not surprisingly sees nothing transformative at all about the Lexicon. 

For details on the trial, take a look at the WSJ blog here the gothamist blog here.   Both are providing terrific day to day coverage of the trial.

Do You Need a Magic Wand to Settle with a Billionaire?

A mere muggle gets it.  But will IP attorneys heed the call to mediate?

In the epic Harry Potter copyright fair use battle now under way in a District Court in New York, the mortal judge is wondering out loud -- from the bench -- why these parties can't just settle their dispute.

For background on this fascinating Copyright dispute, click here.

U.S. District Court Judge Robert Patterson Jr., after referencing Bleak House -- Charles' Dickens tale of endless litigation -- noted that it was “a very sad story. Litigation isn’t always the best way to solve things."

He went on to ask the parties: "Can it be resolved another way? I feel that this case could be settled and should be settled."  "I think this case, with imagination, could be settled."

Despite the invitation, even Rowling's apparently boundless imagination could not be tapped to think creatively about a global settlement.  As reported by the WSJ Law Blog here, the parties have reached a settlement of the relatively inconsequential false advertising and deceptive trade practices claims, but the copyright/fair use dispute -- the meat of the case -- continues.

Is the judge wrong to think that a high profile copyright case that makes a star of the fair use doctrine could be settled?  Or as one of the participant's asked, how do you settle with a billionaire?

Maybe the question was rhetorical, but it's a good question nonetheless.  How do you settle a case when the opposing party has billions of dollars already stashed away? 

Answer:  To settle with a billionaire, you need to offer something that the billionaire wants more than money.

The first task, then, is to figure out what that is. Why is Rowling fighting in the first place? What is her motivation?

We get some indication of what propels her from her own testimony at trial: protection of her characters, her "17 years of . . . hard work," her desire to write a Potter encyclopedia of her own one of these days, proceeds of which she says she will donate to charity.   Indeed, in the preliminary injunction papers filed by Rowling, she made a point of saying that she has already donated $30 million to charities.

This gives any good mediator plenty of things to work with in trying to explore settlement possibilities.  Rowling may want good press; she may want to build an image as a philanthropist; she may want to be seen as a protector of authors' rights. 

What about exploring a settlement where the Lexicon is published but some of the proceeds are donated in  Rowling's name to a charity of her choice.  If she is interested in giving young writers a leg up, the publisher could offer to open doors for young writers, one of whom could co-write or co-edit the Lexicon.

To protect Rowling's characters, RDR could agree to a licensing arrangement, thereby ensuring that no precedent is set.

A little imagination, as Judge Patterson so aptly noted, can go a long way towards finding ways to satisfy the underlying interests and motivations of all parties.

The conflict resolution side of me would love to explore ways to end the Rowling/RDR dispute in a way that satisfies all interested parties.  I am convinced there is a settlement out there to be had, if only the parties would explore it with an open mind.

On the other hand, the fair use junkie in me is avidly interested in how this monumental battle will shake out.  Fair use is an amorphous concept at best, as was made clear at the USC IP Institute Fair Use Panel last month.

Further judicial guidance -- and this one is definitely headed to the appellate courts -- would be a welcome contribution so long as it helps to clarify, and not further muggle, er, muddle, what constitutes fair use.

IP Mediation Advocacy: CPR Master Guide to Patent Mediation

 

Check out this book -- Patent Mediation, Better Solutions for Business -- and other resources at the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution here today!

Provides a five-step roadmap for helping in-house counsel and corporate leaders utilize mediation, when appropriate, a strategy proven to substantially reduce the cost of patent disputes.

By CPR International Commission on Patent Disputes, chaired by Robert Copple. Edited by Kathleen M. Scanlon, Heller Ehrman LLP and Helena Tavares Erickson, International Institute for Conflict Prevention & Resolution


Hard Bargaining: What's Machiavelli Got to Do with It?

Former Executive Vice-President and General Counsel to The Walt Disney Company, entertainment law heavy-weight Lou Meisinger knows more about driving a hard bargain than anyone I know. 

Yet it is Lou who taught me that the deal you drive too hard is the one that will come back to bite you.

Why?

Because you have to leave enough profit in it for your negotiating partner to survive.

Once, Lou says, his company drove so hard a bargain, leaving so little profit to its bargaining partner, that the contract had to be renegotiated, on terms less favorable than originally offered. Had the stronger party been content with the deal that could have kept its negotiation partner healthy, it would not have had to take a worse deal months later based upon the other's inability to comply with the harsher terms originally imposed.   

You not only have to leave them "face," you also have to leave them with enough money to survive.

You protest that Lou's wisdom doesn't apply to a one-time deal. Maybe. But I'm getting older and it's a small world.  

A fair agreement is a durable agreement.

Hard bargainers love to quote Machiavelli's The Prince on fear and love, though they forget that Machiavelli cautioned only that it is much safer to be feared than loved, when, of the two, either must be dispensed with.

Most people also forget -- or never read -- his final words on the subject:

Nevertheless a prince ought to inspire fear in such a way that, if he does not win love, he avoids hatred; because he can endure very well being feared whilst he is not hated, which will always be as long as he abstains from the property of his citizens and subjects and from their women.

Drive too hard a bargain and you take what belongs to another, engendering ill will in your industry's community that you may never reverse.

Live Blogging from the ABA ADR Conference in Seattle

Former Federal Magistrate and IP ADR Blogger, John Leo Wagner and I presented Tactics of the Adept in Modern Mediation Practice today at the ABA ADR Convention in Seattle. 

We had a lively discussion about the ways in which "at the table" tactics can be strategized in advance to assure that the right people are available for deployment at the optimal time to maximize the potential for the most effective and efficient settlement possible.  We also covered end-game strategy; deal points; and bridging techniques.

You can get a taste of the discussions by downloading our power point presentation linked above.   

Though there were a plethora of afternoon programs following our own, I was happy with my choice of the session conducted by Los Angeles complex commercial mediator Jeff Kichaven (JAMS). 

Jeff led a great discussion among mediators and litigators alike concerning settlement conferences in which coverage is an issue.  

The panel, entitled Hobbling through the Three-Legged World of Insurance Mediation:  How to Get More Third Party Liability Cases Settled was masterfully moderated by Kichaven, who drew from both panel and participants thoughtful questions and sophisticated answers.

Jeff was joined on the panel by Michael Wrenn, insurance recovery litigator in Heller Ehrman's Seattle office, who provided the viewpoint of the insured whose carrier is defending, but denying liability for any settlement by or eventual judgment against the insured.  Wrenn stressed the utility of pre-mediation conferences; the potential need for mediator assistance with client expectations; and, those rare but satisfying mediations where the mediator -- based on his ability to "bond" with the client -- sends both litigator and client away settled and satisfied.  

Also joining Jeff was Cozen O'Connor coverage litigator Thomas M. Jones (Seattle).  Jones stressed the need for neutrals to shoulder the burden of assessing and communicating the weak points of his own and his adversary's legal and factual weaknesses in a persuasive and even-handed manner.  Trust in the mediator's neutrality in providing all sides with candid assessments of risk was stressed as perhaps the most important of a mediator's usefulness to Mr. Jones and his carrier clients.

 

Finally, ACE-USA in house counsel Jonathan Roth added the client's perspective.  Mr. Roth was refreshingly candid and animated, stressing several times that his superiors "don't like to be surprised" and encouraging mediators to be as candid as possible with "bad news" they might think the client representative does not wish to hear.

 

 

Help! Your Federal Judges and Settlement Officers

Check out Federal Judges Speak Out On Intellectual Property Litigation at the Guiding Rights Blog.
by Mark VB Partridge.

Mark conveys the advice of three federal court judges:  Virginia Kendall, Rebecca Pallmeyer, and Matthew Kennelly as follows:  

1. Too many exhibits. Focus on what you need to prove your case.

2. Useless discovery. You can get by with less.

3. Lack of focus. Make judgments about what is truly significant. Be cost effective.

4. Assuming that questions mean the judge doesn't understand. Visit court and observe the judge.

5. Missing the forest for the trees. Look at jury instructions to know what you need to prove to win. Draft jury instructions early.

6. Too much hyperbole. Give the facts and the law.

Except for "too many exhibits" (as a federal settlement officer I never get enough) I second all these failures as failures in the settlement conference as well as in the courtroom.

Listen, come at least as prepared to a settlement conference as you do to a motion hearing.  You might actually settle the thing.  The only day that's more important is the one set for trial.

And while I'm at it, here is a list of items your settlement officer could use to assist him/her in diminishing your opponent's expectations of victory.  After that's done (quickly) everyone can move into the necessary distributive bargaining session or to brain-storming interest-based solutions to your IP dispute.  

  • charts
  • graphs
  • statistics
  • photographs
  • drawings
  • schematics
  • demonstrative exhibits
  •  and your three to six best killer trial exhibits.

If you need discovery, tell your settlement officer what you need during the pre-mediation telephone conference and she/he can attempt to get it for you before the session convenes.

Here's the beauty part of settlement conferences -- there are no rules.  You can ask the settlement officer to help you play it anyway you want.  

Go for it! 

And please. 

Help me help you.  (see my federal settlement officer profile here!)

. . . . and that you haven't violated my client's copyright in "Easter Bunny"?

Frankly, We're Surprised This Didn't Happen Earlier: Class Action Seeks to Stop RIAA Bullying

From Concurring opinions here

As the folks at Recording Industry v. The People note, the 109-page complaint begins by invoking the RIAA's statement that it sometimes catches dolphins when fishing.

It is a bold way to show the possible callousness of the RIAA and MediaSentry . . . but seems a bit reliant on the "see they are evil" idea rather than solid causes of action.

I have only scanned the complaint but the other claims could pose problems for the RIAA.

The RICO claims and the trespass to chattels claim offer chatter fodder. If nothing else the chattels doctrine which has been questioned if not mocked may end up protecting individuals in these cases.

Furthermore, the privacy claims seem to go to property ideas in that once the plaintiff thought something was on her computer (based on alleged acts by the defendants) she spent money to protect her property. With 109 pages there is more to think on but those alone catch attention.

For remainder of post click here.



USC IP Institute 17 and 18 March 2008

Mike Young writes to tell us that the USC IP Institute is coming up on March 17 and 18. See brochure below. 

Mike is moderating a panel on fair use with a a group of experts, including Tony Falzone. Tony is with Stanford's Fair Use Project, and is currently in hot litigation with J.K Rowling over a publisher's right to publish a "reference guide." The case is set for trial on March 25th in New York. 

At the special interactive in-house counsel forum on March 17, the panelists will ask -- while in-house counsel have led the charge for ADR and mediation in other fields, why are they reluctant to take their IP disputes to an ADR forum, mediation in particular?

The Rowling litigation may also be worth a mention at this forum.

Mike asks why not mediation?

Don't know what to offer a world famous billionaire author? How about an enhanced reputation or donating some of the boooks' proceeds to charity? How about establishing a Rowling Fellowship for an aspiring author with a disadvantaged childhood, similar to Rowling's.  Just because someone is not motivated by money doesn't mean she is not motivated. Mediation allows the parties to explore just what that motivation might be.

The Rowling docket sheet is here.  

The Rowling motion for injunction is here. 

The RDR Books opposition is here.   

The Court decided to turn the injunction hearing into a trial on the merits.


IP Forum - Get more free documents

Prepare to Celebrate World IP Day

“Never before in history has innovation offered promise of so much to so many in so short a time.”

"Intellectual property has the shelf life of a banana."

These two quotes from world-class innovator and IP rights owner, Bill Gates, say it all about the state of intellectual property today. While most people are aware of the intellectual property concept - of copyright, patents, industrial designs and trademarks - many still view them as business or legal concepts with little relevance to their own lives. To address this gap, WIPO’s Member States decided in 2000 to designate an annual World Intellectual Property Day. They chose April 26, the date on which the Convention establishing WIPO originally entered into force in 1970.

Continue reading here.

Speedy Patent Trials? Check Out the Northern District of California

We mediators long for the day when we can no longer use the expense, delay and uncertainty of trial as a good reason to settle your patent litigation.  Why?  Because mediation, as Diane Levin recently wrote, is simply an alternative -- not necessarily the "appropriate" -- means of resolving your clients' dispute.  (See the Mediation Channel's post Debating the Meaning of "A" in ADR here)

It gives mediators no pleasure, and does our profession no good, for litigants to walk away from meritorious lawsuits because the chance to obtain justice through the justice system is not a genuine option anymore.    

So we're pleased to bring you the good news that the Northern District of California is making a serious effort to get your patent case to trial with fewer delays (and less cost) than has been the rule of late.

  Excerpt of a recent Duane Morris Client Update on the new Northern District Rules with a link to the full article below.

New Rules in the N.D. of California Seek to Accomplish More Efficient Patent Trials, with the Help of KSR

Patent litigants, patent rocket dockets, and entities seeking a more streamlined patent litigation should take notice of the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California’s recent modification of its patent trial rules. Much is at stake in choosing where to file a multimillion-dollar patent litigation. Salient factors in selecting a forum include the court's docket backlog and its perception of patents. Now, the local rules are playing a much more prominent role and should be analyzed lest a patent party be beset with frustration and major setbacks. Here, the Northern District of California's recent actions in revising its local rules demand scrutiny by in-house and outside counsel in formulating a patent litigation strategy.

To read the full text of this Alert, please click here.

You Have Coverage for that IP Dispute? Follow the Money!

How important is insurance coverage to your clients' decision to bring or defend or negotiate the resolution of a commercial dispute?  It's usually the difference between having options and being entirely out of luck.

And when that decision concerns catastrophic losses?  Unless you are an insurance coverage specialist, you make coverage decisions at your peril.

Where do you go?  To Dickstein Shapiro of course! 

Daily Journal article announcing that Steve Goldberg, insurance recovery attorney extraordinaire -- and my main squeeze -- has left Heller Ehrman and joined Dickstein Shapiro below.

LOS ANGELES - Longtime Heller Ehrman attorney Stephen N. Goldberg has left the firm for Dickstein Shapiro in Los Angeles, the latest in a string of departures from San Francisco-based Heller Ehrman. . . . . Goldberg  . . . . had been with Heller since 1973 and was a partner in its Los Angeles office.  . . . .

Goldberg, who practices insurance recovery and complex commercial litigation, was part of Heller Los Angeles managing partner Nancy Cohen's successful insurance practice, an area of focus for the firm, according to firmwide managing partner Robert Hubbell. . . . .

Goldberg has handled insurance coverage in areas such as product liability claims, asbestos liability, environmental damage, first-party property and business interruption losses, director and officer liability and insurer bad-faith claims. His clients have included Texaco, Johns-Manville Corp., Atlantic Richfield Corp., Millennium Hotels and GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corp., according to Heller's Web site.

Goldberg's practice is well-suited to fit with Dickstein Shapiro's strong insurance coverage practice. Dickstein opened its Los Angeles office in 2005, when it acquired insurance recovery firm Pasich & Kornfeld. Linda D. Kornfeld is now managing partner of Dickstein Shapiro's Los Angeles office, and Kirk A. Pasich serves on the firm's executive committee.

The Moment an Idea is Divulged, It Forces itself into the Possession of Everyone

This is the sort of statement I simply cannot resist.  Thanks to TechDirt!

If nature has made any one thing less susceptible than all others of exclusive property, it is the action of the thinking power called an idea, which an individual may exclusively possess as long as he keeps it to himself; but the moment it is divulged, it forces itself into the possession of every one, and the receiver cannot dispossess himself of it. . . . He who receives an idea from me, receives instruction himself without lessening mine; as he who lights his taper at mine, receives light without darkening me.

That ideas should freely spread from one to another over the globe, for the moral and mutual instruction of man, and improvement of his condition, seems to have been peculiarly and benevolently designed by nature, when she made them, like fire, expansible over all space, without lessening their density in any point, and like the air in which we breathe, move, and have our physical being, incapable of confinement or exclusive appropriation. Inventions then cannot, in nature, be a subject of property.

-- Thomas Jefferson, courtesy of TechDirt's post On the Constitutional Reasons Behind Copyright and Patents -- click here for the full post.

Rule 408 No Bar to Proving Settlement in Trademark Case

See No do-overs, no take-backs over at Likelihood of Confusion, excerpt below:

Hypothetical: We are negotiating a trademark dispute. During those negotiations — which we both agree are being undertaken for purposes of settling our dispute — I, trademark user, promise not to object to (i.e., not to sue for) a certain use by you, other user, but we never actually incorporate that into any kind of agreement.

Five years later I sue you for making just that use. You try to introduce proof of that promise as evidence that I acquiesced to your use, and should be estopped (barred) from suing because of that acquiescence.

And I get down from my pony and scream: “You can’t use that! Those are settlement communications protected under Federal Rule of Evidence 408 — not admissible!”

Click here for the solution to the not-so-hypothetical problem in PRL U.S.A. Holdings vs. U.S. Polo Association.

Until the California Supreme Court decides Simmons v. Ghaderi, the result in PRL would not be the same here if the parties were mediating under the California Rules of Evidence.  See here, here and here.

Not Breaking News: A Trademark Tutorial from Lindquist and Vennum

(image from the U.K. Trademark Application Blog)

What's the difference between an IP arbitrator or mediator and a general commercial arbitrator and mediator?  Some of us -- like Les Weinstein and Michael Young -- have devoted substantial parts of their careers to patent (Les) and trademark (Michael) litigation.

The rest of us -- the Hon. John Leo Wagner (Fed. Magistrate, Ret.), Eric van Ginkel, the soon-to-be-added Jay McCauley and I -- have litigated patent, trademark, copyright and other IP cases in the course of our more general commercial litigation careers.

What unites us is an avidity for the topic and an interest in keeping up with the law.  So in addition to being the quick studies that all general commercial litigators are, we're already all the way (Les, Mike) or half way there when you lay your fabulously instructive briefs on us.   

To help our clients and ourselves, we print tutorials from time to time by law firms who our statistics page tells us are reading our blog.  Today we excerpt and link to Lindquist and Vennum's terrific Trademark tutorial -- The Trademark Dilution Act of 2006 -- A Summary of Changes Affecting Trademark Owners

When is a mark famous?

A mark is famous if the general consuming public of the United States widely recognizes it as a designation of a source of goods or services.

In determining whether a mark is famous enough to merit protection under the Trademark Dilution Revision Act, a court may consider all relevant factors, including:

  1. The duration, extent, and geographic reach of advertising and publicity of the mark, including whether the mark is advertised or publicized by the owner or third parties
  2. The amount, volume, and geographic extent of sales of goods or services offered under
    the mark 
  3. The extent of actual recognition of the mark 
  4. Whether the mark was registered

Because no registry of famous marks exists, determining whether a particular mark is famous requires the court to evaluate these factors on a case-by-case basis.

What constitutes tarnishment and blurring?

Dilution by tarnishment is an association arising from the similarity between the famous mark and the diluting mark that harms the reputation of the famous mark—that is, when the diluting mark is used in connection with undesirable or inferior goods or services that could create a negative association with the use of the famous mark.

Dilution by blurring is an association arising from the similarity between the famous mark and the diluting mark or trade name that impairs the distinctiveness of the famous mark. Dilution by blurring reduces the connection in the minds of consumers between the famous mark and the goods and services for which it is used.

In determining whether a mark is likely to cause dilution by blurring of a famous mark, a court may consider all relevant factors, including:

  1. The degree of similarity between the mark or trade name and the famous mark 
  2. The degree of inherent or acquired distinctiveness of the famous mark 
  3. The extent to which the owner of the famous mark is engaging in substantially
    exclusive use of the mark 
  4. The degree of recognition of the famous mark 
  5. Whether the user of the mark or trade name intended to create an association with the
    famous mark 
  6. Any actual association between the mark or trade name and the famous mark

For the remainder of this excellent article, click here.

Why an IP ADR Blog? Because We Aggregate IP Settlement Information for You!

Someone once asked me whether IP ADR was too narrow a topic to justify an entire blog(!!!!)

Any regular reader will chuckle in response.  Check out, for instance, the IP Blogs listed on the ABA Blawg site.  This week's featured blog, Patently O, is one of the best IP blogs in the world.  And it doesn't hurt Dennis Crouch's readership one bit that he hosts Patent Law Job listings here.  

The ABA lists 151, count 'em, 151 separate IP Law Blogs!  Those bloggers read and link to their IP Sister Blogs and are not simply repeating what each has to say but adding the unique perspectives that arise from a decade or more of active IP practice (younger specialty bloggeres are rare).  .

You can pick up our RSS feed at the ABA Blawg site as well.  While there are 150 IP Blogs, there's only one IP ADR Blog and, with all due modesty, it's a valuable one to add to your daily, weekly or monthly reading list.

Why?  Because we search the IP Blawgosphere for you to come up with information useful to the settlement of IP cases.  Below, for instance, is a chart from Patently O (thanks to David Schwartz!) showing the reversal rate of claim construction decisions.  Why is this important to settlement?  You know the answer -- the cost benefit analysis or decision tree process you're preparing to help you and your client find just the right price for the "sale" of your lawsuit to your opponent.

 

Patent Infringement Settlements in the News

EBay Agrees to Buy Patents From MercExchange, Settling Long-Running Dispute 

EBay Inc. has settled a seven-year patent dispute with MercExchange LLC that prompted an important intellectual property ruling from the U.S. Supreme Court.

The online auction company said in a statement Thursday that it bought the three MercExchange patents it had been accused of violating. The price was not disclosed; eBay said the figure would not materially affect its financial results
.

For remainder of story click here.

Hmmmmmmmm, wonder if this could have been accomplished sooner?

Seagate a Floodgate to Patent ADR?

(above, floodgates along the Bitan Dam by Poagao)

The U.S. Supreme Court just denied review of Convolve Inc. v. Seagate Technology.

Why do we care?

Because in Seagate, the Federal Circuit reversed a long established precedent and announced a new and higher standard for obtaining treble damages in patent cases, which could have the impact of making some patent cases more receptive to mediation or other ADR processes.

Prior to Seagate, a patent holder seeking to prove that a defendant willfully infringed (which opens the door for treble damages) had a pretty low burden to satisfy; the court even suggested that it was as low as a negligence standard. Infringers who had actual knowledge of the patent at issue had an affirmative duty to "exercise due care," which most sought to satisfy by way of an opinion of patent counsel.  See Underwater Devices, Inc. v. Morrison-Knudsen Co., 717 F.2d 1380 (Fed. Cir. 1983). In fact, because of Underwater Devices, a whole new market opened for patent lawyers, the drafting of patent opinions. (This also raised numerous knotty privilege issues during discovery of these opinions, as one might imagine.)

The landscape changed last year with Seagate. There, the Federal Circuit overturned Underwater Devices, and abandoned the defendant's affirmative duty to demonstrate it had exercised "due care." Instead, the Court imposed a more stringent burden on patent holders to demonstrate that the defendant had willfully infringed. Under Seagate, a plaintiff now must show "by clear and convincing evidence" that the infringer acted "despite an objectively high likelihood that its actions constituted infringement of a valid patent," and that this objectively-defined risk was known (or should have been known) to the infringer.

So with the sweep of the pen (a click of the keys?) twenty-four years of precedent was wiped out, along with the need for patent counsel opinion letters (and some of the thorny privilege issues).

Needless to say, patent holders were less than thrilled, and the matter was taken to the U.S. Supreme Court.

To no avail. On Monday, the Supremes allowed the Federal Circuit opinion to stand as-is, without further review by the Court.

So what does this have to do with ADR?

Plenty. Assuming courts apply the new standard properly, the ability to trigger treble damages has just been significantly curtailed in patent cases. There is less of an upside to taking a flyer at trial. Which should meant that there is more of an upside in trying to work out a resolution that is based on the actual value of the dispute in question.

The dispute can be settled by the application of objective standards of value or other measures without having the settlement process derailed by the wish to achieve (or avoid) the home run treble damage award.

This cries out for a more cost effective resolution process, be that mediation or arbitration. Or some hybrid of the two.

The Easiest Way to Get What You Want: Say Please

Recently I re-posted Five Ways to Minimize Risk of Copyright Liability from Citizen Media here

Today, IP attorney extraordinaire Tamera Bennett (left) dropped by to remind us of our own ADR "core values," i.e., self-determination and respect for the rights of others.  

Instead of simply approving Tamera's comment, I decided to bring it up here for everyone to see. 

The easiest way to get along with our fellow artists?  

Get a license! 

If you have genuine affection for the work of another, drop them a line, pick up a phone, send a carrier pigeon.  

"I really love your work." 

Then ask for permission to use it. 

Just do what your mother taught you.  Ask nicely.  Say please.  Then thank the nice copyright owner for being so generous with his/her work.  You'd be amazed at people's generosity, especially when you couple it with a (true) statement such as "I'm a young artist and don't have a lot of money but would really like to . . . . . " 

If you can't say that, i.e., if you have the money to pay the license fee, for heaven's sake support your fellow artists.

Tamera's comment below.  See her blog, Current Trends in Copyright, Trademark and Entertainment Law here

I have several concerns with the listing of ways to avoid copyright infringement.

1
. "Use only as much of the copyrighted work as is necessary to accomplish your purpose or convey your message" ---- Clients come to me and want to know how much of the song can I use or can I reprint a portion of this chapter of the book, or can I use this poster in something else. I advise the client to get a license. Fair Use is a defense which is very difficult to win. There is no cut-and-dry rule that you can use three bars from the song before liability attaches.

2. Add something new or beneficial (don't just copy it -- improve it!) --- This trips folks up all the time. Adding something new does not protect you from copyright infringement. You need a license to create a derivative work. Adding something new to someone else's copyright is a violation of the copyright owner's exclusive right to allow for the creation of derivative works.

Remember, if you did not create it, you probably need a license to use it.

In line with Tamera's advice, see No copyright for derivative works without permission over at the Chicago IP Litigation Blog.  Excerpt below. 

Photo my own -- a surprising street scene outside my front door. 

Plaintiff took a series of photographs of defendants’ Thomas & Friend toy trains, each pursuant to a provision that defendants could only use the photographs for two years. Plaintiff argued that defendants infringed plaintiff’s copyrights by using the photographs after the two years were up.

But the Court held that plaintiff had no copyright. The photographs were derivative works based upon defendant’s copyrighted Thomas & Friends train engines and cars. The party making a derivative work must have the copyright holder’s permission to copyright the derivative work. While plaintiff had the right to make the derivative works, plaintiff was not granted the right to copyright them. Plaintiff, therefore, had no copyright.

 

WOW!! IP Think Tank Global Week in Review

Unbelievably extensive link roll to global IP resources in a single week!  Check it out.  I just subscribed but am thinking I'd need to take a vacation to keep up!

Thanks Duncan!

By the way, the patent infringement case I was talking about involved one co-defendant selling its business to another co-defendant where the two businesses had different geographic markets; different distribution channels; different strengths; different weaknesses; and, the seller was cash poor due to the litigation.

Thanks for picking up our post.

And welcome to the neighborhood.  When I get a moment, I'll add IP Think Tank to our Blog Roll.

Settle the Patent Infringement Case by Selling Your Company?

Patent infringement settlements sometimes include the drastic remedy of selling your company.  It is the exception, but by no means any longer surprising, when the parties to a patent infringment mediation inform me that the co-defendants have been exploring the option of a buy-out while I was in separate caucus with the plaintiff.

That being the case, it is wise to come to a mediation prepared to explore valuation issues.  In that regard, I direct your attention to an article by Dennis L. Monroe of Krass Monroe entitled All Company Valuations are Not Created Equal.  Below is an excerpt.  For the full article, click here

“What is the value of my company?” is a question I am frequently asked. In the franchisor world (whether it be franchisors or franchisees), we usually focus on a multiple of earnings. In recent times the multiple of earnings have been going up; and there has been a feeding frenzy as it relates to the purchase of franchise companies.

What determines the value of a company? We normally look at the valuation in terms of a third-party sale. However, there are other times when we look at valuations for purpose of financing, estate planning, management compensation and other events that may necessitate a valuation.

There are a number of valuation firms in the country. I wanted to go to someone who is known for valuing businesses of all kinds and for various purposes, not just someone who values franchise businesses, because they can be formulaic in their approach. I had the honor of recently speaking with Mike Bochert, a [former?] Managing Director of Cherry Tree Companies, a 25 year old investment banking and investment management firm. Mike is a long-time investment banker and valuation expert of private companies, whether very small or very large.

Dennis Monroe question: How are company valuations not alike?

Mike Bochert response: To understand why all company valuations are not alike, think “P-C-A.” In other words, valuations vary in Purpose, occur under differing company Circumstances and each is directed to a specific Audience. Each of those variables has an effect on the judgments and considerations which are appropriate for any valuation.

Without trying to be exhaustive, the Purpose of the valuation could be:

    • Determining value pursuant to a buy-sell agreement
    • An estate valuation
    • Obtaining growth financing
    • Acquiring another multi-unit business
    • Considering being acquired
    • Strategic decision making

The company’s Circumstances might be:

  • Profitable company with substantial growth opportunities
  • Franchisee with multiple concepts, one performing well and one performing poorly
  • An economically strong operation which is considering the acquisition of another operator
  • Troubled operation considering an acquisition by another operator

The Audience for the valuation could be:

  • Private equity firm
  • Mezzanine financing firm
  • Internal Revenue Service
  • Litigation attorneys
  • Management or Board of Directors

To continue reading, click here.

Five Ways to Minimize Risk of Copyright Liability from Citizen Media

We've said this before:  prevention beats every dispute resolution mechanism available so long as you do not limit your own freedom out of fear of liability.  

That said, here are the top five tips for using copyrighted material fearlessly from the extraordinarily concise and helpful "Primer on Copyright Liability and Fair Use" from  the Citizen Media Law Project Blog.

While there is no definitive test for determining whether your use of another's copyrighted work is a fair use, there are several things you can do to minimize your risk of copyright liability:

  • Use only as much of the copyrighted work as is necessary to accomplish your purpose or convey your message;
  • Use the work in such a way that it is clear that your purpose is commentary, news reporting, or criticism;
  • Add something new or beneficial (don't just copy it -- improve it!);
  • If your source is nonfiction, limit your copying to the facts and data; and
  • Seek out Creative Commons or other freely licensed works when such substitutions can be made and respect the attribution requests in those works.

Read the entire Primer here.


What is the Most Difficult Time to Settle Your Patent Infringement Case? Right After a $432 Million Verdict

(if you want to see other photos of heart stents -- the product at issue here -- go to commercial photographer Rick Lee's Blog -- On Location with Rick Lee 

Why would we be talking settlement on the heels of the jury verdict Dickstein Shapiro attorney Gary Hoffman just brought home for his physician-inventor client as reported in law.com's article Boston Scientific Ordered to Pay $432 Million for Patent Infringement?

Boston Scientific blames the venue -- the Eastern District of Texas -- which Bryan Cave IP litigator Larry Kurland ** describes as a "patent-friendly jurisdiction."   (for all patent infringement cases pending in the Eastern District, take a look at the Eastern District of Texas Weblog here)

We're not, however, talking runaway juries here -- as Hoffman's co-counsel  Eric Albritton explained it, the award reflects an 8 percent royalty on U.S. sales and a 6 percent royalty on foreign sales.  As someone who mediates patent infringement cases, I know that these percentages are subject to differences of expert opinion, but are likely within a reasonable range for products of this type. 

Hoffman low-keyed the verdict -- among the largest jury awards ever in a U.S. patent infringement case -- stressing the justice issues. 

Plaintiff -- Dr. Bruce Saffran -- said Hoffman,  "is an independent inventor, and his contributions to the advancement of medical technology needed to be recognized and rewarded . . . " .

A Bird in the Hand

Why would anyone consider settlement at a time like this? 

  • Well, there's Kurland's report that the patent infringement verdict returned against his client was recently overturned -- a crushing blow for the Plaintiff-inventor.  
  • A Plaintiff's bargaining strength doesn't get much better than this.  So while the champagne flows, a strategic plan should be forming to maximize the the power of a verdict that can cause your opponent's stock prices to fluctuate.
  • Whatever the defeated party may say -- "we're not changing the fourth-quarter $365 million loss to $432 million because we're going to win on appeal" -- they've got to be hunkered down in a very high-level  pow-wow to find a way to stop the bleeding.
  • Boston Scientific isn't the only fish Dr. Saffran has to fry -- he has a similar patent lawsuit against against Johnson & Johnson's Cordis Corp. unit in the same court. 
  • All good things must eventually  come to an end -- Dr. Saffran's patent expires in 2013
  • Corporations live forever -- physician inventors do not. 

As Google CEO Eric Schmidt has been reported saying -- litigation is a business negotiation being conducted in the courts.  

Advantage Saffran. 

Let the games begin.

_______________________

** Law.com reports that Kurland prevailed on appeal from an E.D. Texas patent infringement verdict against his client just last year.  

Outsourcing IP Work to India? Maybe its Time for a Career Change

Apparently, you can outsource IP work, along with your document management tasks, to India. 

At least that's what Howrey is counting while eschewing the term "outsourcing."  Here's an excerpt from Law.com's article, Howrey Opens Office in India, Gives Clients Lower-Cost Option

"It's not outsourcing," insists Robert Ruyak, managing partner and CEO of Howrey, describing his firm's new office in India.

Of course, it's not lawyering, either, since an American firm practicing in India would violate Indian law. Instead, it's a new attempt by an American law firm to cut costs by creating an office in India that will handle document management in litigation, IP and arbitration matters pending around the world.

Like many U.S. businesses, Howrey hopes to take advantage of the growing class of well-trained -- and comparatively low-paid -- young Indian professionals.

And Ruyak believes he can persuade reluctant clients, who will choose where their work is done, to embrace the venture. The question is whether they will do so.

See Howrey's [non-outsourcing] Trial and Litigation Support Services Brochure here.

The recession/mid-life career-change angle?  We've long said that litigation -- conflict -- is recession-proof.  Apparently, however, it is not outsource-proof. 

What is? 

Mediation my friends. 

Until someone actually develops that Star Trek instantaneous "beam me up, Scottie" people-mover, you won't be able to outsource us.  

IP ADR Dictionary: "S" is for Story Telling

I was once contacted by one of the writers for the hit series House who wanted to know what the parties may do doing a mediation.  After explaining several current mediation "processes" to him, I said this. 

The beauty part is that you can actually do anything you want during a mediation.  There are no rules.

Then we had a great conversation about what Dr. House might do in a mediation, none of which made it to the screen because it was too wild to appear there  But we had a lot of fun. 

Mediation advocacy is not too much different from trial advocacy except that the page is blank.  The stage is empty.  The computer hasn't yet booted up.  The first word hasn't been penned.  None of the characters has spoken.  The sun is not yet up.  

As our former national poet laureate Billy Collins has written in his great poem Aristotle,

This is the beginning.
Almost anything can happen.
This is where you find
the creation of light, a fish wriggling onto land,
the first word of Paradise Lost on an empty page.
Think of an egg, the letter A,
a woman ironing on a bare stage as the heavy curtain rises.
This is the very beginning.
The first-person narrator introduces himself,
tells us about his lineage.
The mezzo-soprano stands in the wings.
Here the climbers are studying a map
or pulling on their long woolen socks.
This is early on, years before the Ark, dawn.
The profile of an animal is being smeared
on the wall of a cave,
and you have not yet learned to crawl.
This is the opening, the gambit,
a pawn moving forward an inch.
This is your first night with her, your first night without her.
This is the first part
where the wheels begin to turn,
where the elevator begins its ascent,
before the doors lurch apart.

Mediation is a writers' blank page.

Writing is easy. All you do is stare at a blank sheet of paper until drops of blood form on your forehead. - Gene Fowler

Aside from writers' block, I have no answer to the question why there isn't more great mediation advocacy.  But I can steer you in its direction.  Take a look at Stephanie West Allen's interview with Diane F. Wyzga -- an attorney, nurse, and a professionally trained storyteller, who helps lawyers tell their clients' stories to juries.  Read the entire interview.  I provide only a tantalizing excerpt below.  Then we'll talk more about mediation advocacy next week.  As attorney Wyzga explains:

What could I teach a lawyer about storytelling? Robert McKee had the answer:

Storytelling is the art of expressing meaningful change in the life situation of a character in terms of values to which the listener reacts with emotion.

This is what lawyers do all the time! I just needed to overcome law school’s linear analytical training that says he who dies with the most facts, wins. And show lawyers how we listen to stories.

In the grip of a heartfelt story artfully told, the factfinder listener’s mind is fully engaged creating a parallel world of social judgment based on their world views and experiences. Now the attorney and factfinder are one: working in concert in a cooperative enterprise considering options, possibilities and outcomes.

As of a recent verdict in June, I have 11.11 million reasons why I continue to believe that a heartfelt story artfully told using language with power, passion and precision will engage your jury every single time.

Read on here . . . .


Yes, You Should -- If At All Possible -- Seek Legal Advice When Served With a Cease and Desist Letter

(right:  my attorney)

Yesterday I suggested that by reading Professor Marc Randazza's post Copyright vs. Free Speech (etc.) you could learn how to "respond to legal bullying without hiring a lawyer."  

When Paul Levy of the Public Citizen Litigation Group asked me what part of the Legal Satyricon's advice I was referring to, I pointed him to Randazza's citation of the Streisand Effect, the story of which reads as follows:

A few years ago, Kenneth Adelman posted aerial photos of Barbara Streisand’s home on the intertubes. Streisand got all Barbara on him and sued him for $50 Million. Before the suit, almost nobody had seen Adelman’s website. The lawsuit generated so much attention that millions of people hit his site and the photo was picked up by the AP as newsworthy. Barbara’s tantrum caused the exact opposite effect that she had hoped for.

Defending yourself from even a completely baseless defamation suit can be expensive. Accordingly, often the only defense that a citizen can afford is to rely upon the Streisand Effect, and hope that it turns into a Bickle Rain. (So named after Travis Bickle from Taxi Driver “Someday a real rain will come and wash all this scum off the streets”). Usually, when the victim of the overreaching lawyer brings the dispute to light, and the victim is in the right, the negative publicity can generate a “real rain” that will wash the scum off the streets — or at least convince the bully to be a bit more reasonable. 

Maybe it's because I'm nursing a low-level winter flu, but it didn't occur to me until early this evening that Mr. Levy might have been troubled by my suggestion that a blogger respond to a cease and desist letter without seeking legal advice.  

What I meant to suggest was that people who can't afford to retain legal counsel remain at liberty to resort to Streisand Effect Self-Help.  If there is any way for you to obtain legal advice, however, you should make every reasonable effort to do so if you are served with a cease and desist letter.  

For those who are wondering whether they should seek legal counsel, a great place to start is the  Public Citizen's Litigation site, which has a very informative Internet Free Speech webpage  and Levy's excellent outline on the Legal Perils and Legal Rights of Internet Speakers.

Although I've added bullets to an excerpt of Levy's list for clarity, it is only an outline meant to point its readers to available legal resources as well as to stress the serious nature of any legal tangle involving alleged copyright infringement.  When seeking legal advice from friends and relatives, please understand that even Uncle Joe's niece's husband who just graduated from Harvard Law School and is working for a fancy New York law firm, is not likely to know the answers to these questions.  This is a specialized area of law and only attorneys (or public interest groups) who specialize in copyright, free speech and the like are qualified to advise you.

Below, the excerpt from Levy's outline.  Download it in its entirety and print it out so you can read it in small bits from time to time.  For a non-lawyer, it's not easy to read and comprehend the entire outline.  If you take it a few paragraphs at a time, however, you shouldn't have any trouble getting the general idea.   At least you'll know what you don't know, which is the beginning of understanding.  Also see Levy's Post from the Consumer Law and Policy Blog on the issue here.

Demand letters

  • Normally you get a demand letter first (but no guarantees)
  • Don’t panic
    • most threats never lead to litigation
    • sometimes they are sent to make the client feel better, or to be able to say that suits was threatened
    • don’t give up your right to criticize just because you are threatened
    • But take threats seriously
    • Sometimes suit can be avoided without giving up your rights
    • Need to think through chances of success or loss and consider cost of defense worth paying for that sort of advice (without hiring lawyer for case)
    • think carefully about the demand letter though
    • if it does not make sense to defend case, consider giving in now, while it’s cheap
  • Need to respond
    • Failure to respond in domain name case may be factor allowing plaintiff to file . . . [a law]suit in [a state] . . . located (far from defendant’s home)
    • [a] response can accomplish several things
      • Response is the first stage of litigation; must be drafted with litigation in mind anything you say can be used against you
      • judge and jury will see your response
      • Hence, legal advice is a good idea at this stage
      • Response might persuade the challenger that you are within your rights
      • If the challenger knows you will not just roll over, it may be more
        amenable to compromise
      • Response is also aimed at wider public
      • often, a good response can head off litigation by reminding the plaintiff how much the lawsuit will cost, not just in legal fees, but in bad publicity
      • do a press release; communicate with the Internet community
      • Good collection of documents on the Chilling Effects web site
  • Getting Legal Help
    • Tempting to try to represent yourself, but it’s risky
    • easy to make devastating procedural mistakes, miss good legal arguments
    • in theory, courts should treat pro se defendants and their procedural mistakes more leniently. Haines v. Kerner, 404 U.S. 519 (1972) but they often do not
    • some courts are much better than others in helping pro se defendants cope
    • Second Circuit [federal court on the east coast] is particularly careful 
    • Hard to find a lawyer at an affordable price
    • unlike plaintiffs, hard to finance these cases through contingent fees or attorney fee awards
    • cases are time consuming and expensive; and you have to pay your lawyer even if you win
    • some states have SLAPP statutes [California does!] that provide for attorney fee awards when a suit against free speech is dismissed [so long as you meet all the criteria]
    • there are a handful of public interest groups [see linked .pdf] but they have very limited resources
    • if they can help, though, they will often represent clients all over the nation
      there are a few law school clinics interested in this area
    • some clinics help only in courts that are close enough for students to appear [see linked .pdf for list]

Thanks for dropping me an email Paul!  Much appreciated. 

Copyrighting Comedy

Thanks to Les Weinstein for hipping us to Mark Lacter's Daily Dragon -- this item on Jay Leno's federal copyright infringement action. 

It's always been a pretty gray area, but don't tell that to Jay Leno and Rita Rudner who have settled a federal copyright lawsuit against author Judy Brown and several book publishers. The comedians sued Brown in 2006, claiming that she reproduced their jokes, many of which were told on "The Tonight Show," without permission. Brown has collected and repackaged thousands of jokes by various comedians. The settlement also includes monetary compensation, which Leno, Rudner and NBC Studios will donate to charity.

For remainder of post, click here.

We've covered this issue before in Disputing Humor:  Comedy, Folkways and the Internet here.

Cease and Desist Letter Posting Not Likely to Constitute Infringement

Reading the news in the blogosphere is sort of like reading your opponent's brief for the first time -- you're pretty certain you know that's not the law, but if you don't read the cases cited, it looks pretty nauseatingly right.  Nauseating because it makes your arguments about your client's legal rights . . . well . . . wrong. 

I rely on Plagiarism Today's Week-End Link Roll  as my IP News aggregator (thanks PT!  much appreciated!)  Yesterday, I was surprised to see PT reference a Techdirt post reporting not only Court Says You Can Copyright a Cease and Desist Letter but that you could be liable for infringement by posting on your blog a cease and desist letter sent  to you.   

This seemed wrong on so many levels (copyright, fair use, common decency, that little Constitutional Amendment we call no. 1) that it continued to bug me as I prepared for a dinner party last night and later over the kitchen sink.  I even woke up this morning thinking about it.  But I knew that someone in the blogosphere would have figured it out while I was sleeping.

How did we live without legal blogs in our lives? 

Gratitude aplenty to everyone this morning, most especially Ron Coleman over at Likelihood of Confusion who posted the answer to the question -- did the Court really say that?

Now that you're interested, just trot on over to Ron's blog to read Copyright in cease and desist letter?  Not quite.  

Thanks Ron! 

Everything is nice and orderly in my legal brain centers again.

If you want the holy writ on the Dozier Law firm's antics, read The Legal Satyricon's lengthy history and searing commentary in the post Copyright vs. Free Speech in Cease and Desist Letters.  And no, the word "chucklehead" isn't used nearly enough Marc!

I didn't mention the ADR angle -- how you can respond to legal bullying without hiring a lawyer -- a topic Professor Randazza covers better than I ever could in his post.  A must read for anyone interested in the intersection between Web 2.0 and the law and culture of intellectual property rights.

Ninth Circuit Decides Comedy Club Arbitration Battle

Mr. Thrifty and I have been known to walk to the IMPROV (Jerry Seinfeld, Sarah Silverman, and before Mr. T., even Rosanne Barr before she was Rosanne).  The club is right around the corner from our little neighborhood -- the one that's recently been renamed "Beverly Grove" in honor of the two shopping centers that anchor it firmly in L.A.'s march of progress to complete gentrification.   

The presence of the IMPROV in my own personal geography is strong -- I took my comedy-driving- school-class there from the now pretty famous Kathy Griffin back in the day when I used to power my cherry red RX-7 up and down PCH at speeds local law enforcement couldn't ignore.       

But I digress before I lede, a perilous practice when reporting not quite so exciting arbitration clause interpretation cases. 

So here it is:  Comedy Club, Inc. v. IMPROV West Associates, etc., the Ninth Circuit construing trademark licensing arbitration and non-compete clauses between an IMPROV licensee, the Comedy Club, and the IMPROV as follows:   

  1. the arbitrator properly arbitrated the equitable claims where the "scope of arbitration" clause could reasonably be interpreted to embrace such claims;
  2. the arbitrator’s award enforcing an exclusivity clause containing a restrictive covenant by terminating the Comedy Club's right to open other clubs could not be set aside as "completely irrational" since that's what the contract provided for;
  3. the arbitrator exceeded the scope of his authority by enjoining non-party "affiliate" family members; and,
  4. because enforcement of the agreement's covenant not to compete barred the Comedy Club from operating in a substantial portion of its market, that portion of the award violated California Business and Professions Code § 16600, was therefore entered in manifest disregard of the law and had to be vacated.   

The Ninth Circuit therefore,

vacat[ed] the district court’s order confirming the arbitration award and remand[ed the case back] to the district court  with instructions to vacate the Partial Final Arbitration Award in so far as it enjoin[ed the Comedy Store's] Affiliates, unless they [were] agents or otherwise acting for [it] and to the extent it prevent[ed the Comedy Store] from opening or operating non-Improv clubs in counties in which [the Comedy Store] does not now operate or own an Improv club.  

So who said arbitration awards can't be appealed?

With all due respect to those of us here at the IP ADR Blog who arbitrate IP disputes, these lengthly and complex proceedings make me want to mediate the darn thing.

 

Is Copyright Protection One of the Interests We're Willing to Give Up Net Freedom For?

I don't purport to be an expert in the field of internet monitoring for the prevention of copyright infringement -- though the word "prevention" does suggest prior restraints on free speech.   Because we are here at the commencement of the development of the law in regard to internet freedom, all lawyers, not just IP lawyers, should take an interest and let themselves be heard.

That said, I am providing our readers with links to the conversation taking place at the Concurring Opinions Blog and New York Times "Bits" Blog on internet neutrality.

Concurring Opinions alerted us to this Bits debate between Rick Cotton, the general counsel of NBC Universal, and Tim Wu, a professor at Columbia Law School. Full debate here and highlights here.  Further insight on this issue from Concurring Opinions here.

The issue in more detail as described by Bits' January 8 post, AT&T and Other I.S.P.’s May Be Getting Ready to Filter below.

For the last 15 years, Internet service providers have acted - to use an old cliche - as wide-open information super-highways, letting data flow uninterrupted and unimpeded between users and the Internet.

But I.S.P.’s may be about to embrace a new metaphor: traffic cop.

At a small panel discussion about digital piracy at NBC’s booth on the Consumer

Electronics Show floor, representatives from NBC, Microsoft, several digital filtering companies and the telecom giant AT&T said discussed whether the time was right to start filtering for copyrighted content at the network level.

Such filtering for pirated material already occurs on sites like YouTube and Microsoft’s Soapbox, and on some university networks.

Network-level filtering means your Internet service provider – Comcast, AT&T, EarthLink, or whoever you send that monthly check to – could soon start sniffing your digital packets, looking for material that infringes on someone’s copyright.

“What we are already doing to address piracy hasn’t been working. There’s no secret there,” said James Cicconi, senior vice president, external & legal affairs for AT&T.

Mr. Cicconi said that AT&T has been talking to technology companies, and members of the M.P.A.A. and R.I.A.A., for the last six months about carrying out digital fingerprinting techniques on the network level.

“We are very interested in a technology based solution and we think a network-based solution is the optimal way to approach this,” he said. “We recognize we are not there yet but there are a lot of promising technologies. But we are having an open discussion with a number of content companies, including NBC Universal, to try to explore various technologies that are out there.”

Internet civil rights organizations oppose network-level filtering, arguing that it amounts to Big Brother monitoring of free speech, and that such filtering could block the use of material that may fall under fair-use legal provisions — uses like parody, which enrich our culture.


For full article click here.

The American Car Industry: Lose Your Market & Intentionally Alienate Your Fans

I'm posting a photo of a 1956 Chevy instead of the 1956 Ford I remember being my family's first new car because Ford apparently doesn't want anyone to promote their vehicles.  Image from Military.com's "Ride of the Week."

Read on below:

Thanks again to Plagiarism Today's Weekend Linkroll for continuing to follow companies in self-destruct mode down their own garden paths. 

This item via PT from Boing Boing:  Ford Calls its Fans Pirates for Distributing Pictures of their Own Cars.

Why do we post this in an ADR Blog?  Because the first alternative to litigation is common business sense and we are waiting patiently for companies like Ford to awake from the same type of somnabulence that allowed Japanese car companies to run them off the road in the 1970's.

Excerpt from the Boing Boing post below:  

Josh sez, "The folks at BMC (Black Mustang Club) automotive forum wanted to put together a calendar featuring members' cars, and print it through CafePress. Photos were submitted, the layout was set, and... CafePress notifies the site admin that pictures of Ford cars cannot be printed. Not just Ford logos, not just Mustang logos, the car -as a whole- is a Ford trademark and its image can't be reproduced without permission. So even though Ford has a lineup of enthusiasts who want to show off their Ford cars, the company is bent on alienating them. 'Them' being some of the most loyal owners and future buyers that they have. Or rather, that they had, because many have decided that they will not be doing business with Ford again if this matter isn't resolved."

Patently O Identifies Top IP Law Schools

Here's a law school ranking list for that small but elite group of aspirants to the legal trade -- engineers who want to be lawyers (my brain burns at the cognitive dissonance)  -- Dennis Crouch's Top Thirty [Law School] Patent Programs (Ranked by Patently-O Hits!)

Here are the top ten -- George Washington; University of Texas at Austin; DePaul; Columbia; U. of  Virginia; Boalt; Harvard University; U. of Tennessee; Cornell; and, Boston.  

The cognitive dissonance

Two reasons.  Reason One

I tutored 1-L's in Torts when I was a 2-L.  I was good at torts because I was good at story and fairness -- which is what torts is all about.  Students trained in engineering -- which is all about precision and accuracy -- were totally confounded by this subject.  

Having nearly failed high school geometry, its central frustrations remained particularly vivid at the time. 

"Work it like a geometry proof," I recall saying to my tormented first-year engineering law students.  "Just pick an answer and then rationalize it backwards."  That, at any rate, is how I recall being asked to work a proof.  And it seemed to help my most drastically perplexed first-years.

Reason Two

In practice, I litigated the right of oil and chemical companies to obtain insurance coverage for the environmental damage caused by the production, storage and transport of petroleum products and toxic chemicals.  Because the central question in this type of litigation is "what did the policyholders know about the damage they were causing and when did they know it" I took the depositions of dozens of engineers.

Engineers!  The most honest, forthright and helpful deponents alive; nearly incapable of the cautious "coached" deposition answer; congenitally adverse to saying "I don't know" or "I don't remember;" and, deeply committed to telling the absolute and entire truth.

Why?

Because their entire training and practice focuses on precision and accuracy.  They are zero tolerance men and women.  Listen, you get the lunar explorer to the moon or you don't.  There is no middle ground.

So, engineer-lawyers, particularly engineer-litigators and trial attorneys have always amazed me.  To be capable of radical precision and creative truth-telling at the same time requires the kind of intelligence that F. Scott Fitzgerald called "first rate." 

The test of a first-rate intelligence is the ability to hold two opposed ideas in mind at the same time and still retain the ability to function

There you have it.   An entire post that is nothing but a digression.  It had to happen at some point. 

I'm greatly looking forward to Dennis' next promised list -- the ten (or more) top law firm procrastinators measured by their Patently-O hits. 

We call this productive procrastination here at the IP ADR Blog Dennis.  Thanks for the enabling lists!

Domain Name Disputes on the Rise and Resolved Primarily in Favor of Trademark Holders

The Wall Street Journal Law Blog reports Domain-Name Disputes at an All-Time High

What interests me is not the number of complaints filed by trademark owners against cybersquatters under the “Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy” (UDRP) -- 1 in 1999 and 2,156 in 2007 -- but WIPO's report that "[a]bout 85% of trademark owners prevail when they bring these complaints."

When someone who asks me for a mediation "evaluation" is being over-confident of their chances of success, I always tell them that I would never tell a client that he had a better than 70% chance of prevailing even when I thought every single fact and legal principle lined up in my "victory" column.

I have to tell you that when I say this, lawyers generally blanch and turn to their clients saying something along the lines of "you know I never promised you victory." 

Now the WSJ Law Blog gives me a figure I would never use -- 85% victory

It makes me wonder what's behind that figure -- limited resources of cyber-squatters?  Trademark owner bias? 

Anyone have any ideas other than suggesting that trademark owners are almost always right?

What Lawyers are Looking for from Mediators

Thanks to Colm Brannigan for posing this question to the LinkedIn Legal Community:  What Qualities Do Counsel Look for in a Mediator? 

We've already posted -- here -- the answer of L.A. Sheppard Mullin attorney Jim Burgess.

 

Below, we give you the thorough and insightful answer of Vermont attorney, mediator and arbitrator Richard Cassidy of Hoff Curtis

From Richard's response you can tell that he understands mediation theory and practice from every angle you want a mediator to know. 

So if you practice in Vermont and are looking to settle a commercial case (he also does labor and personal injury) you probably couldn't do much better than to give Richard a call. 

So herewith and all that, we give you Ricahrd Cassidy's thoughts on what qualities lawyers are looking for in mediators:

From my perspective, it’s important to analyze what you want from the mediation and attune your selection to your needs and goals.

Choice of Mediator -- "Someone Who Will Have Credibility with my Opponents"

In selecting a mediator, I am often most in need of someone who will have credibility with my opponents. I do my best to understand the strengths and weaknesses of my case before I get to mediation. Hopefully, there is little a third party can teach me about my own case. Of course, it is human to be imperfect and so sometimes there is more to learn at mediation than I would prefer. So good judgment is important.

Case Assessment

But assuming that enough work has been done to properly assess the case before mediation, I am often hoping to use the mediator’s knowledge and credibility to help persuade my opponents to see things more my way. In such cases, I am happy to agree on whomever my opponent wants, so long as they have the basic skills.

A Mediator My Client Will Respect:  "Seeing a Neutral Learn About the Case and Then Point Out Important Weaknesses Can Be Very Powerful"

Sometimes, however, client control is a real issue. You wonder why some clients hire you and ignore your advice, but it happens. Seeing a neutral learn about the case and then point out important weaknesses can be very powerful for clients who do easily accept a realistic evaluation of their prospects. So, on such occasions I am looking for a mediator my client will respect.

The Basics:  Interpersonal Skill, Patience, Persistence, Stamina and Optimism

Of course, there are basics that one almost always wants. Good interpersonal skills are essential. An understanding of the mediation process and technique is critical. I look for lots of patience, persistence, stamina and optimism. (I have seen many a mediator throw away a real chance of settlement by trying to move too fast or quitting too early. As a mediator, I do not quit until at least one party insists that I do so). Timing is often important. In most of my cases, knowledge of the litigation process is very important because it gives the mediator the ability to point out the problems of the “best” alternative to a negotiated settlement.

Substantive Knowledge

Knowledge of the substance and dynamics of the particular subject area is very important. For example, I do lots of work as an advocate and as a mediator in employment litigation. Many plaintiffs and many plaintiffs’ lawyers don’t understand up front how hard the process is going to be for them, and how bad the statistics are for the employee. A mediator who can genuinely show empathy for the plaintiff’s plight and deliver the bad news when it’s called for is what is needed.

Co-Mediating with Experts

Sometimes, in more esoteric subject areas, substantive knowledge can be hard to find. As a mediator I have successfully occasionally co-mediated with experts (not necessarily mediators) in fields that are outside of my usual range, such as in patent cases.

Evaluator or Facilitator?

On the facilitative/evaluative question, I usually want a mix. It is almost always a mistake for the mediator to try to impose his or her view of the right the resolution on the parties. But for cases in litigation or headed there, I find that a mediator who is unwilling to express any view of the case is usually not very helpful. I understand that, particularly in domestic relations matters, many mediators are unwilling to do any evaluation at all. I understand that if the real goal of the process is not to resolve the specific issues then holding the parties attention but to transform their communication so that they can resolve things themselves in the future, evaluation can be a road block. Ordinarily, however, in my cases (civil litigation, mostly employment, commercial, construction, or personal injury disputes) someone usually needs the kind of reality check that a few well timed evaluative comments can provide.

RIP YES; SHARE NO: THE RIAA SPEAKS

Direct from NPR to Engadget to our readers:

Speaking to NPR, RIAA president Cary Sherman . . . said . . . that the RIAA hasn't ever prosecuted anyone for ripping or copying for personal use, and that the only issue in the Jeffrey Howell case was -- as always -- sharing files on Kazaa. Perhaps most interestingly, Sherman directly addressed the "ripping is just a nice way of saying 'steals one copy'" comment made by Sony BMG's anti-piracy counsel in the Jammie Thomas case, saying that the attorney "misspoke," and that neither Sony BMG or the RIAA agreed with that position.

Why do we continue to follow this multi-strand narrative on an IP ADR blog? 

Because this is why IP is worth doing.  The law hasn't caught up with today's technology, let alone that lurking around tomorrow's corner.  We're at the very beginning.  Dawn.  And we're excited to begin the year as part of the conversation about the law the culture is in the process of creating to give artists their due; cut the producers and distributors in for their fair share; promote artistic collaboration and the solo effort; and, maybe rearrange a little bit of society, history and politics at the same time.

We're all in!

 

When a "Cease and Desist" Letter is the ADR of Choice

Take a look at this excellent article -- Pirates Stealing Content from Rival Website -- by Florida Gunster Yoakley lawyers David Bates and Meenu  Sasser.

This one-page article is well-worth reading if you or your clients possess anything of value on the internet that can be "scraped" by pirates.

The good news?

According to Bates, "[a]bout 95% of the cases are resolved by a cease-and-desist letter."

With that kind of track record, Gunster ought to be thinking about value rather than hourly billing.  Maybe they already have.

The IP Litigator's Holy Grail: Dismissal without Leave to Amend

 (left, the victorious Karen R. Thorland of Loeb & Loeb)

Just as we're waxing philosophic about litigation's questionable ability to effectively and efficiently resolve a dispute requiring factual findings, along comes a ruling that not only resolves a mixed question of law and fact, but does so at the pleading stage without giving Plaintiff a chance to amend the Complaint.

Hearty congratulations to Karen R. Thorland of Loeb & Loeb LLP who pulled this rabbit out of the hat for BMG Music.  The new year just doesn't ever start better than that!

The Opinion in Brief 

In Leadsinger, Inc. v. BMG Music Publishing, the Ninth Circuit held today that there was no set of facts which would permit the manufacturer and distributor of karaoke machines to make and sell its devices in the absence of reprint and synchronization licenses.  In concluding that the District Court properly granted defendant's motion to dismiss without leave to amend, the Ninth Circuit explained:

No amendment would change the conclusion that Leadsinger’s karaoke device falls within the definition of an audiovisual work and outside the scope of § 115’s compulsory licensing scheme. Indeed, the conclusion that Leadsinger’s device displays a series of related images that are intrinsically intended to be shown by a machine together with accompanying sounds is justified by Leadsinger’s own description of how its all-in-one microphone allows a consumer to sing lyrics “in real time” with recorded music.

Any amendment relating to Leadsinger’s purported fair use also would have been futile. Leadsinger’s allegations support that its use of copyrighted song lyrics is commercial, that song lyrics fall within the core of copyright protection, and we have drawn the reasonable inference that Leadsinger uses song lyrics in their entirety. Thus, the only possible amendment relating to fair use would address the harm to the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work. That amendments relating to the fourth § 107 factor are a possibility is not enough to find that the district court abused its discretion given that the first three factors under § 107 unequivocally militate against a finding of fair use, and we are not to consider these factors in isolation. See Campbell, 510 U.S. at 591 n.21.

 

Duane Morris on Lapp Factors: Are We Clear? Crystal!

Duane Morris reports today on the Third Circuit Decision Clarif[ying] Proper Use of Lapp Factors in Trade Dress Infringement Actions.

I leave the strictly legal analysis to my fellow IP legal bloggers.  See e.g. the 43(B)log's treatment of the denial of the preliminary injunction by the District Court here.  

My comment pertains to the last paragraph's modest conclusion that the new decision "provides brand owners with important guidance" in ordering their affairs.

That guidance?

  1. store brands can 'get away' with a little more similarity than other defendants' products when they prominently display a well-known store-specific signature on their packages
  2. but store-brands may not merely affix a tiny differentiating label to a copied national brand
  3. "health-related" products such as the artificial sweeteners at issue can err on the side of similarity because customers "are assumed to exercise more care in their purchasing decisions than they otherwise might for low-priced products"
  4. evidence of actual confusion from a "surgical strike" shopper was not representative of the typical shopper in light of of their brand indifference and the fast pace of their shopping.

Is This Guidance Sufficiently Certain to Recommend Litigation?

From a practical standpoint -- is there any other? -- any legal issue that requires fact-finding will likely be settled later (and far more expensively) than those that don't. 

Why? 

Because litigation makes sense only if:

  1. you have far more resources than your opponent; or,
  2. the matter is actually resolved at the preliminary injunction stage because the resulting commercial losses are too great to bear until trial; or,
  3. the matter can truly be resolved by way of summary judgment motion, i.e., there are genuinely no  material facts nor any immaterial facts that pull at equity's heart-strings.  

Judges have hearts? 

Yes, indeedy.  In fact, if you look back over your long or short litigation career, you'll get the gestalt -- the cases you should have won on summary judgment but which you (unjustly) lost invariably contained some set of facts that:

  1. made the requested judgment feel inequitable even though it would have been legally appropriate
  2. made the trial court worry about reversal -- usually because the law or the facts were just too darn complicated
    • ever so brief aside:  at the close of one summary judgment argument in a nine-figure case, I asked the Judge denying my motion to provide the parties with his ruling on our evidentiary objections.  His response?  The wave of a hand at the wire cart containing several red welds of pleading files coupled with this remark -- "you can't expect me to rule on those objections."  Beat.  "There are just too many of them."  Voila -- justice! 
  3. required more work to understand than the particular Judge before whom it was pending was prepared to do (cf. "too darn complicated")

But They Infringed My Trade Dress!!!!

Let's stick with artificial sweeteners here. 

The reason the "store brands" cost so much less than the national brands is, of course, promotion.  Advertising.  Print.  Television.  Internet.  Billboards.  Slogans. Jingles.  The whole Adman Magilla (plug here for Madmen from Nancy Franklin's ecstatic New Yorker review -- "it hits a deep place in you, like a straight-up Martini made of memory and desire.")

So really!  No one should feel sorry for a store brand trying to hitch a free ride on the back of the national brand's gazillion dollar ad campaign.  Shoot!  That's the kind of advantage taking that makes everyone's mouth go a little sour, right?

Trouble is, as far as jurors and judges go, there is no innocent and, more importantly, no flesh and blood person who's done any equity-sweating or competitor abusing.  Just the cold record; some high-paid expert witnesses; and, the usual line-up of corporate representatives.

There's simply no way to predict what a Court or jury or appellate tribunal is apt to do.  It's all so loosey goosey really.  This is not only not science -- it's not even social science.  It's a game of chance no matter how skilled and sophisticated the players.

Isn't this Just Another Commercial for Your Mediation Services, Ms. Pynchon?

Well, not entirely.  My friend and mentor Ken Cloke likes to say that mediation is a profession in search of its own suicide because we're always trying to teach people to just do this resolution thing -- strategic planning and negotiation -- by themselves.

Have I, for instance, said read 3-D Negotiation yet this year?  No?  Here's the amazon.com link.  Buy it today.  You don't even have to read the whole thing.  You can skim it.  Really!  It will be the best investment of your legal career since you first subscribed to Lexis or Westlaw.  

The recommendation below, for instance is a little harder than it sounds, but it's a whole lot easier and less risky than high-stakes IP litigation.  What is that recommendation?  

Learn the "art of letting them have your way."

At its best, letting them have your way means finding an agreement that meets your counterpart's real interests, as a way of meeting yours.  It means shaping how the other side sees the basic choice -- between yes and no -- so that the "yes" they choose for their reasons yields the deal you want for yours.

3-D Negotiation at 37.

Try it.  You'll like it!

 

Wikimedia Commons: Sharing IP Visions with No Strings Attached

Bloggers with no visual artistic talent -- like me -- are perennially searching for free images to emphasize or draw attention to the central theme of their prose.  As powerful as words can be, they cannot deliver the multi-layered messages contained in a single image  with the same degree of immediacy or power.

So it is with pleasure that we announce our own recent find of the wikimedia commons collection of rights-free visual imagery.

I quote liberally from a recent wikimedia plea for assistance below: 

Where Wikipedia’s trade is in encyclopedia articles and Wikibooks is in textbooks, Wikimedia Commons is devoted to free content photographs, diagrams, illustrations, animations, videos and audio. . . . 

We understand that written literacy is important for allowing citizens to fully participate in society. . . Media literacy is becoming just as vital. . . .

A written tradition is often about connecting people to their history, but increasingly our history is not being recorded in words on a page. Does the name Phan Th? Kim Phúc mean anything to you? Probably not. What if I showed you a black and white photograph of a little girl running down the road naked, screaming and crying? Probably you would recognise that photo, and instantly understand all of the issues it is short-hand for.

I can’t show you that photograph. It dates to 8 June, 1972, and is short-hand for the influence of the media’s reporting of the Vietnam War on the American public’s opinion of and support for that war. From this example it is clear that the media plays an active role in democracy. Free press, free people.

But not free content. That photograph won’t pass into the public domain until at least seventy years after the photographer’s death, and that’s only if the United States government doesn’t extend the term of copyright yet again (you can find the details on Wikisource, but Lawrence Lessig’s book Free Culture is a rather more readable introduction).

Social movement cyclists Critical Mass are fond of the saying, “We’re not blocking traffic — we are the traffic”. There is a similar rallying cry behind citizen journalism — “We are the media”. And while the cyclists’ refrain seems more hopeful than accurate, it’s hard to deny the reality of participatory media today. . . . 


Wikimedia Commons comes in here because it provides the basic building blocks for people who take part in media creation, commentary and criticism — that is, anyone who wants to. If you need images, video or sound that you want to be able to use without fear of being nabbed for infringing someone else’s copyright, then Wikimedia Commons is for you. And because it’s a wiki, you’re invited to give back, too.

Wikimedia Commons also takes existing free content or public domain collections and cannibalises the useful parts. By re-describing and re-cataloguing we essentially make these things that are already free, more accessible. After all, something that’s free but very hard to find is not all that useful, is it? . . .  

Wikimedia Commons is a project that merely collects media files that are in the public domain or are free content. That project doesn’t have any position about what copyright laws should be, it only cares about what currently qualifies for inclusion. That project needs your help for very boring things: to pay for more servers, more bandwidth, and more software developers. Servers and bandwidth are obvious needs, I suppose. We have many 3MB images that are regularly used in dozens of Wikipedias, but there are not too many (if any!) Wikipedia text articles that are 3MB in size. We have to put a low cap of 20MB on uploaded files because we just aren’t confident that we could handle an explosion in larger content (video files, for example, could regularly pass that limit). Media is inherently bandwidth-greedy.

As for the software developers: If you have a browse around Wikimedia Commons you might notice the interface is not that great. It’s not shiny like…well…any Web 2.0 website. It may feel like the website is wearing hand-me-down shoes which don’t quite fit right. That’s true - the website uses the MediaWiki wiki engine designed for an encyclopedia. It still needs some more tinkering to adjust to the basic unit of Wikimedia Commons, which is a file (usually an image), not an article. And while MediaWiki is open source software which means anyone who has enough time and patience can contribute, it’s enough of a complex beast that few do.

So, servers, bandwidth and software developers — that’s why I want to ask you to please dip into your pocket and donate for Wikimedia Commons. But from me personally, I hope a New Year’s resolution may make its way into your mind, to resolve to fight against copyright expansion, enjoy the availability of the commons and give back to it, too.

Happy New Year.

Follow the Money: Insurance Coverage for IP Assets

($5700 by Andrew Magill)

I just ran across this terrific resource for IP practitioners -- Insurance Coverage for IP Assets. Were I still in practice today, I wouldn't make a move without this great source of IP settlement wisdom. 

Here's the thing about the law of insurance coverage (a sub-specialty of mine for the last ten or so years of my practice) -- you cannot simply read your clients' insurance policies nor simply read the pertinent case law in deciding whether to make -- or more importantly to press -- a claim for coverage. 

There are no easy coverage answers and the difficult questions raised by every coverage dispute vary from state to state.

I live with policy-holder counsel and he can't answer my questions unless I look up the answers and give them to him, at which point he'll tell me why I'm wrong (I usually am) unless I've asked six or seven additional questions.  (thanks honey!)

So add this valuable book to your research library in 2008.  

Publisher's description of contents below; link to publisher's web page featuring the book above. 

Insurance Coverage of Intellectual Property Assets is the first resource to comprehensively analyze the insurance protection issues that must be considered when an intellectual property dispute arises. From determining the scope of coverage under a policy, to tendering of a claim, to seeking remedies when coverage has been denied, this essential guidebook details the interactions among policyholders, insurers and the courts.

You'll find comprehensive and timely analysis of federal and state case law and major commercial insurance policy provisions that address:

  • The extent of insurance coverage under the "advertising injury" and "personal injury" provisions
  • Language in policies that limits or excludes coverage for intellectual property claims
  • Public policy exclusions to coverage for claims of an infringement undertaken with intent to harm
  • Interpreting ambiguous language in insurance policies
  • Defending a claim under a "reservation of rights" and potential conflicts of interest triggered thereby
  • Forum selection and choice of law

And more.

In addition, there's detailed discussion and comparison of the actual language used in most commercial insurance policies and the 1976 and 1986 Insurance Services (ISO) policies.





9th Circuit: No Attorneys Fees When Plaintiff Elects to Recover Statutory Damages for Trademark Counterfeiting

UPDATE:  See Likelihood of Confusion (the Nutty Ninth) citing Seattle Trademark Lawyer on this opinion.

(image links to washington post article on combating the importation of  Chinese counterfeit goods)

In K&N Engineering, Inc. v Bulat, the Ninth Circuit ruled yesterday that "an award of statutory damages for trademark counterfeiting under 15 U.S.C. § 1117(c) precludes an award of attorney’s fees under 15 U.S.C. § 1117(b)." 

Why is this important to remember when attempting to settle your counterfeiting action? 

Because the more items of value you have to bargain over (particularly attorneys fees which only get worse over time) the more likely you are to maximize your bargaining position.

As Professor Leigh Thompson of the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University has instructed us:

One reason negotiations fail is because negotiators haggle over a single issue, such as price.  By definition, if negotiations contain only one issue (e.g., price), they are purely distributive (i.e., fixed pie).  Skilled negotiators are adept at expanding the set of negotiable issues.

Adding issues, unbundling issues, and creating new issues can transform a single-issue, fixed-pie negotiation into an integrative, multi-issue negotiation with win-win potential.

Integrative agreements require at least two issues and, in the case of negotiation issues (not parties) the more the merrier.

Why is this so?

As Roger Fisher, of Getting to Yes fame, notes, often the key to getting past impasse is understanding and then asking questions to ascertain what underlying needs that are not monetary your negotiation partner wants.  He tells this story to explain:

[A corporate CEO wanted to sell a building because he] was retiring and wanted $2 million, which he considered a fair price.  He had a buyer, but the buyer wouldn't pay that price.  I asked the seller, 'What's the worst thing about selling this building?'  And he said, 'All of my papers for 25 years are mixed up in my corner office.  When I sell the building, I can't throw everything away.  I've got to go through that stuff.  That's the nightmare I have.

Thompson continues:

Then Fisher asked the buyer why he wanted the building.  The buyer explained he hoped to sell it for hoteling.  This knowledge gave Fisher the idea of suggesting that the seller offer the buyer a lease with an option to buy with one contingency:  that the president's name be on the corner office for three years.  The buyer agreed.  In this example, Fisher notes that the key underlying needs are not about money, but more about convenience. 

Thompson, The Heart and Mind of the Negotiator, 3rd Ed. at 80-81.

This example is as much about asking diagnostic questions as it is about having multiple items for which to bargain. 

They key, of course, is to consider the probability in every case that there are undisclosed needs, fears and desires that would assist the parties in achieving a resolution that is of greater benefit to all parties than what appears to be the sum of the parts.

Don't Go to War with Your Consumers: Bronfman

(image from toothpaste for dinner)

We're sorry we missed this report from MacUser News when it appeared under the headline UPDATED: Music boss: we were wrong to go to war with consumers in November, but thanks to Plagiarism Today's Saturday Linkroll which led us to these items in Mashable (The RIAA Tries Truthiness and EMI to Cut RIAA Funding; Death of RIAA Near?) we're able to report that Warners Music Chief Ed Bronfman is singing the Innovate, Don't Litigate song. 

Speaking at the GSMA Mobile Asia Congress in Macau, Edgar Bronfman told mobile operators that they must not make the same mistake that the music industry made.

"We used to fool ourselves,' he said. "We used to think our content was perfect just exactly as it was. We expected our business would remain blissfully unaffected even as the world of interactivity, constant connection and file sharing was exploding. And of course we were wrong. How were we wrong? By standing still or moving at a glacial pace, we inadvertently went to war with consumers by denying them what they wanted and could otherwise find and as a result of course, consumers won."

Mobile operators risk the same, he said. Fewer than 10% of mobile owners buy music on their handset, the vast majority of which is ringtones.


Question for the IP Blawgosphere at the Sheppard Mullin IP Blog

In Fans:  Friend or Foe, the IP lawyers at Sheppard Mullin, citing this BBC article on a fan-made video-game Warhammer movie, throw this question out to the blawgosphere: 

At what point does a work of fan fiction pose a threat to the intellectual property rights of the owner?

The Sheppard Mullin post -- covering gaming-fan-generated content and German law on le droit moral -- is meaty and thought-provoking, raising the type of questions addressed by the Lessig video posted here yesterday.

Check it out!  And if you're inclined to answer the question in your own blog, please do let us know!

Lawrence Lessig at Google on the Long Tail and the Culture of the Internet

Thanks again to Plagiarism Today for yet another great Lawrence Lessig video.  

Forgive us our fandom for a law school professor, but this guy is the smartest, most forward-thinking, creative individual thinking and talking about art, copyright, culture and the internet today. 

Some of this is pulled from the earlier presentation we posted but this is much more thorough and all-encompassing. 

Check it out.

IP ADR Mediate.com Featured Blog and Inter Alia Blawg of the Day

O.K., we admit it.  We were a little bummed that no ADR Blawgs made the ABA Journals' Blawg 100 List.  But, as always, our spirits were lifted by our fellow bloggers who are, after all, our community, our posse, our homes, our peeps.

So thanks to Tom Mighell over at Inter Alia for making the IP ADR Blog Blawg of the Day yesterday. 

And while we're giving thanks, a big IP ADR bear hug to the folks at Mediate.com who featured Michael Young's post on . . . . yes . . . copyrighting flatulence . . . . this week. 

That's the first appearance of our blog in the Featured Blogs section of the Mediate.com site and we're happy to have finally made it there.

Finally, we're happy to announce that IP ADR Blogger Victoria Pynchon's Settle It Now Negotiation Blog has become part of the Forbes.com Business and Financial Blog Network.

While you're clicking on links, you might consider subscribing to Tom Mighell's great Internet Legal Research Weekly here!

 

FAKE FARTMAN FOUND FAILING

Sometimes you've got to wonder whether anyone really cares about intellectual property at all. Or class and culture for that matter.

Take the case of the Pull-My-Finger Fred doll versus Fartman, the epic battle of the farting plush dolls. Now I'm not that far removed from teaching my boys about the incredible magical powers of the pulled finger not to understand how a Pull-My-Finger Fred doll could enjoy a certain amount of commercial success. (In fact I have a brother who probably rushed out to buy the first one.)

But is a "white, middle-aged, overweight man with black hair and a receding hairline, sitting in an armchair wearing a white tank top and blue pants" who farts "when one squeezes [his] extended finger on his right hand," and "makes somewhat crude, somewhat funny statements about the bodily noises he emits, such as 'Did somebody step on a duck?' or 'Silent but deadly'" really worthy of emulation?

Our thanks for this bit of IP whimsy to Judge Diane P. Wood of the Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals for the fine description in her March 2007 opinion.) 

Apparently Novelty Inc. thought so. It created Fartman, described by the Court as (and this may sound familiar to you):

a white, middle-aged, overweight man with black hair and a receding hairline, sitting in an armchair wearing a white tank top and blue pants. Fartman (as his name suggests) also farts when one squeezes his extended finger; he too cracks jokes about the bodily function. Two of Fartman's seven jokes are the same as two of the 10 spoken by Fred.

Does the world really need two white, middle-aged, overweight, balding, flatulating, wise-cracking male plush dolls? But that's not the point.

The point is, what was Novelty Inc. thinking? Why blatantly infringe on someone else's copyright? If you really must have a gas passing plush doll to fill out your product line, why not create one with a full head of blond hair, or standing with a green shirt, or ... a woman! (You women know you do it. Don't deny it. I think Judge Diane Wood might have been feigning innocence when she wrote:

Somewhat to our surprise, it turns out that there is a niche market for farting dolls, and it is quite lucrative.

O.k., that's not the point either. Nor is it to critique the legal issues raised by this case, including the ever fascinating and difficult idea/expression distinction. That has been done admirably and more timely by others, including William Patry in his post Fartman Appeal Fizzles.

Rather, my point is this:

Dispute resolution in the IP field comes in all shapes and sizes.

One of the best means of dispute resolution is to avoid the dispute in the first place.

Call it pre-dispute resolution.

In this case, Novelty Inc., is now liable for nearly a million dollars in infringement damages, more than half of which were the plaintiff's attorneys fees.  Clearly, Novelty could have used a little pre-dispute IP counseling.   With professional guidance, it could have avoided a case that stunk from the start. (Come on, you knew it was coming eventually.)

Welcome to the Conversation Securing Innovation and IP.com

(photo: Long Conversation by renatela)

Thanks for the head's up from Ron Coleman at Likelihood of Confusion about the new Securing Innovation Blog from IP.com.

Here's what S.I. has to say about its "mission" -- one with that distinctive Kevin O'Keefe LexBlog flavor that we intuited before we saw his name in the Why We Believe In Business Blogs post (excerpts below)  


We hope you'll read our corporate blog, Securing Innovation, and join with us discussing patents, trademarks, trade secrets, law and policy, and the latest and greatest tools to strengthen your intellectual property assets and manage your IP portfolios more effectively.

What Is IP.com and why read our blog?

In our little corner of the online world, there's a lot happening with patents, trademarks, and trade secrets, and a lot of relevant stuff is being said on interesting blogs by people who really know what they're talking about. So we're joining the conversation, and blogging about how innovation is managed by corporations with a vested interest in their Intellectual Property.

Find the conversation. Join it. Contribute to it. "Conversing is how we learn. It's how we network. It's how we grow as professionals," says Kevin O'Keefe, CEO of LexBlog, whose team of experts guided us in the development of our corporate blog, "Blogging is a conversation. Not only do you learn and grow your reputation by joining in, you will not be conspicuous by your absence."
 

Why We Believe in Business Blogs

The IP ADR Blog and IP ADR Services welcomes IP.com and Securing Innovation to the IP Blawgosphere -- it's collaborative, reciprocal and abundant.  It doesn't get much better than that.   

The Latest Intellectual Property Dictionary

As you can tell from our IP ADR Dictionary here, we're word and definition freaks at the IP ADR Blog.

So we're pleased to pass along IP ADR Blogger Les Weinstein's recent note to take a look at the latest Intellectual Property Dictionary.

This book brings together articles by leading international scholars from diverse disciplinary perspectives who focus on the legal, social and cultural dimensions of intellectual properties - including patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and rights of publicity.

These articles employ a creatively eclectic approach to the study of intellectual property law and policy viewed through the lenses of traditional doctrinal analysis, historical perspectives, critical cultural study, and empirical examinations of intellectual property in action.

The volume also directs critical attention to the significance of intellectual property in contemporary processes of globalization and political economy.

The author and board of editors on this one form a pretty impressive group.

Author Rachel Gader-Shafran has a BA in Political Science from UCSB, an MA in applied linguistics from UCLA and a JD from American University, Washington College of Law, cum laude. The author has taught as an Adjunct Professor at American University, Washington College of Law and has published The Intellectual Property Law Dictionary with Law Journal Press and The International Students' Survival Guide to Law School in the United States . . .  continue here.

Board of Editors

Christine Haight Farley is an Associate Professor of Law at American University, Washington College of Law. Professor Farley teaches courses in Intellectual Property Law, U.S. Trademark Law, International and Comparative Trademark Law, and Law and the Visual Arts . . . continue here

Peter Jaszi teaches at the Washington College of Law of American University in Washington, D.C., where he also directs the Glushko-Samuelson Intellectual Property Law Clinic. He specializes in domestic and international copyright law. Prof. Jaszi is an experienced copyright litigator and a frequent speaker to professional audiences in the United States and abroad. . . continue here.

Leonard Klein is Legal Research Librarian and Intellectual Property Subject Specialist at the Jacob Burns Law Library of George Washington University Law School. In addition to providing research support to faculty, students, alumni and visiting scholars, he selects new resources for the Library's extensive intellectual property collection. . . . continue here

Eliav Korakh is a partner at Borochov, Korakh, Eliezri & Co. He specializes in Patent Law and deals with the USPTO and international agencies in his practice. He has particular experience in the areas of computer hardware and software, telecommunications, optics, applied mathematics and physics, electronics and medical devices, and business and commercial Law. . . . continue here.

Here's the link to purchase the book if you'd like to add a hard copy IP Dictionary to your bookshelf.

"SANCTIONS, GET YOUR SANCTIONS HERE"

. . AND THEN SETTLE YOUR COPYRIGHT CASE.   

 

(right, IP ADR attorney, mediator and blogger Michael D. Young of Weston Benshoof and Judicate West; case link courtesy of Thelen Reid)

$27 million will buy you a whole lot of cake. And you can eat it too. That’s one of the lessons from the Tennessee Court’s unprecedented sanctions award against an apparent copyright infringer who just refused to stop copying. 

In MGE UPS Systems v. Titan Specialized Services  (OPINION HERE), the copyright owner not only obtained a sanctions order worth $27 million against one of its primary competitors (and apparent copyright infringer), but was still entitled to pursue its claim for copyright damages. 

How is that for protecting your intellectual property while also setting the stage for a pretty advantageous settlement negotiation?

Using the lingo of ADR/negotiations, MGE UPS Systems showed how a copyright owner could effectively utilize the litigation process to change the parties’ respective leverage, and then set itself up for the perfect negotiated outcome.

Here’s the short set-up: MGE UPS Systems, Inc. sells, and then services, “Uninterruptible Power Supply” equipment, equiqment  systems customers (such as hospitals) install to ensure a constant supply of power in the event of an outage. 

Because this equipment must be regularly serviced and maintained, not surprisingly, there are a number of competitors who provide such services to UPS users -- and who compete head to head with MGE for that business.

Things were pretty competitive…until MGE built a better mousetrap. It developed new software that was so good it allowed UPS to service its equipment 2-4 times faster than its competitors, and with greater accuracy and efficiency. The software was, of course, proprietary and copyrighted. The competitors were starting to feel the pinch.

Beware the Mobile Employee

One competitor apparently pinched back. If you’ve worked in any technology-based business, you know how prevalent employee mobility is – and how easy it is to download secrets onto a simple pen drive that fits in your pocket.  According to complaint's allegations, defendant JTP solicited one of MGE’s former employees who just happened to have a pirated copy of the MGE proprietary software. JTP obtained the software, distributed it to its service personnel, and began competing against MGE with MGE’s own copyrighted product.

Why JTP thought it could get away with this thievery is never explained.  Why it believed it could then go out in the market place and start miraculously servicing UPS equipment in 1/6th the time without raising suspicion is also never explained. 

What needs no explanation is what happened next. As soon as MGE learned of the theft and infringing use of its software, it filed suit. 

The Leverage of Time

With the suit filed, is it time to call in fellow blogger Vickie Pynchon to mediate the dispute? JTP probably would have loved this. Settlement takes time, and every day that passed setting up and conducting the mediation would have been another day JTP could have been in the field utilizing MGE’s own copyrighted software to steal business from MGE. JTP would have been incentivized to drag the process out for as long as it could. 

But for MGE, this would have been a mistake. The leverage of time was working against it. With MGE bleeding every day, what it needed was litigation triage. So MGE sought to staunch the blood flow by applying for – and obtaining – an emergency restraining order against JTP prohibiting it from using the MGE software at all for any purpose whatsoever. 

Now who was in a hurry to settle? Not MGE, certainly. The leverage had flipped. Back in sole control of its proprietary software, it could now regain control of the Service market as well. It was JTP who should have been in a hurry to settle before it became locked out of the market altogether. Maybe it could cut a licensing deal?

Time to Call the Mediator

This is the time JTP should have called Vickie to seek out a mediated solution. But it didn’t. Instead, it took a seriously wrong turn. According to the opinion, rather than comply with the Court order, JTP ignored the thing altogether and continued utilizing the copyrighted software in competition with MGE. 

The Leverage of Sanctions

When MGE learned about JTP's contumacious conduct, it returned to court and sought sanctions. And what sanctions they were.  After a two day evidentiary hearing, the court, noting that a third of JTP’s income was based on its service of MGE equipment, awarded MGE “a monetary sanction of thirty (30%) of JTP's gross revenues from July 21, 2004 to date.” 

Thirty percent!  $27 million! 

(The court also ordered an inspection of JTP’s computers – at JTP’s expense of course – and awarded MGE its attorney’s fees.) 

And this doesn’t include MGE’s infringement damages!

An entire blog could be dedicated to litigation sanctions.  (I looked, but couldn’t find one -- readers should feel free to start one.)

Unless JTP had a rabbit up its sleeve, this would have been a good time to call Vickie to get this one settled or at least to read the chapter on negotiating from a position of weakness in Malhotra's and Bazerman's Negotiation Genuis.   

$27 million and damages? 

That’s what I call having one’s cake and eating it too. 

(Though I’m a pie guy myself.)

Speedy New IP ADR Forum: the Southern District of California

(photo:  Entering Hyperspace by Éole)

Let's face it.  Unless you're a P.D., D.A., a Federal Prosecutor or a Federal Defense Attorney, the only true alternative dispute resolution mechanism is trial.

The good news is that some federal district courts are adopting new local patent rules that

provide predictable and uniform treatment for intellectual property litigants and streamline the process by which a patent case is litigated, shortening the time to trial or settlement and thereby reducing costs for all parties involved.

Where?  In the Southern District of California for one, say Heller Ehrman attorneys David Kleinfeld and John Benassi in their article New local rules pave way to speedier patent trials.  Those rules also establish what we commonly think of as an ADR process -- an Early Neutral Evaluation option as described in the linked article in full and as excerpted below.

[T]he new rules set up a schedule that will bring the parties to the all-important claim construction (or Markman) hearing approximately nine months after the complaint is filed.

Having the Markman hearing as early as practically possible is crucial for litigants seeking a timely resolution because the claim construction order issued by the court after the hearing generally has a profound impact on the rest of the case.

The parties will sometimes be inclined to settle once they have seen how the court construes the patent claims at issue. If not, the Markman ruling provides focus for the remaining discovery, dispositive motion practice and trial preparation.

Indeed, it is largely because of the early-scheduled Markman hearing that Southern District judges can now set trial dates for 18 months after complaints are filed. . . .

The new patent local rules also incorporate an existing feature unique to Southern District litigation practice: the Early Neutral Evaluation (ENE). As local practitioners know, and as out-of-town litigants will learn if they choose to avail themselves of the southern district, the ENE provides the parties with a real opportunity to settle the case before spending substantial time and money.

Experienced magistrate judges with the power to compel principals to appear in chambers will try to help the parties reach a deal and will usually remind both sides that it is often wise to settle rather than roll the dice on a jury trial.

If you're practicing patent litigation in California, the full article here is well worth a careful read. 

What Can I Do to Advance Creative Freedom AND Artistic Control?

Join Stanford Professor Larry Lessig's Creative Commons 50,000 Friends Drive!

You can join the Creative Commons Facebook "Cause" here.  Text below from the Creative Commons Cause page:

The Mission:  to build a layer of reasonable, flexible copyright in the face of increasingly restrictive default rules

Description: Too often the debate over creative control tends to the extremes. At one pole is a vision of total control — a world in which every last use of a work is regulated and in which "all rights reserved" (and then some) is the norm.

At the other end is a vision of anarchy — a world in which creators enjoy a wide range of freedom but are left vulnerable to exploitation. Balance, compromise, and moderation — once the driving forces of a copyright system that valued innovation and protection equally — have become endangered species.

Creative Commons is working to revive them. We use private rights to create public goods: creative works set free for certain uses. Like the free software and open-source movements, our ends are cooperative and community-minded, but our means are voluntary and libertarian. We work to offer creators a best-of-both-worlds way to protect their works while encouraging certain uses of them — to declare "some rights reserved."

Positions: Copyright can be exercised in such a way that it promotes collaborative culture while still protecting the author's legal rights.

Oregon A.G. RIAA Bully-Buster

Here's the thing about bullying.  When you do it in public, champions will arrive on the scene to do battle.  According to the recent ABA article Oregon ‘Ground Zero’ in RIAA Battle Against File-Sharing,

in filings this week, Attorney General Hardy Myers' office said the Recording Industry Association of America's litigation tactics may violate his state's data-mining laws . . . [and] called for an investigation of the recording industry's tactics.

In response to the RIAA's muted characterization of the AG's attempts to protect its citizens as  "misguided," New York lawyer, Ray Beckerman (The Recording Industry vs. the People) . . . says that the "the Oregon AG's move to question the RIAA's tactics is long overdue."

 "The RIAA has been bringing fake copyright infringement lawsuits, the sole purpose of which is to get the names and addresses of John Does. . . . The strategy is then to drop the case and pressure individuals to settle, he added.

For those who missed our first post on this issue here, we once again provide an explanation of bullying from the social scientists.  

Bullying, they tell us, is the repeated and deliberate abuse of power by one person or group over another person or group.

The social context in which bullies flourish?  Relatively stable social groups with a clear hierarchy and low supervision.

Why?  Because hierarchy – a system that ranks people one above the other -- makes low-status individuals visible, easy to get at and less likely to receive protection by their peers. 

When you bully a State's citizens in full view of that State's arm of justice, however, you can't expect that you -- the sixth grade bully -- can continue to shake down the third graders for their lunch money.

Kudos to the State of Oregon for riding to the rescue!

For college students targeted by the RIAA -- and those who might be -- attorney Beckerman provides his practical and legal advice here.

The New Perfect Ten on Infringing Uses of Online Photo Links and "Framing"

L.A. Times reporter Dawn Chmielewski wins the tech-legal lede of the day contest by reporting that

the U.S. 9th Circuit Court of Appeals on Monday reaffirmed its earlier support for the socially redeeming value of searching the Internet for nudie pictures.

The San Francisco court, in reviewing a case it initially considered in May, reiterated its finding that Google could display tiny versions of photographs by Perfect 10 Inc., a Beverly Hills-based adult publisher, in search results, even when those images were copyrighted.

That opinion affirming in part, reversing in part, and remanding to the District court is here.

And that report, by the Los Angeles Times, is almost right. 

The Ninth Circuit instructed the District Court to make further factual inquiries to determine whether Google and Amazon are contributorily liable for infringing uses by other websites.  As the Court held:

Google could be held contributorily liable if it had knowledge that infringing Perfect 10 images were available using its search engine, could take simple measures to prevent further damage to Perfect 10's copyrighted works,and failed to take such steps.

The best analysis of the opinion on the web right now is Eric Goldman's Technology and Marketing Law Blog post Perfect 10 v. Amazon Opinion Amendment--Ninth Circuit Does 180 on Fair Use Burden for Preliminary Injunction here.

Quotes that form the meat of the opinion below:    

HOLDING ON DIRECT INFRINGEMENT (GOOGLE)

In this case, Google has put Perfect 10’s thumbnail images . . . to a use fundamentally different than the use intended by Perfect 10. In doing so, Google has provided a significant benefit to the public. Weighing this significant transformative use against the unproven use of Google’s thumbnails for cell phone downloads, and considering the other fair use factors, all in light of the purpose of copyright, we conclude that Google’s use of Perfect 10’s thumbnails is a fair use. . . . . We conclude that Google is likely to succeed in proving its fair use defense and, accordingly, we vacate the preliminary injunction regarding Google’s use of thumbnail images.

Continue Reading...

Hollywood Writers Explain the Strike in 3:50

UPDATE:  For a discussion of the reasons why this video so powerful presents the WGA's case, click here.

Thanks to the National Law Journal's Los Angeles Legal Pad for posting this short video "Why We Strike."

A post explaining the reason the reasons given here feel pretty darn persuasive next.

And, by the way, we're really happy to see the L.A. Legal Pad becoming much more substantive a legal news source than it originally was. 

We're pretty certain we have Jason Siegel to thank for this improvement in content and thank him we do!

We're looking forward to watching it grow!

How Much is that Patent in the Window?

I've been shopping puppies this holiday season.  Still, I shouldn't have given Mr. Thrifty sticker shock this morning when I told him the puppy in the window over at puppies & babies on the corner of Third and Kings  retailed at $2K.

I don't know what makes one puppy garner two grand and another win a trip to the gas chamber at the local ASPCA, but I have located an expert who can value the patent in the window.

Coats and Bennett patent attorney Ed Green has a lot more letters after his name than "my" pedigreed  puppy does and a lot to say about valuation that I know Mr. Thrifty would respect.  

Because patent mediation -- which is a lot of what we do at IP ADR -- is all about valuing one's intellectual property rights and because Ed's an experienced and careful practitioner of the art,  we'll be posting an interview with him on negotiating the resolution of patent infringement litigation really soon -- before Festivus

To whet your appetite for more, we give you a bit of his wisdom on the topic culled from LinkedIn here.

[If you already have] a working knowledge of patents. . . so you know about the scope of the claims, perusing the prosecution history for the strength of the claims, how crowded the art is, the cost of designing around, etc.

The other side of the issue is the market: how many products or industries does the patent reach, what are their sales, who are the players, what are the consequence of an injunction, etc.?

It is impossible to value a patent the way one can, say, real estate. You have to put a patent lawyer and CPA together, both of whom know the technology and the market, and study the business issues on a case by case basis, and even then you'll only get an educated guess -- something to open negotiations with.

Other factors are whether the patent stands alone or is part of a family; the likelihood of litigation and the relative strength of the parties; whether the patent's validity has been tested by licensing or litigation; whether the technology it covers is in a standard or regulation; whether the deep pockets are direct or contributory infringers; how easily infringing activity can be moved offshore; and many more that don't come to mind right now...

As others mentioned, entire books have been written on this question. Having said all that, it is my firm conviction that most patents are ultimately worthless. The relatively few that are not, however, are waaaay not!

Look for the full development of Green's thoughts on patent valuation and our joint thoughts on negotiating the resolution of patent litigation before everyone leaves for the winter holidays. 

In the meantime, thanks to LinkedIn member Vinod Kumar Singh's blog Competitive & Technical Intelligence Toolbox, we give you this basic article on valuing patent rights -- Patent Valuation:  is Fair Market Fair by David E. MARTIN and Jason O. WATSON at M•CAM, Inc in Virginia. 

 Voice over Internet Protocol allows you place long-distance phone calls on your computer at very low cost.  There are many options in the showcase from which to choose when you need to decide what kind of voip is best for you.  One of those options is voip com -- a leading provider of internet phone service. If you are considering using the skype download, make sure the technology is up to date. Alternatives to skype are vonage and handheld ip phones, both of which can place voip calls.

The Last Word on Posting YouTube Videos to Your Blog and a Scene from the Prescient Movie "Network"

 

 

 

On the very same day that the Volokh Conspiracy was worrying about the potential for contributory infringement resulting from its posting a YouTube video to his highly respected blog, Google, YouTube's owner, was saying the following to its eighty gazillion bloggers:

Blogging from YouTube

November 26, 2007

As you videobloggers already know, you can upload your videos directly to Blogger. But for the rest of the video watchers out there, did you know you can just as easily post YouTube videos to your blog?

All you need to do is set up your YouTube account to post videos to your blog using the "Share" button. You'll enter your Blogger information once, and from then on it's one-click sharing from any YouTube video page!

If there were liability for contributory infringement, you'd think this encouragement by YouTube's owner to post YouTube videos to its owners' blog sites would fit the bill. 

So we're now resting even easier about posting YouTube videos.  We're relying on Google not to be steering its blog customers into acts of infringment when posting its subsidiary's videos on its Blogger blog sites.

At some point we imagine (as Howard Beale in Network was asked to) the existence of a single corporate entity, unable to sue itself, sounding litigation's death knell.  

 

YouTube and the Law: What it IS or What it WILL be?

(photo:  The Kreation of Adam by Krystian Schneidewind)

Culture and consumers precede the law.  They rarely, if ever, conform themselves to the needs, interests and desires of business.  Culture and consumers govern business.  Business does not govern them. 

The law follows culture.  As we noted in Disputing Humor:  Comedy, Folkways and the Internet, "the law" is not just a set of rules, but a life condition "in which [people] are carriers of rights and duties, privileges and immunities."

No formal structure supporting the system of law need be visible. . . Law can be found any place and any time that a group gathers together to pursue an objective. The rules, open or covert, by which they govern themselves, and the methods and techniques by which these rules are enforced is the law of the group. Judged by this broad standard, most law-making is too ephemeral to be even noticed. /*

In other words, we govern ourselves more or less naturally, until a conflict within the group arises. When that happens, the group is "forced to decide between conflicting claims [and the] law arises in an overt and relatively conspicuous fashion. The challenge forces decision, and decisions make law." Id.  

There are 87 comments over at the Volokh Conspiracy -- many of them pretty heated -- about the practice of posting (or linking to) YouTube videos.  When there's this much dissent and passion, what the law will be is anybody's guess.

We also recently noted that the RIAA is waging a computer-sleuthing and intimidation campaign against its own customers in an effort to stop illegal downloading (apparently going so far as to notice the deposition of a ten year old girl).  When Goliath is going after Davy as if Davy were carrying a tactical nuclear weapon instead of a sling shot, cooler heads are not prevailing.

Enforce Your Rights by Suing Your Market or Adjust Your Business Practices to Changing Times?

Taking on just one of the legal issues raised by the 87 Volokh commenters is good only for people who like to tinker with the law (lawyers).  It is always bad for people who want to make a profit from selling stuff to the public.  

Take YouTube.  One of the commenters over at Volokh made this small but important point -- a "point of law" that could consume the energy of teams of well-paid lawyers for years if not decades.

You "link" to the YouTube clip, but the clip itself is stored on some YouTube server. The "link," however, plays directly from this blog. Is this different than (1) a link that opens a new YouTube window (requiring the additional step of the user clicking "play" from YouTube's website)? If so, why?

I think we'll all agree that it is different than, for example, (2) a blogger providing the following instructions:

"If you'd like to watch the video, google these terms: "Herbie Hancock" and "One Night with Blue Note." Then click on "I'm Feeling Lucky" and watch the video."

So ... is the embedded YouTube link more similar to (1), or is it more similar to (2)? Does copyright law have anything to say about this?

When you post a YouTube video to your blog what you are really doing is cutting a rectangular window in your blog template, letting the YouTube video shine through.  If YouTube "takes down" the video, it will no longer "show" through the window you've cut for it. 

Question.  Is this infringement or contributory infringement?  You have an hour.  You may begin writing your answer . . . . . NOW.  

Listen, lawyers love questions like this.  They allow us to ply our trade at its most creative -- to push the envelope or even to break the mold.  There's nothing we like more than asking ourselves and our colleagues whether the laws enacted, interpreted and enforced when copying machines were the primary means of reproduction should apply to the practice of virtually cutting holes in blog templates for videos to play through.  

Do Columbia and Warner Brothers want to spend their creative talent, business acumen and cold hard cash trying to maintain the past when the present and the future are so full of opportunity?  

Listen.  The producers and distributors will find a way to make a living in the new Millennium.  They're very very good at that.  They will, however, do so much more quickly if they focus on serving their customers by delivering a superior product.  Serving customers with a summons and complaint is applying a quill pen to a problem that requires a laser gun.        

UPDATE FROM CITIZEN MEDIA LAW PROJECT Embedded Video and Copyright Infringement answers most the questions raised here and over at Volokh in favor of the poster. 

*/  See, Weyrauch and Bell, Autonomous Lawmaking:  The Case of the "Gypsies" (1993) 103 Yale L.J. 323 (1993) quoting Thomas A. Cowan & Donald A. Strickland, The Legal Structure of a Confined Microsociety (University of California, Berkeley Working Paper No. 34, 1965).  The Weyrauch book on Gypsy Law can be found here.


Volokh on Posting YouTube Videos on Law Blogs

Check out the Law and Propriety of Posting YouTube Links over at the Volokh Conspiracy in response to commenter "Sonia Sturunch's" accusation that the posting of Herbie Hancock's Cantaloupe Island (below) "weakens the philosophical underpinnings of the [Volokh] blog's stated commitment to the rule of law and of the constitution."  

UPDATE ON THE VIDEO BELOW FROM COMMENTER CHRIS NEWMAN (WHOSE OWN WEBSITE IS HERE)  --  BLUE NOTE IS OWNED BY EMI AND EMI HAS LICENSED ITS MATERIAL TO BE VIEWED ON YOUTUBE.  For purposes of this post, we'll ignore the fact that this hot issue is no issue at all becaue it could be an issue and one lawyers like us like to think about.

We're fans of the rule of law and the United States Constitution here and over at the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog as well.  It certainly never occurred to us that posting a YouTube video on our blogs posed a threat to either the Constitution or the Rule of Law.  Frankly, when we started blogging, we didn't think anyone would take any notice at all. 

Now that our readership is growing, we have to admit we've had a low level of worry about the YouTube links. 

Mostly we've been thinking that the Rule of Law is experiencing some pretty rough growing pains in response to the re-ordering being done to the business and culture of art, music, literature and the like.  We don't know where it's going but it seems to us that it's giving more power to the artists and less to the producers and distributors.  We have nothing against making an honest buck from production and distribution.  But being really serious fans of art and artists, we've been thinking it's a good thing that the means of production and distribution have been more or less put back in the hands of the people who sing and play and draw and write and dance.

When the substance and application of the law is difficult because the culture it was devised for and applied to is radically changing, that's the best time to be a lawyer and legal scholar because you get back to first prnciples again.    

We like what the Volokh Conspiracy has to say about posting YouTube videos because it seems common sensical and intellectually sound way for the law to wrap itself around the new culture of the internet.    

Sorry for the long wind-up.  The excerpt below and the link to the entire post is above.    

First, let's examine the question of substantive copyright law. Is it copyright infringement to provide a link to a file hosted on YouTube that is likely an unauthorized copy, and to invite readers to view the file?

. . . [M]y sense of the answer is "probably not."

The primary issue is liability under the principles of contributory infringement. As the Supreme Court explained in Grokster, "One infringes contributorily by intentionally inducing or encouraging direct infringement." Contributory infringement generally requires (1) knowledge of the infringing activity and (2) a material contribution to the infringement.

The law here is really murky, in part because there are so few cases (DMCA notice & takedown letters usually address the problem before a lawsuit is filed), but I think I'm probably not liable.

First, I don't think a link in this context amounts to a material contribution to the infringement. The file I linked to is very widely and publicly known. If you google the song name, the file is the second link that appears (right after the Wikipedia entry). The clip has been viewed over 125,000 times in the last year. Further, YouTube is one of the most visited sites on the Internet, and everyone knows that you can get music clips there: just go to youtube.com and search for "cantaloupe island" and this clip is the first thing that pops up.

Given that, I don't think my linking to the file is a "material" contribution to any infringement.

Yes, my link singled out the widely known clip for its musical excellence; but I see that as pointing out which of the widely-known clips on YouTube is musically strong, not doing the work of locating and pointing out the infringing clip. Given that, I don't think linking to it materially contributed to any infringement: a YouTube link in this context strikes me as more like the link in Perfect 10 v. Google, Inc., 416 F.Supp.2d 828 (C.D.Cal. 2006) than the link in Intellectual Reserve, Inc. v. Utah Lighthouse Ministry, 75 F. Supp. 2d 1290 (D. Utah 1999).

Second, I'm not sure I have the knowledge required for contributory infringement. The cases here are super-murky, but they seem to suggest that "knowledge" is not satisfied by a decent likelihood, but rather appears to require a pretty bright "red flag" showing that it is essentially certain (in light of the uncertainties of ownership, fair use, and the like) that conduct is leading to unlawfully infringing activity.  . . . 

(emphasis mine)

I'm going to follow the discussion of this issue over at Volokh and invite our readers to weigh in or there.  It's law-making time.  Join the fun!  

More Thoughts on the Chili Peppers Suit against Showtime

(right:  Los Angeles IP and Entertainment attorney Richard Jefferson)

Some comments deserve their own post and this is true of Richard Jefferson's thoughts on our recent post Red Hot Chilis and Showtime Californicate in the Los Angeles Superior Court.   

After reading over the Complaint, I now see legally how the Red Hot Chili Peppers (the "RHCP") were able to get this case in Court without being accused of blatantly filing a frivolous complaint.

The RHCP have coupled a claim for unfair competition and dilution regarding the TV show title (which looks like a weaker claim on its face) with the stronger claim against the TV Show's soundtrack release (the Californication soundtrack). Of course, the media headline is going to pick up on the more publicized RHCP Album Name vs. TV Show element, but this is typical of the media game in Hollywood.

There are a number of issues that make this case an interesting case to follow, such as the claim that the RHCP's album title has acquired a "secondary meaning" that will transcend trademark categories and the fact that Showtime actually applied for a federal trademark for "Californication" in the TV series category.

Like most entertainment cases, it appears to me that this is just another case of "who has the bigger pockets to pay their lawyers". I suspect that there were extensive pre-litigation correspondence between the parties and Showtime never reached a settlement number that was high enough for the RHCP so they sued.

Also, not only is this good exposure for the band but the way that the media has spun the story so far, Showtime is getting some good pub as well by making it seem like this is a far fetched claim.

Thanks for the thoughtful analysis Richard!  Much appreciated.

RIAA Likely Wins the IP ADR 2007 Bully Award

When a body as pro-business as the American Bar Association calls out an industry group for bullying, it's time for that organization to take a close look at its behavior in the marketplace. 

Remember, it's not just about the law. 

It's about civilization, community, ethics, even etiquette

It's about making allies rather than enemies.  It's even about -- gasp -- doing good.  Or at least not doing any harm.

(image from Will Blog for Experience -- RIAA:  Screwing You Since 1952)

So why is the Recording Industry of America Association the likely winnner of the IP ADR Dictionary's 2007 Bully Award?

Because it continues to act like a sixth grade kid shaking down the first graders for their lunch money on the primary school playground. 

But first the definition of a bully in his full social context.

In their 2005 article Bullying roles in changing contexts: The stability of victim and bully roles from primary to secondary school academics Mechthild Schafera, Stefan Korna, Felix C. Brodbeckb, Dieter Wolkec, and Henrike Schulzdam use as their "bully" definition the systemic one:

[the] repeated and deliberate . . abuse of power [which is] most likely to occur in relatively stable social groups with a clear hierarchy and low supervision, as is found in schools, the army, or in prisons.  

In this context, say the authors "[a]n aggressive individual’s search for dominance can be facilitated by a hierarchical structure in that it makes low-status individuals visible and easy to get to."

This definition of systemic bullying fits to a "T" the behavior described in the recent ABA Journal article Plaintiff to RIAA:  Download This! 

The attorney subject of the article who is litigating a malicious prosecution suit on behalf of a woman wrongfully sued for illegal downloading, says that the RIAA, 

targets people [for downloading infringement actions] without the resources to challenge the lawsuits. . . 

According to [the malicious prosecution filed on behalf of his client] a support center employee told [Plaintiff] that unless she paid the [RIAA] $4,000-$5,000, she would be ruined financially. Additionally, the action states, the claim center employee told Andersen that he believed she was innocent, but she should pay something anyway.

“He explained ... that defendants would not quit their attempts to force payment from her because to do so would encourage other people to defend themselves,” the complaint states.

At issue is the RIAA's methodology for identifying infringers, a methodology that is not "100 percent" according to law professor Jonathan Zittrain. 

According to Zittrain, a professor at Harvard Law School and the University of Oxford, none of the infringement actions has gone to a verdict.

Some suspect that many of the association’s suits have resulted in default judgments because many defendants cannot afford legal representation. Cases might settle for far less than the initial demand.

“I heard of a $300 settlement they just took,” says Jason Schultz, a senior staff attorney with the Elec­tronic Frontier Foundation. According to Schultz, the RIAA outsourced much of the copyright infringement litigation “factory style” to small law firms, and it hired nonlawyers to negotiate settlements.

Though Jonathan Lamy, RIAA’s senior vice president of communications, claims that the group’s investigation methods are sound and that it is not pursuing those who cannot afford legal counsel, everyone knows that few ordinary citizens could afford the legal representation necessary to defend themselves against the type of aggressive and well-orchestrated campaign described by the ABA article.

So why is this bullying?

Bullying, like pornography, is one of those things you know when you see.  That the RIAA's illegal downloading campaign perfectly fits the academic description of bullying therefore comes as no surprise.

The RIAA's "deliberate and repeated" use of powerful computer technology to investigate consumers' downloading activity, coupled with its well-orchestrated use of an army of low-paid attorneys and collection agents to deliberately and repeatedly bring suit against consumers who might be potential -- but certainly not proven -- illegal downloaders is marketplace bullying at -- frankly -- its most shocking.

And though the RIAA spokesman insists that it does not "target" those who cannot afford legal representation -- how many of us -- even the professionals among us -- could? 

This is systemic bullying at its most definitional

[the] repeated and deliberate . . abuse of power [which is] most likely to occur in relatively stable social groups with a clear hierarchy and low supervision, as is found in schools, the army, [] in prisons . . .

or simply in the marketplace.

Nobody likes a bully.  It's time for the RIAA to do a little soul searching about its place in the society that supports its members by buying their products.

When its the ABA  -- not the ACLU -- that marks you as a school yard bully, you're not making any friends -- only enemies.  And no organization, no matter how powerful, can afford that.

Red Hot Chiles and Showtime Californicate in Los Angeles Superior Court

(click on image for the RHCP website)

The following local news comes via the UK's IPKat post Hot Stuff for the L.A. Courts, linking to an Australian news source, picking up the item from the AP.  You'd think I'd know what's happening in my own back yard, but nooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo.

[T]he Red Hot Chili Peppers have sued Showtime Networks over the name of the television series Californication, also the name of the band's 1999 album and one of its singles of the same name.

The lawsuit, filed in a Los Angeles court yesterday alleges unfair competition, dilution of the value of the name and unjust enrichment, claiming the title is "inherently distinctive, famous ... and immediately associated in the mind of the consumer'' with the Red Hot Chili Peppers, the Associated Press reported..

''Californication is the signature CD, video and song of the band's career, and for some TV show to come along and steal our identity is not right,'' said the band's lead singer Anthony Kiedis.

Since there seems to be little likelihood of confusion between the television program and the record album and because the RHCP waited until Californication became a "hit show" before making its claim, is it possible that the lawsuit itself is a form of "free riding" on the success of the Showtime series -- that re-connecting the word "Californication" with the RHCP eight years after the album's release might well breathe new life into its sales. 

I mean, if you recorded an album awhile ago and a series of the same name suddenly became a big success, wouldn't you want the show's ubiquity to remind people of your album everytime the show was mentioned?  Is the filing of the Superior Court action -- which is certainly colorably meritorious -- nevertheless also a really really low-cost advertisement for the band?

And though I'm increasingly out-of-touch with pop culture, Californication does not seem to be out of touch with anything (I admit to being a fan).  In fact, it is awash with pop cultural references making it (in my geeky book at any rate) pretty darn "hip." 

And since the RHCP are also pretty darn "hip," the available synergies for both "products" seems obvious to me.

In other words, isn't this a business problem with a business solution rather than a legal problem with anything close to an answer that is easy enough to make it worth the parties' time and money to fool around with in the Courts.

I'd love to hear the opinion of Ron Coleman whose Likelihood of Confusion blog has convinced me he's one of the best in the field right now.  

Ron?

UPDATE FROM RON COLEMAN who you'll notice is now carrying an advertisement for our friend Charles Fincher's law mugs -- Mug the Judge!  Small world.

Ron writes: 

Well, titles of works aren't normally protected as trademarks. Here, look.

I vote "no" for the Chilis. Love the work, though!

Vickie Pynchon - November 25, 2007 9:01 PM


Thanks Ron! The link is to a terrific Hollywood Reporter article on the issue entitled Sam I Ain't by local trademark attorney Jonathon Sokol.

In this November 15 article, Sokol cites the Second Circuit concluding "that literary titles do not violate the law 'unless the title has no artistic relevance to the underlying work whatsoever, or, if it has some artistic relevance, unless the title explicitly misleads as to the source or content of the work.' 875 F.2d at 999.

Circumstances under which titles ARE potentially infringing are also included in Sokol's article.

Thanks Jonathon.  Great article!
 

Geek Love Lyrics for Larry Lessig

Lawrence Lessig.  You know who we mean.  We just posted his pitch-perfect power point presentation here just the other day.

But who could have predicted at any time before this very moment, a day on which an Austrian art-technology-philosophy group working at the "proto-aesthetic fringe [with] pop attitude, subcultural science, context hacking and political activism" (Monochrom) would make a video recording of a love song to an internet & society law school professor.  Who knew law schools would ever offer a course on the internet?  Who could have foreseen . . . oh, never mind . . . 

Thanks to Boing Boing (first) and Concurring Opinions (second) for allowing us to mark this staggering milestone in international-legal-cultural history. 

Skip the Mr. Wizard science experiment and go straight to the Monochrome Melody at 2 minutes and 30 seconds.

Take it away boys!

When Will IP Disputants Join the Mediation Party?

(right: author and IP litigator and mediator Michael D. Young, an IP practitioner at Weston Benshoof and mediator with Southern California's Judicate West)

Is the IP world ready to mediate its disputes yet?

While many of us believe IP practitioners are late in coming to the mediation party, at least one prominent mediator is banking that the right time is now.

London's Mark Jackson-Stops, founder of In Place of Strife and a fellow Fellow with the International Academy of Mediators has recently established a specialty mediation panel for  disputes "in the UK and jurisdictions around the world in unfair competition and passing off, patents, trade marks and copyright and competition and anti-trust law, as well as franchise, music, media and domain name disputes."

Jackson-Stops noted "this is an excellent fit with the often cross-border nature of disputes in intellectual property and technology."

Obviously, I support the efforts of any mediators who band together in a specialty mediation practice or joint venture (or even simply a cross-pollination site like this one).

Mark's efforts do, however, raise a question that has been nagging me for some time.

Why has it taken IP attorneys and disputants so long to hear the siren call of negotiated resolution?

I have heard some disputants say that sophisticated high-stakes patent infringement disputes are so significant that the parties simply can't afford to "compromise."

Aside from the fact that negotiated resolutions needn't result in compromise, no one specializing in the field could give this explanation much credence.  

Almost all of these disputes end up settling -- sometimes before and sometimes after Markman hearings -- so compromise is a fact of life unless you're able, with the help of a great mediator, to expand the parties' opportunities to obtain better benefits from a negotiated agreement than they could obtain by victory at trial.  

Given the opportunties created by interest-based negotiation and the inevitability of compromise if the parties wait to settle on the courtroom steps, why does the mediated or negotiated resolution continue to be a "last step" and one of "giving up" and "giving in" rather than "finessing impasse by transforming it into an opportunity to make a deal" (as our friend Lou Meisinger so often counsels).

Are IP litigators pessimists who just don't believe that mediators are up to the intellectual challenge of mediating complex technology and business disputes?  Or are they overly optimistic, believing that they can win by turning over their own and their client's decision-making to a judge or a jury?

Whatever the reasons, reluctance seems to be the rule.  

Case in point.

In the Oracle v. SAP lawsuit concerning claims that SAP employees stole Oracle's copyrighted software by hacking into a website to steal software codes, the parties are preparing for a February 2009 trial. Despite the looming trial date (and the misery of the holidays caused by a February trial) the parties apparently had no intention of attempting to mediate their way into a happy holiday season with their families.  Rather, the Court took matters in hand and ordered counsel and litigants to proceed to mediation.  

Still, the parties resist.

Granted, there are often legitimate means to postpone a mediation -- particularly when information gathering is incomplete and necessary to asses the risks of trial.  But is seems to me that more arm-twisting is necessary to bring IP litigants to the negotiation table than required in most other civil disputes.  

Another case in point.

A few days ago, LeapFrog Enterprises settled an East Texas patent dispute involving devices that allow children to use blocks or other objects to control their computers. The details of the dispute (claims of patent trolling, forum shopping, etc.) can be found on any number of blog sites, including The Prior Art here.  

It was just reported yesterday that the plaintiffs in LeapFrog -- two attorney/inventors -- will share the $7.5 million settlement.  A very good day for plaintiffs.

For present purposes, I note that the settlement occurred, "literally on the courthouse steps in Marshall, Texas, with jury selection 15 minutes away." (quote from the Los Angeles Daily Journal which, unfortunately, requires a subscription to read). 

Again, why the wait? Wouldn't an earlier negotiation with a bang-up IP mediator have made more logical sense, not to mention far greater financial cents.

After all, preparing a patent litigation case for trial in East Texas is not for the feint of heart, or shallow of pocketbook.

Some say the attorneys are to blame -- that they are reluctant to bring a significant IP matter to mediation any earlier because it's "bad for business."  But I'm not that cynical.  And my colleague Victoria Pynchon has to be positively restrained when someone suggests that attorneys, by and large, settle late to maximize the dollar value of litigation.

"That strategy," she says, "is a recipe for client-retention failure and a cynical, not to mention, unsupported libel of some of the most ethical people I have ever had the pleasure to know -- litigators -- particularly those engaged in IP and other sophisticated commercial litigation."

I refuse to believe this explanation as well.

So I'd like to open the floor to our IP litigators to weigh in on this issue:

Why the hesitation to use mediation for complex IP disputes?

Stanford Law Professor Larry Lessig Talks About Creative Freedom

Don't Miss This Talk:  it's Not Long and It's More than Well Worth Watching.

He says:  "let's make  being young legal again."

Here's the description:

Larry Lessig gets TEDsters to their feet, whooping and whistling, following this elegant presentation of "three stories and an argument." The Net's most adored lawyer brings together John Philip Sousa, celestial copyrights, and the "ASCAP cartel" to build a case for creative freedom. He pins down the key shortcomings of our dusty, pre-digital intellectual property laws, and reveals how bad laws beget bad code. Then, in an homage to cutting-edge artistry, he throws in some of the most hilarious remixes you've ever seen.

About Larry Lessig

Stanford professor Larry Lessig is one of our foremost authorities on copyright issues. In a time when “content” is not confined to a film canister, Lessig has a vision for reconciling creative freedom with marketplace competition.

Thanks to Stephanie West Allen of Idealawg and Brains on Purpose for hipping me to this video.

By the way, Larry exemplfies all of the great speaking techniques that I learned from Faith Pincus and Sandy Linville in their "must attend" Public Speaking seminar for WLALA yesterday.

If you don't do anything else for your legal career in 2008, find out where Faith and Sandy are speaking about public speaking -- Faith's site is SpeechAdvice.com -- easy url to remember -- as are all her tips for making you the best speaker at your next speaking event, court appearance, CLE seminar or firm picnic..

I've been speaking publicly, first as a college professor in the mid-80's, then as a NITA coach and then as an Adjunct Law Professor at Pepperdine U. School of Law for more than twenty years. 

Sandy and Faith's half-day seminar yesterday changed my speaking life immediately and forever. 

Don't miss it.

Likelihood of Settlement? Not in PerfumeBay vs. eBay

It is hard for an ADR junkie like me to admit this (and don't spread this around please), but sometimes you just need to try the darned case. I am referring to, in particular, the trademark lawsuit between Internet giant eBay and scent seller PerfumeBay.

The lawsuit was fairly simple.

eBay, naturally protective of its distinctive "Bay" web-moniker when it comes to on-line sales, was none too pleased when "Perfume Bay" (aka "Perfumebay" and sometimes "PerfumeBay" sought to register the Perfume Bay trademark for use in on-line perfume sales.

The fact that "PerfumeBay" actually contained the entirety of "eBay's" name did not help matters.

As an eBay trial witness testified, eBay has a "fragrance section" which moved approximately $6 million in cologne and perfume during a 2-1/2 year period.  eBay was concerned that consumers might confuse PerfumeBay as an eBay affiliate of some kind. Or, it might dilute the eBay name.

PerfumeBay, for its part, argued that the "bay" in its name reflected "a bay filled with ships importing perfumes from all parts of the world and this bay would be the place where perfume lovers could go to locate its selection of fragrances . . . .”

Uh, okay.

In any case, the two parties entered into negotiations to resolve this dispute, without success and apparently without a mediator. There's a rant in this but I'll do that later.

PerfumeBay predictably brought a declaratory relief action in federal court, asking for a ruling that it was not infringing the eBay trademark. eBay prevailed at trial with the court finding a likelihood of confusion based upon survey evidence concluding that 70% of consumers, when faced with the word "Bay" and internet shopping, thought of "eBay."

The Court ordered Perfume Bay to un-conjoin the two parts of its name.

The Ninth Circuit affirmed in part and reversed in part, approving the order forcing Perfume Bay to separate the "e" in Perfume from the "B" in Bay.  

So what does this have to do with ADR?

On the one hand, the parties clearly could have settled this case with an equally good, or better, resolution for both sides. 

On the other hand, eBay possesses something it could never have obtained in mediation or arbitration: precedent, glorious, future-designing precedent, contained in a Ninth Circuit opinion suitable not only for framing, but also for demand letters to any other online company slipping little "e"-big-"B" Bay into its tradename.

For the price of a single trial, eBay earned itself a great tool for dominating the online market, one that shoud effectively dissuade other internet marketers who might have been thinking of climbing onto the eBay wagon as a portal to successful online sales.

Maybe that's why the names "WineBay" and "GameBay" are still available in the url market.

By NOT using an ADR process to resolve this dispute, eBay will, in the long run, likely save considerable grief, conflict, and legal fees.

It's difficult for an ADR junkie to admit this, but sometimes -- very rarely, I submit -- when important public policy issues are at stake or when precedent is needed to resolve likely future disputes, the alternative dispute resolution of the future -- litigation -- is often called for.

If you are interested in Perfume Bay's take on all this, the company's owner, Jacquelyn Tran, has a blog of her own at here.  Jacquelyn vows to continue the fight to the Supreme Court, stating:

This battle has been exhausting and expensive, but I refused to give up. Too often, Goliaths are victorious in these types of battles. I am fighting for small businesses everywhere, for our more than 300,000 customers (YOU!), and for my American Dream.

Coverage of this matter along the way has been provided by DomainNews.com here; the IP News Blog here; and a helpful article on How Entrepreneurs Can Survive Trademark Lawsuits here

_________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________

Many web hosting companies provide inexpensive domain registration and high speed file transferring with the aid of dedicated servers. For those who need small business webhosting -- such as online trading businesses -- an ecommerce hosting plan is ideal. There are numerous web host providers such as bluehost, Betahosts and the like but only a few offering webhosting cheap domain registration services. If you are using webhosing facilities such as dot5hosting, you can easily shift your domain to godaddy. With the aid of blogs, news articles, other websites and reviews such as the web hosting review, you can easily find which companies are providing cheap hosting site services that are often the best available services for trading companies. For each free website hosting company listed, these web hosting review pages will let you study the reviews and ratings by users as well as to share your own reviews or experience.

Chicago IP Blog Hosts Blawg Review No. 133 this Week

If you're looking for a survey of who's blogging what's new in the IP world, check out this week's Blawg Review # 133 hosted by R. David Donoghue.

Donoghue, an IP litigator with DLA Piper US is the creator and author of the Chicago IP Litigation Blog which describes his practice as spanning

diverse technology areas including cellular telephony, computer software, automotive technologies, satellite radios, electrical and electronic products, television production equipment, nutritional supplements and numerous medical devices. He also has extensive intellectual property licensing experience.

Nice work David & thanks so much for the mention! 

State Farm v. State of Mississippi: Withdrawing Criminal Charges to Settle a Civil Action?

(photo:  Get Out of Jail Free Card by Mark Strozier)

Because there are criminal penalties for copyright infringement, the question whether the Plaintiff can agree to withdraw criminal charges in exchange for a civil settlement is often raised in an IP mediator's practice.

I am reminded of this issue by today's New York Times article "Insurer Sues Over Mississippi Inquiry."  As the Times reports:

State Farm Insurance is suing Mississippi’s attorney general, accusing him of violating an agreement to end a criminal investigation of the insurer’s handling of claims on the Gulf Coast after Hurricane Katrina, according to court papers unsealed Friday.

State Farm’s lawsuit claims that the attorney general, Jim Hood, reopened a criminal investigation of the company and its employees “for the purpose of harassment” and to coerce the insurer into settling civil litigation spawned by the Aug. 29, 2005, hurricane.

State Farm says Mr. Hood agreed in January to end his office’s criminal inquiry as part of a settlement agreement that called for the company to reopen and possibly pay thousands of policyholder claims.

State Farm suing Mississippi for failing to honor an agreement to drop a criminal inquiry in exchange for the settlement of civil claims?  

I must be missing something because the settlement sounds unethical and the lawsuit without merit because civil claims were settled in exchange for the termination of a criminal investigation.  (the first attempted settlement is reported by the Mass Tort Litigation Blog in Birmbaum, Scruggs and the Katrina Settlement here).

In California, the State Bar Committee on Professional Responsibility and Conduct has expressly opined that "An offer to dismiss a criminal prosecution may not be conditioned on a release from civil liability because that practice constitutes a threat to obtain an advantage in a civil dispute in violation of the Rules of Professional Conduct." (See Formal Opinion 1991-124 here)

Looking into the issue a little more deeply in the context of copyright infringement litigation, I found this excellent Manual -- Prosecuting Intellectual Property Crimes prepared by the U.S. Department of Justice containing this useful Chapter on Ethics and Obligations.

In regard to the question whether it is ethical to drop criminal charges in exchange for a civil settlement, the DOJ advises that the answer is "unclear."

X.B.2.a. Victims Who Seek Advantage by Threats of Criminal Prosecution

It is commonplace for an IP-owner's attorney to send a merchant a letter directing him to cease and desist sales of infringing merchandise. If the merchant continues to infringe, the letter will be solid evidence of the defendant's mens rea during any ensuing criminal case.

Sometimes the IP owner's letter will include an express or implied threat to seek criminal prosecution should the merchant persist. The extent to which a lawyer can ethically threaten to press criminal charges to advance a civil cause of action is not clear.

The lack of clarity stems in part from a patchwork of ethical rules. The ABA's Model Code of Professional Responsibility (1969, amended 1980) explicitly prohibited strategic threats of prosecution: “A lawyer shall not present, participate in presenting, or threaten to present criminal charges solely to obtain an advantage in a civil matter.” Disciplinary Rule 7-105(A). The ABA's Model Rules of Professional Conduct, adopted in 1983, omitted the rule as redundant or overbroad or both.” See ABA Formal Ethics Opinion 92-363 (1992) (allowing a lawyer to use a threat of a criminal referral to obtain advantage if the civil claim and criminal matter are related and well-founded).

Not all states have dropped the old rule, and some have adopted other specific provisions addressing the issue. Compare Office of Disciplinary Counsel v. King, 617 N.E.2d 676, 677 (Ohio 1993) (disciplining a lawyer under the old rule for threatening to seek prosecution unless opponent in property dispute paid disputed rent or vacated the property) with Disciplinary Rule 7-105(A) (Or. 2003) (allowing such threats “if, but only if, the lawyer reasonably believes the charge to be true and if the purpose of the lawyer is to compel or induce the person threatened to take reasonable action to make good the wrong which is the subject of the charge”).

This is a tricky area and one all IP counsel are advised to research prior to negotiating the termination of civil proceedings when criminal charges are also pending.  If you, like me, are fond of "templates," take a look at this negotiated Permanent Injunction settling the civil pretexting case brought agaisnt Hewlett Packard by the State of California. 

Note that the Attorney General's Press Release announcing this $14.5 Million Civil Settlement -- earmarked to help "Law Enforcement Efforts to Fight Identity, Intellectual Property Theft" -- expressly cautions that 

The filing and settlement of the civil complaint have no effect on the criminal case, which remains pending against all five defendants in Santa Clara County Superior Court.  

UPDATE:  Thanks to the Mass Tort Litigation Blog for Professor Erichson's generous and thoughtful post on the civil settlement/criminal prosecution ethical question -- link in comment below-- and for hipping us to David Rossmiller's post (including extensive links to the court documents) on the facts of the matter in his Insurance Coverage Blog  post State Farm Sues Mississippi AG Hood.  

From Rossmiller's post on this issue and many others I have read, I have to tell you that Rossmiller's Blog is the only one anyone concerned with coverage really needs to read.  I must also admit that anyone who says that "work is the curse of the blogging class" has captured my heart as well as my mind.

Parade of Horribles: the Patent Malpractice Litigation

(photo:  Victory is Mine! by Rentahamster)

Just a note for the moment when you need to convince your client that it's time to settle the patent litigation.  

No, I'm not suggesting you tell them about the potential for a patent malpractice action (this one in the news to tell us that patent malpractice litigation must be waged in federal, not state, court).

I leave the analysis of the case law to Patently O's coverage here.  My purpose is simply to remind everyone of just how endless patent litigation can be.  

First the patent litigation.  Then the motion to arbitrate some portion of that litigation.  Motion denied.  Appealed.  Reversed.  Litigation stayed.  Arbitration hearing conducted.  Decision made.  Reconsidered.  Rehearing.  Decision.  Litigation re-opened.  Trial.  Appeal.  Reversal.  Remittitur.  Retrial.  Final judgment. 

Then the malicious prosecution action. 

And if we're really really really unlucky, the patent malpractice litigation. 

Breathe in you win, breathe out you lose, breathe in, breathe out . . . . . wouldn't you really rather control your own destiny?

New York New York, a Heck of a Town So Long as You're Not Mediating

(photo Quiet Please by Ian Grainger)

Post by Michael Young

Speaking of mediation confidentiality, there's a new horrible "opinion" from New York that is making the rounds in the ADR community. While in the context of a divorce case, the opinion could have ramifications for all New York mediated disputes, including IP cases.

But let's hope not.

In the one paragraph Hauzinger v. Hauzinger "opinion" (and I use that term generously, I'd prefer "mistake"), the Supreme Court of New York, Appellate Division, upheld a trial court order compelling a mediator to testify in court. While facts are sketchy, it appears that the mediator did nothing more than assist a divorcing couple negotiate a separation agreement, all pursuant to a signed confidentiality agreement.

After the mediation was concluded, one of the parties challenged the separation agreement in court.  New York law required the trial judge to determine whether the terms of the separation agreement "were fair and reasonable at the time of the making of the agreement." To prove this, the moving party subpoenaed the mediator to obtain his testimony about the confidential mediation negotiations.  

The appellate court's affirmance of the trial court's order requiring the mediator to testify was bad enough.  More troubling is the absence of any analysis to support this decision.  The "opinion" merely states that the Court rejected the mediator's contention "that the court abused its discretion in refusing to enforce the confidentiality agreement...."

Though providing no rationale to reject the mediator's adherence to the parties' agreement, the Court did state that its decisioon was "a matter of public policy,"  citing another one-paragraph opinion of the New York Supreme Court appellate division in which the court upheld the confidentiality of a mediation report pursuant to the parties confidentiality agreement.

Where is the discussion on the importance of mediation confidentiality to the entire mediation process? Where is the recognition that by simply ignoring mediation confidentiality, despite the parties' clear acknowledgment of confidentiality at the time, the court is undermining all future mediations in the State? How about an explanation for why this unspecified "public policy" is so important that it outweighs another appellate division's recognition that strong "public policy" favors keeping mediations confidential?  How about a citation to a precedent that supports the court's conclusion, rather than to authority that completely contradicts the ruling.

Any New York attorneys out there who can explain this to me? I would welcome your comments, because I just don't get it.

Business Strategy IS Intellectual Property Strategy

(right:  Working by Mark Menzies)

Thanks to PHOSITA for introducing us to the Financial Aspects of Intellectual Property Blog whose current post is music to our IP ADR ears -- Business Strategy is Intellectual Property Strategy.

This recent post is right in line with our experience faciliating the negotiation of deals constructed in part to settle IP claims or litigation. 

We say "in part" because negotiated resolutions of IP litigation can serve as a doorway to the negotiation of a business deal that is far broader and further reaching than any result the parties could have achieved in Court.  

We're not alone in thinking this.  the FAIP Blog reports:

• Almost 70% of executives believe IP management is too often treated as a legal, not a strategic issue.
• Over 60% of executives believe current accounting practices understate the value of IP.
• Over 80% of royalty agreements are under reported.
• Over 60% of executives believe their companies could extract significantly more value from existing IP and IP formation if it devoted more assets and attention to relevant processes. 

We're pretty certain that some of the latter statistics arise from the first, i.e., that IP isn't achieving its potential because it is "too often treated as a legal, not a strategic issue." 

The truth is that IP is both a strategic and a legal issue.  It should therefore be treated as such by in-house and outside counsel in collaboration with strategic management personnel.

IP litigation is booming.  That's good news for IP llitigators but bad news for companies whose value lies primarily with their control of their creative property.

Collaboration and reciprocation are the watch-words of the internet.  The 21st Century is as much the century of the internet as the 20th Century was the century of industry.  That means 21st Century business and legal process will be required to move in the direction of collaboration and reciprocation and away from the current adversarial paradigm. 

That's a very very good thing for innovation and the law.

CEO Food Fight: Sun NetApp Blogs Patent Litigation & Mediated Resolutions

(photo:  Sun Pavilion in Second Life)

When Law.com writes about open-source software, patent litigation, and blogging, we can't help but weigh in.    See Is Fighting Your Patent Case in Public Really a Good Idea?

The IP ADR's Patent Hero has been Sun Microsystem's CEO Jonathan Schwartz ever since he coined the phrase "innovate, don't litigate" in his famous "Advice for the Litigious" post.  Our esteem grew when he invited the opposition over to dinner -- "I'll cook, you bring the wine."

The only way that dinner invitation might have been more forward-looking would have been to include a mediator who could not only have brought the desert, but also the cloak of confidentiality for mediated conversations which are quite robustly protected in California by Evidence code section 1119 et seq

But we digress.

Now people (read:  lawyers) are questioning  the wisdom of blogging major patent litigation.  Those bloggers are pretty high-profile players in the tech market -- Dave Hitz, co-founder of NetApp on the one hand and Sun GC Mike Dillon and CEO Jonathan Schwartz on the other.

The concerns being expressed are the common ones

  • CEO and GC comments could be "used as evidence down the road." (Stephen Yu, Macrovision GC).  
  • GC comments risk the waiver of the attorney client privilege
  • CEO remarks might broaden the scope of a deposition into matters that might not otherwise be "relevant" (these last two concerns raised by Edward Reines, a Weil, Gotshal & Manges partner representing NetApp).

Litigator George Newcomb of Simpson Thacher, however, brings to mind Google CEO Eric Schmidt's comment that patent litigation is just one "chip" in the "negotiation being conducted in the courts."  Although Newcomb would also advise his client not to publicly talk about litigation, he wisely notes that the potential "damage," if any, would be negligible because Sun's and NetApp's blog entries "had very little to do with the litigation -- [having been] directed at the tech community," i.e., the marketplace, which is where business lives.  

Because These New Litigation Players are Not Cautious by Nature and Their Patent Litigation will Likely Be Settled, They are Right to Be More Concerned about Their Market than their Potential Legal Liability

Lawyers are cautious by and large.  Even the best of us are risk-averse, taking jobs  upon the completion of Ivy League Law School educations.  Well-paid jobs, but jobs nonetheless. With a lot to lose if those jobs evaporated because of a misplaced modifier.  Hence the caution.  

Dillon, Jonathan Schwartz and Dave Hitz, on the other hand, are not cautious.  They are, however, savvy.  Hitz, for instance, took time in his blog to assure his customers and his work force that Sun's lawsuit would not leave employees jobless nor customers without support..  In response to Sun's request for a permanent injunction, Hitz wrote, among other things,

Your job is safe. Our products are all still for sale.

Can you ever remember a Fortune 1000 company being shut down by patents? It just doesn’t happen! Even for the RIM/Blackberry case, which is the closest I can think of to a big company being shut down, it took years and years to get to that point, and was still averted in the end. I think it’s safe to say the odds of Sun fulfilling their threat are near zero.
 

Will this end up hurting Hitz in the litigation?  I cannot imagine a scenario in which any trial lawyer would stride toward the jury waving the printed blog entry in his hand saying "he assured his employees and customers that NetApp would survive, ladies and gentlemen!"  

The Problems Litigation Brings and Their Potential Solutions

Sun and NetApp have more in common than than they have apart.  Their management also seems committed to avoiding litigation if possible.  Once litigation begins, however, the parties stop communicating in a constructive manner and fall prey to all of the cognitive biases that an active dispute magnifies. 

  • they search for and interpret information in a way that confirms their own factual and legal positions ("confirmation bias")
  • to preserve their freedom of choice in the face of a coercive threat, they do the opposite of what their "opposition" wants them to do -- whether it's a good idea or not ("reactive devaluation")
  • they see patterns of wrong-doing where none exist ("clustering illusion")
  • they overestimate their likely chances of success ("overconfidence bias")
  • they overestimate the harm they will likely suffer (in duration and effect) if they don't get what they believe they might be entitled to ("impact effect")
  • they tend not to compensate for their own cognitive biases ("bias blind spot")

(For an excellent article on how biases such as these interfere with our ability to resolve conflict, see Judgmental Biases in Conflict Resolution and How to Overcome Them by Kellogg School of Business Professor Leigh Thompson and Janice Nadler, summarized at BeyondIntractability.org here.)

The best reason to bring a mediator into a patent dispute at an early stage, especially for companies that have so much at risk in the marketplace, is that the tech market and its products change more rapidly than the legal process can move. 

There are lots of truly gifted patent infringement mediators out there who understand both the law and the market.  Although a few of them appear on this site, there are many, many more who can help attorneys and executives negotiate a better business deal than the blunt instrument of litigation could possibly deliver.  I'm sure Sun, NetApp and their counsel all have short lists of these specialist mediators in hand.

Eventually, after a year or two or five, during which time the parties collectively expend several tens of millions of dollars in attorneys fees, Sun and NetApp will hire a mediator anyway. 

With so much at stake, why not start now?  I'm sure the mediator, whoever s/he is, will be happy to bring the desert.

On November 13, You Too Can Learn the Techniques that Settled Verizon v. Vonage

NEVER LEAVE VALUE ON THE BARGAINING TABLE AGAIN!

Head's up!!  Vonage and Verizon settled their patent dispute using only two settlement techniques well-known to your transactional colleagues but rarely used by litigators.  There are dozens more like this, many of which you may be familiar with but few of which you ever attempt to use.

Let some masterful settlement judges (Complex Court Assistant Supervising Judge Victoria Chaney and full-time Settlement Judge Alexander Williams, III) and highly respected mediators and arbitrators teach you how to use these techniques to get a settlement that's nearly as good as actually winning the case.

We've also added a negotiation and mediation ETHICS section to the course so that those of you who need those credits by year-end can get them.

If you read this blog, you are officially a "friend or colleague of the speakers" and are entitled to a 20% discount on our day-long Winning Settlement Techniques Seminar.  In addition to Judges Chaney and Williams; former Federal Magistrate John Leo Wagner, Patent Arbitrator and Mediator Les Weinstein, and Arbitrator and Law School Professor Jay McCauley will bring you the techniques necessary to settle and make your clients very very happy at one and the same time.  

Your blog-reader coupon code is S3SETL. Enter in the coupon code when you register on-line and receive 20% off the registration price.

Register here now.

The fomal course description below:

Settlement Techniques that Give You the Winning Edge

Novice and seasoned litigators will learn to maximize the value of their litigation positions by learning winning settlement techniques from a panel of seasoned ADR experts.

Experienced mediators and Judges teach the latest settlement techniques, such as distributive (splitting the settlement “pie”) and integrative or interest-based (expanding the settlement “pie”) bargaining. Topics also include the dynamics of conflict resolution, settlement best practices, negotiating techniques, settling complex and patent litigation cases, and international disputes. Don’t miss this chance to hear from those who truly know -- how you can best maximize your client’s settlement opportunities and outcomes.

What You Will Learn if You Attend This Seminar

The ten social psychological insights that will minimize your own self- defeating negotiation behavior and maximize your opponents’ bargaining weaknesses (preview here)

The ten basic rules of “distributive” or “fixed sum” bargaining that will give you the “edge” in all future settlement negotiations

The ten ways to “expand the fixed sum pie” by exploring and exploiting the client interests underlying your own and your opponents’ legal positions

The ten ways to get your case settled to your clients’ best advantage at Mandatory Settlement Conferences for both routine and “bet the company” cases

The Top Ten Errors Made by Parties When Attempting to Settle Disputes that their Contracts Require Them to Arbitrate

The Ten Rules of Cross-cultural negotiation in International Arbitration

The Ten Laws Critical to the Enforcement of Mediated Settlement Agreements

The Ten Mediation/Settlement Conference Traps for the Unwary (preview here)

Instructors

Hon. Victoria Chaney--Assistant Supervising Judge, Complex Litigation, Los Angeles Superior Court

Hon. John Leo Wagner--ADR Neutral/Hearing Officer, Judicate West

Hon. Alexander Williams, III – Judge, Los Angeles Superior Court, presiding over the full-time Settlement Court

Les J. Weinstein--AAA Arbitrator and Mediator, Patent and Antitrust Attorney

Jay McCauley--Hearing Officer, Dispute Resolution Provider, Judicate West

Victoria Pynchon--Complex Commercial Mediator, Settle it Now


November 13, 2007 - Los Angeles

Check-in: 8:30 - 9:00 a.m.

Seminar: 9:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. (Lunch on your own)

Wilshire Grand Hotel

930 Wilshire Blvd.

Los Angeles , CA



Pincus Communications certifies that this seminar has been approved for 6.0 MCLE credits and ethics credits will be given.

Settlement of the Week: Verizon & Vonage Settle Using Contingent Agreements and Charitable Contributions

The Washington Post reports today that Patent Deal May be Charitable Agreement.  Excerpt below:

Patent disputes rarely end up helping charities, but two local organizations could get sizable donations from the resolution of a year-long legal battle between Verizon and Vonage.

As part of the settlement reached last week between the two companies, a total of $2.5 million will be given to five educational nonprofit organizations, two of which are based in the District [of Columbia].  . . . .

If Vonage loses its rehearing on either of the patents in question, it will pay $120 million, including $2.5 million for the charities. If it wins, it will pay Verizon $80 million, and nothing will go toward charities.

Both companies said the idea of giving money to charities came up during settlement negotiations.

This settlement takes advantage of two settlement tools that every lawyer, IP or not, should have in his/her negotiation tool box.

The first tool is the use of contingent agreements to hedge against gains or losses that can only flow from future events.  Here the parties made both the charitable contributions and the higher Vonage pay-out contingent upon Verizon defeating Vonage's motion for rehearing on either of the two patents at issue.  

As M.I.T. and Harvard Professor Lawrence Suskind has written in Why Technology Negotiations are Different

One novel way to accept uncertainty is through contingent agreements—promises that negotiators add to a contract to reduce risk. An agreement might include a table that accounts for many future scenarios, including different prices, deadlines, and obligations to perform.

Contingencies add complexity and incur the wrath of general counsel; they also make it difficult to book the value of the deal (and allocate bonuses) when the agreement is signed. Nevertheless, when uncertainty is high, parties will be best served by spelling out "who gets what" under a variety of scenarios.

Contingent agreements in the litigation context are also used to control for uncertainty.  Here the parties are wagering on the Court's decision on Vonage's upcoming motion for a rehearing on either of the two patents at issue.  And you thought gambling was illegal in our nation's capital./*

This agreement also builds in whatever tax advantages and benefits to corporate good will that flow from making charitable contributions.  These corporations likely have already planned their charitable giving for the year and may well have "re-purposed" those funds to help them settle the litigation.  

I rely on any tax expert who drops by this post to answer the question about the tax benefits that would flow from this agreement.

There is one thing I can tell you as a full-time mediator. 

The next time you're engaged in litigation with this much at stake, ask Vonage or Verizon who it is that brokered this deal.  It's not rocket science, but it shows a level of creativity and ability to persuade that is frankly rare.  I, for instance, have suggested charitable contributions and contingent agreements on many occasions.  I have not, however, succeeded in convincing the parties that they make good sense. 

So I defer to and tip my hat in praise of the mediator and negotiators who can later tell some great war stories about how this deal ended up on the pages of the Washington Post.

Good work!

___________________

/*  Note:  most states and the District of Columbia outlaw wagering on games of chance, not on games of skill.  

When Your Clients Want to Win, How Do You Settle?

When Fulbright and Jaworski recently surveyed a broad range of senior corporate counsel on Litigation Trends, the vast majority responded that the "most impressive deed by outside counsel in the past 12 months" was "winning a case."  

The "what have you done for me lately stats" in order of their impressiveness to Fortune 50 GC's and executives are as follows:  :

WON A CASE: U.S. 32%; U.K. 50% 
SETTLED A CASE: U.S. 15%; U.K. 25%
BUSINESS TRANSACTION: U.S. 12% (no U.K. figure available)
HAD CASE DISMISSED (the litigators' holy grail) U.S. 13% (no U.K. figure available)
GOOD SERVICE U.S. 13%; U.K. 25%
GOOD AVICE: U.S. 4% (no U.K. figure available)
OTHER: U.S. 11% (no U.K. figure available)

How to make settling as good (or better!) than winning in tomorrow's post.

"B" is for BATNA: At the End of the Day, It's All About a Jury Trial

 

(above, art imitating the truth -- Billy Flynn: Would you please tell the audience... err... the jury what happened? -- Razzle Dazzle from Chicago)

Why are we back to the "B's" and more particularly, why are we back to BATNA?

Because I've been mediating more "pure money" cases lately and recalling for my litigants the central fact of settlement life.

IF YOU'RE NEGOTIATING THE SETTLEMENT OF A LAWSUIT, YOUR "BETTER ALTERNATIVE TO A NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT IS A JURY VERDICT."  PERIOD.  END OF STORY.

This is why we're so happy to have found a new legal blog called Deliberations, which is all about the psychology of jurors; what they like; who they'll hate; what their predilictions and pre-dispositions are and how you and your clients might be able to influence them to decide the case in your favor.

As the Jury Research people teach us (here, by the way are two of the best jury consultants in Southern California, if not the nation, Chris St. Hilaire of M4 Strategies and Tom Bernthal of Jury Insight -- see the recent $15 million verdict largely credited to Bernthal's efforts) the jury is not comprised of your law school class, your university friends or even your high school classmates.   

Who is it composed of and how do they think?  That's the problem.  You and I -- no matter how down to earth we believe ourselves to be -- have NO IDEA. 

This week, however, Deliberations helps us out by telling us just how many jurors will likely be struggling with alcoholism and drug addiction in their families when we voir dire them and by pointing us to this great NPR (must read) quiz on the American Jury System.

The author of Deliberations, Anne Reed, a trial lawyer and jury consultant at Reinhard, Boerner & Deuren in Milwaukee, recently suggested to me that trial lawyers, jury consultants and mediators "might have something in common."  

Oh yes.  YOU -- trial lawyer, jury consultant, jury -- are the other side of my equation.

YOU ARE MY DISPUTANTS' BATNA.

"B" is for Bully (again): and this time it's IBM

(right, from car-toon-studio, just in time for halloween, a dementor)

Straight from Slashdot's mouth to IP ADR's ear we get the very truth from IBM about its plan to corner the market in marketplace bullying with its Patented Protection Racket.  

It boggles the imagination. 

So what is ADR about this? 

ADR is soul, man.  And IBM, for reasons known only to someone in legal, wins the monthly IP ADR anti-soul prize.  I.B.Dementor.M.

Read on . . .

Wikipedia defines a protection racket as an extortion scheme whereby a powerful non-governmental organization coerces businesses to pay protection money which allegedly serves to purchase the organization's 'protection' services against various external threats. Compare this to IBM's just-published patent application for 'Extracting Value from a Portfolio of Assets', which describes a process by which 'very large corporations' impress upon smaller businesses that paying for 'the protection of a large defensive patent portfolio' would be 'a prudent business decision' for them to make, 'just like purchasing a fire insurance policy.' Sounds like Fat Tony's been to Law School, eh?

Suing Your Customers and Dismantling Your Marketing Network?

(right:  Google CEO Eric Schmidt conjuring the 22nd Century)

Thanks to Ron Coleman of Likelihood of Confusion for passing along this gem from the The Trademark Troll on the S&L Vitamins case:

Almost every case involving the sale of unauthorized but genuine goods is a case where a brand owner is asking the courts to become an enforcer for the brand owner - against the brand owner’s own customers!!…

This brings to mind Jonathan Schwartz's brilliant post Free Advice to the Litigious which spawned our blog category Innovate, Don't Litigate.  This short tale from Sun Microsystem's CEO can't be repeated often enough: 

Years back," he writes, "Sun was under pressure in the market."

Although many users loved our core Solaris operating system, others thought it was built for high end computers, not grid systems. Our computer business had failed to keep pace with the rest of the industry . . . . [W]e gave customers one choice - leave Sun. Many did. Those were the dark days.

Where did they go? They went to GNU/Linux, a free and open source operating system built by a growing community, running on x86 systems. Why? Because the pair ("Linux on a whitebox") delivered, then, better grid performance, with more flexibility. We didn't erect barriers to exit, we promoted customer choice. Even when it cut the wrong way, as it did here. And yes, it hurt.

Was litigation a solution? It was suggested as one:

With business down and customers leaving, we had more than a few choices at our disposal. We were invited by one company to sue the beneficiaries of open source. We declined. We could join another and sue our customers. That seemed suicidal. . And we were encouraged to innovate by developers and customers who wanted Sun around, who saw the value we delivered through true systems engineering.

So we took that advice. . . . We redoubled our focus on innovation, in hardware and software, that would differentiate our offerings. Not just as good as the competition, but vastly better. . . . 

In essence, we decided to innovate, not litigate.

If "Our business Models Are melting Down Around Us," Should We Be Attempting to Freeze Them at the Very Moment in History When They Are About to Revolutionize Our Lives?

Schwartz is not alone in singing the innovation song.  Bruce Nussman advised CEO's this summer to Be Designers, Not Just Hire Them with this explanation.

There are moments in history when the pace of change is so fast and the shape of the future so fuzzy that we live in a constant state of beta.

I mean, let’s face it, our business models are melting down around us, our personal careers are morphing—or disappearing-- and there is less certainty about tomorrow than at any other time in our lives.

Innovation is no longer just about new technology per se. It is about new models of organization.

Design is no longer just about form anymore but is a method of thinking that can let you to see around corners. And the high tech breakthroughs that do count today are not about speed and performance but about collaboration, conversation and co-creation.

Could We Kill Internet 2 and 3.0?

All of this makes me wonder how misguided it might be to prevent the consumer-innovators of internet content sharing sites like YouTube from using, sharing, downloading, mixing, ripping, and burning the content that made YouTube what it is in the first place -- one of the most valuable internet sites on the planet in a mere eighteen months.

I am not the only one who has had this thought, of course.  None of this wild proliferation of creativity could exist had it been planned and controlled by a single corporate or governmental entity.  The internet -- and everything on it -- has arisen in relationship to and as a result of everything else.  No one can truly claim authorship.

Will demanding our "rights" to control our creation kill the creator, i.e., the collective consciousness that built the internet?  

Another innovator (brought to us by Coleman in Google Tumult via a Tech Crunch Post about  AttributorCEO Jim Brock, has an answer -- snippet below:

If you are playing whack-a-mole and remove something from one site, it will appear somewhere else. Web-wide visibility is what publishers want. . . Smart publishers recognize that the blogosphere is the greatest promotional medium ever created.  . . A lot of publishers are holding back . . . they are fighting digitization. We’d like to see it set free.

While We're At It, A Little Propaganda About Net Neutrality Below

Customers seeking new information and innovative solutions to business problems often meet their needs by internet downloading and online file sharing.  Unfortunately, these activities attract viruses that can corrupt computer data.  For this reason, every strong marketing network requires a comprehensive computer backup solution to recover misplaced or lost data. The data recovery group is a complete data recovery package that focuses on recovering data from computer hard disks.  Of course, high-quality recovery hardware is useless without excellent data recovery software. With the help of disaster recovery application or windows backup software, a company can maximize its recovery hardware output to avoid market fallout caused by viruses.

IP ADR Dictionary: "F" is for Fundamental Attribution Error

First Let's Talk About Anger

Please raise your hand if your clients -- corporate clients -- are angry about the burdens of litigation.  Irritated with the document "demands" and interrogatories.  Frustrated about the e-discovery.  Ticked off at the way opposing counsel asks them questions as if they're lying.  Hot under the collar about the mounting attorneys' fees and the distance between the day suit was filed and the probable day on which a trial might eventually be scheduled.  Simmering about the time the litigation consumes, time they'd prefer to be spending doing their actual jobs -- planning for and implementing business strategies for a profitable future instead of fighting about the unprofitable past.    

And we're not even talking about your clients' anger at the defendant who has stolen their intellectual property or that of the company they work for.  And if you believe that powerful people in highly sucessful and profitable businesses do not fear that litigation might hurt their careers, follow the Qualcomm/Broadcom e-discovery story and the fate of its general counsel for a little while, here, here and here.  

Why I'm Talking About Anger

Dealing with anger is my job.  As a negotiation coach, mentor, facilitator, and mediator, I need the parties to intellectual property litigation to be thinking as clearly as they possibly can when challenged to settle an important piece of litigation.  Everyone arrives at the mediation in some degree of anger -- from mild irritation to controlled rage.  Because anger tends to prevent the parties from thinking clearly and from sharing information that would dramatically increase their ability to achieve the best possible negotiated resolution, I'm usually called upon to help the parties move from hostility to collaboration.  

So What's "Fundamental Attribution Error"? 

Social scientists who study the reasons people act the way they do have discovered something fundamental about the way we explain to ourselves the behavior of others.  What researchers have found is that whenever someone else's behavior causes us harm, we tend to assume that person intended to cause us the harm we experience or, at a minimum, caused us harm by virtue of their carelessness in regard to our well-being.       

If our spouse arrives home late on the evening we've scheduled an outing with our friends, we'll  reflexively blame their tardy arrival upon their desire to thwart our plans or their careless planning.  Our spouse, on the other hand, will reflexively ascribe his late arrival to traffic conditions.  Though both spouses might be at least partially right, the injured spouse will almost always ascribe her harm to her husband's intentional or careless conduct and the injury-causing spouse will almost always ascribe her harm to the traffic or the weather or an unexpected but necessary business obligation.

Why do we make this error in our dealings with others?  Because we crave control.  If we attribute the cause of our harm to the intentional or careless conduct of the person who harmed us, there is some chance that we can convince them -- by way of "punishment" for their misdeeds -- not to do it again.  If it's really not their fault, there is no way we can prevent a similar occurrence from taking place in the future.     

So What Does FAE Have to Do With Settling IP Litigation?

First, FAE makes us angry, preventing us from thinking as clearly as possible.  

Secondly, FAE prevents us from seeing "our own part" in the conflict at hand.  This latter effect has been found by researchers to prevent athletes, for instance, from finding and addressing the causes of their substandard performance.  Why?  Because in ascribing their substandard performance to the fault of others, they fail to search for and find those causes over which they have actual control, i.e., the errors they are making that cause them to fail.

When Everyone is Able to Give Everyone Else the Benefit of the Doubt, Tension Eases and the Parties Can Work on Their Mutual Problem Collaboratively and Effectively.

Now that you know about fundamental attribution error, you can never again be quite so perfectly certain that your righteous indignation is justified.  You might just be able to give your opponent the benefit of the doubt.  He is not the malicious, cheating liar you believe him to be.  And you are not the saint upon whom harm has been imposed without any fault of your own.

Most people are so certain that the conflict to be resolved is the other guy's fault that they can't even begin to see that resolving the dispute is a mutual problem that is best resolved by way of collaboration rather than further posturing, hiding evidence and "spinning" one's tale of loss, injury and innocence.

Because I could write an entire book on this subject, I think I'll just stop there and let you and your clients ponder it for a little while.  It may sound ridiculous, but learning about FAE made all of my relationships much better almost immediately. I think understanding it might help my readers out as well.

For other law- and business-related blogs addressing FAE, click here, herehere, here and here.

Threats of Infringement Action During Settlement Negotiations Admissible to Prove "Case or Controversy" in Trademark Infringement DJ Action

(right:  Avon Anew, the microdermabrasion product at issue)

Although there are many reasons to read the Ninth Circuit's recently reported opinion in Rhoades v. Avon Products, Inc. (full text here) we limit ourselves to the Court's discussion of the admissibility into evidence of statements made during settlement negotiations to prove facts necessary to demonstrate the existence of a federal "case or controversy."   

Very briefly, the Circuit Court in Avon reversed the District Court's dismissal of its competitor's trademark infringement action based upon defense contentions that:  (1)  no constitutionally sufficient case or controversy arose from threats to bring an infringement action during four years of settlement negotiations;  (2) existing TTAB proceedings justified dismissal of the action based upon the doctrine of primary jurisdiction; and, (3) the court properly exercised its discretion under 28 U.S.C. § 2201 in declining to assert jurisdiction.

Threats Made During Settlement Negotiations Are Admissible to Prove the Plaintiff's "Real and Reasonable Apprehension that It Will Be Subject to Liability if It Continues to Manufacture its Product."

As the Circuit Court explained, although “a simple opposition proceeding in the Patent and Trademark Office generally will not raise a real and reasonable apprehension of [an infringement] suit,” there are circumstances where notices of opposition can "create [such] apprehension . . . " 

In this case, instead of relying upon TTAB proceedings, however, Plaintiff cited "three alleged threats of a trademark infringement action in federal court."

Because these threats were made during the course of settlement negotiations, the defendant claimed they were not admissible in evidence to prove the necessary prerequisite to jurisdiciton in the District Court.

The court disagreed, holding that Federal Rule 408 did not restrict the use of litigation threats made during (and pursuant to) ongoing settlement negotiations.  We quote the Court at length here for the benefit of practitioners for whom the boundaries of the settlement negotiation confidentiality rules are critical. 

The text of the rule is clear: evidence from settlement negotiations may not be considered in court “when offered to prove liability for, invalidity of, or amount of a claim that was disputed
as to validity or amount, or to impeach through a prior inconsistent statement or contradiction.”

Rule 408, however, does not bar such evidence when “offered for [other] purposes
. . . ” [citation omitted] . . . [S]tatements made in settlement negotiations are only excludable under the circumstances protected by the Rule. 

Here, [defendant] does not rely on the threats in an attempt to prove whose trademark is valid, or to impeach Avon. Instead, it uses the threats to satisfy the jurisdictional requirements of an action for declaratory relief. This is perfectly acceptable under Rule 408. . . . .

Avon makes much of the “policy behind” Rule 408, as if any recognition of statements made during settlement will ruin the “freedom of communication with respect to compromise” that the Rule protects. [citation omitted] Yet the Rule, by its own terms, is one of limited applicability. . . . Rule 408 is designed to ensure that parties may make offers during settlement negotiations without fear that those same offers will be used to establish liability should settlement efforts fail. When statements made during settlement are introduced for a purpose unrelated to liability, the policy underlying the Rule is not injured. 

Id. (emphasis supplied).

The Result Would Be the Same if the Threats Had Been Made During a Confidential California Mediation Proceeding.   

If the defendant's threats to bring an infringement action were made during a confidential California mediation proceeding, they would not be admissible in a California court for any purpose.  Unlike rule 408 or its California counterpart, CCP section 1152, the provisions governing the confidentiality of mediation communications are not limited by their own terms.

Under several recent federal decisions, however, they would likely be admissible for the purpose of determining the existence of a "case or controversy" under federal law.

The District Court in ABM Indus., Inc. v. Zurich Am. Ins. Co. (N.D. Cal. 2006) 237 F.R.D. 225, for instance, permitted the plaintiff to amend its complaint to allege bad faith settlement practices based upon the insurance carrier's conduct in the course of a California-based mediation.  Although the Court based its ruling on defendant's waiver of the issue, it suggested that it would not be required to apply the California mediation "privilege" /* in any event.  

We thus need not consider whether a federal mediation privilege exists to bar use of the letter for purposes of demonstrating the removability of the case. Nor need we decide whether it may be appropriate in some cases concerning the amount in controversy for federal jurisdiction purposes, pursuant to Rule 501, to defer to state law evidentiary privileges out of comity and respect for state policies. See Conference Report on Rule 501 of the Federal Rules of Evidence, H.R. Rep. No. 93-1597, at 7-8 (1974) (Conf. Rep.), quoting D’Oench, Duhme & Co. v. FDIC, 315 U.S. 447, 471 (1942) (Jackson, J., concurring) (“In some cases [federal courts] may see fit for special reasons to give the law of a particular state highly persuasive or even controlling effect . . . .”).  

Thanks to Hamline University School of Law for this case from its Mediation Case Law Project here.

Subsequently, the Ninth Circuit explicitly held that the California mediation "privilege" /* did not apply where the question before the District Court was the amount in controversy necessary for a diversity action to proceed in federal court.  See Babasa v. LensCrafters (thanks to California mediator Phyllis Pollack for the case summary and link here).  As the Circuit Court explained:

Under Federal Rule of Evidence 501, privileges provided by state law apply in civil actions only “with respect to an element of a claim or defense as to which State law supplies
the rule of decision.” FED. R. EVID. 501; [remainder of citation omitted] State law does not supply the rule of decision here. Federal law governs the determination whether a case exceeds the amount in controversy necessary for a diversity action to proceed in federal court. [citation omitted].  Thus, even if the California mediation privilege applied to the Bruinsma letter, which we do not decide, it would not preclude a determination that the Bruinsma letter constituted § 1446(b) notice for purposes of removal to federal court.

/*   The Court's use of the term "mediation privilege" is not simply a harmless misnomer.  Because California mediation confidentiality provisions are not privileges under California law, they are not, for instance, subject to the same exceptions as California's evidentiary privileges such as those protecting attorney-client communications.  Whether this would have (or could) make a difference in the federal court's analyses of the applicability of the confidentiality protections for mediation in California remains an open issue.

Mediation Magic and the Law & Magic Blog

(right:  Mica Has a Friend by Igor Maminta)

Because I was asked by the brilliantly magical mediator-attorney and USC Adjunct Professor Lisa Klerman to write an article on Mediation Magic for the SCMA Newsletter, and because I sought help from mediator Jerry Lazar, who is a genuine journalist and magician, I learned recently about the existence of this tremendous legal resource -- the Law and Magic Blog.

Now that's an alternative to litigation of a differnt color!  Ridikulus you spell in response to the Bogart of Irrationality?  Check out this post on Intellectual Property in Pre-Literate Societies from  May '07 by Law and Magic blogger Christine Corcos, who is an Associate Professor of Law at Louisiana State University Law Center.

Here's an interesting analysis of the relationship between intellectual property rights and magic in preliterate societies, by Marc C. Suchman, now at the University of Wisconsin Law School. The cite is Marc C. Suchman, Invention and Ritual: Notes on the Interrelation of Magic and Intellectual Property in Pre-Literate Societies, 89 Colum. L. Rev. 1264 (1989). According to the Introduction, "[t]his Article examines one frequently ignored alternative to the Western model. In essence, the following analysis argues that, far from being nonexistent, intellectual property rights actually pervade preliterature societies and figure prominently in the complex of magical beliefs surrounding numerous aspects of daily life."

Think about how many people's creativity it took to bring you this post -- Lisa's suggestion, my first draft, Jerry Lazar's creative journalistic and magical skills, Christine Corcos' academic studies and Kevin O'Keefe's LexBlog blog platform and that's just for starters! 

How about the men and women of the SCMA who formed the organization and decided it should have a newsletter and its president, Jan Schau, who I'm pretty certain is responsible for dragging Lisa Klerman in to serve as co-editor of the newsletter with me.

It's like the Net of Indra, where each jewel at every crossing of every string, reflects the light reflected by the other so that everything arises in response to everything else and no one and everyone is responsible for the whole.

Now, that Jeremy Phillips of IP Kat  -- with whom I'd like to begin an open blog dialogue about mediating IP disputes -- is touchy-feely, but also the rock bottom truth of quantum physics, i.e.,  that all reality is co-created. Yes?

Thanks for the post and the mention Christine!

Our New Website IPADR.COM Goes Live!!

Are Your Negotiation Skills Equal to Your Trial Skills? We'll Help You Make Sure You're as Winning a Negotiator as You are a Litigator

Deal Yourself a Winning Hand

November 13

Los Angeles

 

 (photo:  Four Aces by Ian Grainger)

 Novice and seasoned litigators will learn to maximize the value of their litigation positions by learning winning settlement techniques from a panel of seasoned ADR experts.

Experienced mediators and Judges teach the latest settlement techniques, such as distributive (splitting the settlement “pie”) and integrative or interest-based (expanding the settlement “pie”) bargaining.

Topics also include the dynamics of conflict resolution, settlement best practices, negotiating techniques, settling complex and patent litigation cases, and international disputes. Don’t miss this chance to hear from those who truly know -- how you can best maximize your client’s settlement opportunities and outcomes.

Speakers

Complex Court Assistant Supervising Judge Victoria Chaney

Full-time Settlement Court Judge and Adjunct Professor (Straus Institute) Alexander Williams, III

The Hon. John Leo Wagner, Federal Magistrate (Ret.) (Judicate West Panelist)

Judicate West Neutral and Adjunct Professor (Straus Institute) Jay McCauley

AAA Arbitrator, Mediator and Patent Attorney Les J. Weinstein

Judicate West Mediator and Adjunct Professor (Straus Institute) Victoria Pynchon

For more of what you'll learn, click here.

Flyer and Order Form Here

Fees Individual: $349 per person

Group: $324 per person for 2 or more from the same company pre-registering at the same time.

Government employee/Non-Profit* Rate: $299

Students: $199 (current students only)

Outsourcing Legal Work to India and Trying Cases on the Internet

Avoiding jury duty?  Would it be more convenient to serve from a laptop in your own home?

The disputes iCourthouse is apparently set up to handle appear to be of the Judge Judy variety.

Still, as law firms outsource patent applications and  legal research to India and litigants settle their disputes online (see posts on CyberSettle here and here)  can net jury trials be far behind?

Please do let us hear from anyone who's used either Indian legal outsourcing services or iCourthouse before.

Wrapping it Up in the Flag: J&J's Losing PR Battle with the Red Cross

Thanks once again to Liklihood of Confusion for its post The Red Cross Fights Back.  The links provided by Confusion's Ron Coleman bring you this nugget from the PR war that we cannot imagine anyone other than the Red Cross winning.

It is particularly regrettable that J&J's lawsuit would seek to interfere with the preparedness mission of the Red Cross – increasingly important post 9-11 – during National Preparedness Month when everyone should be working together to get prepared.

Research shows only 7 percent of Americans have taken the necessary steps to prepare for disasters, but that 82 percent would get prepared if it was easier to do. Red Cross items such as those that are the subject of the amended complaint help families take the necessary steps to Be Red Cross Ready: to get a kit, make a plan and be informed.

The basis for many of J&J's claims focuses on an alleged agreement between Clara Barton and J&J in 1895 . . . 

The Red Cross will aggressively protect its longstanding right to use the Red Cross emblem in support of its humanitarian mission.

Post-9/11 humanitarian relief and protecting American families from terrorism.  Got anything to top that J&J?

See our previous post on interest-based potential negotiated resolutions to this dispute here.

IP Camp Lawsuit: Virgin/Creative Commons/Flickr Dispute

(newly famous teen camper, Alison Chang, flashing the peace sign at her camp counselor)

Oh what a tangled web the internet can be. 

As reported yesterday by the Sydney Morning Hearld, a teenager whose photo was taken by a camp counselor who posted it under a Creative Commons license on flickr and which eventually showed up on a Virgin Mobile televsision ad, has sued everyone in sight, including (mysteriously) Creative Commons itself.  See Virgin Sued for Using Teen's Photo here.

We have to clean up the kitchen after a delicious Sunday brunch, after which we will return to this post with reasons why an early mediation of this dispute could solve all of the parties (not to mention society's interests better than litigation ever could.

I'll just leave you with this thought:  if you had the choice between making your own rules and letting the Courts make them up for you, which do you think you'd choose?

_____________________________________________________________________________

California is one of the few states where you can study for the bar at home. A guide to online law schools can be found here.

Patent Reform Act of 2007 LawFlash from Morgan Lewis

(pictured, Kell M. Damsgaard, leader of the Morgan Lewis Intellectual Property Practice)

I want to recommend the September 13, 2007 publication of the “Morgan Lewis Intellectual Property LawFlash.” It does an excellent job in summarizing the main provisions of the Bill that is to become the Patent Reform Act of 2007 after the House vote on this Bill (as amended). The Senate Judiciary Committee started out with an identical version, but the House has since adopted a number of amendments. It is unclear when the Senate will vote on its version of the bill.

As most of our readers know, the Patent Reform Act of 2007, if adopted, will make substantial changes in the way one applies for, manages and exploits, and challenges patents.

Rather than summarize here what those changes are, let me refer you to the Morgan Lewis intellectual property lawflash, which tells it like it is.

This “lawflash” was reproduced in the Lexology newsletter, which I find to be a very informative if sometimes repetitive newsletter. You can subscribe to it free of charge here.   

Possessed by Possession: Patenting Legal Strategies

(right, "Denny Crane!!")

I expect to see stuff like this on Boston Legal, not on the ABA Law Journal.  And how in the world did I miss this anyway -- from BLAWG's May 15 '07 post

The ABA Law Journal recently published an article about patenting legal strategies. The article, by Steve Seidenberg, was published in the May edition and it titled Crisis Pending: Can a Patent on Legal Strategy Prevent a Client From Taking Your Advice? The Courts May Soon Decide.

Based on what the article reports (which is well worth the read, by the way), not only are tax strategies already being patented, but there are innumerable rumors regarding lawyers seeking patents on real estate and corporate law strategies.

Since issuing its first patent for a tax strategy in 2003, the Patent and Trademark Office has issued at least 52 patents covering specific tax strategies. Another 84 published applications for tax strategy patents are pending. But more than just tax strategies could be involved.

Because parties applying for patents may keep their applications secret if they certify to the PTO that they are not seeking similar patents overseas, the legal grapevine is buzzing with rumors that legal strategy patents are pending in other practice areas, like real estate and corporate law.

They're kidding, right?  This was an April Fool's article in May?

More on the drive for possession in our on-going series on the social psychology of conflict tomorrow.

Beer Before Bed? Specialty Arbitration Provisions for Unique Disputes

by Eric van Ginkel

You can probably guess that  most of us here at the IP ADR Blog think it's a good idea to  include in your ADR clauses specialty requirements for the arbitration or mediation of your  commercial or IP disputes. 

Not to mention a bad idea to serve your infant beer before bed! 

The need for an ADR neutral with specialized legal or industry knowledge is particularly true for patent litigation but also important for the other "soft" forms of IP disputes.  

Let's not go overboard however, by requiring that the arbitrator have at least twenty-five years experience in trademark litigation, an office in Santa Barbara County, belong to a lawfirm with at least five offices and no fewer than 1,000 attorneys, and . . . . serve his clients beer before bed!

Riduculous you say?  Don’t be surprised, I have seen weirder clauses.

The Beer Before Bed Amendment to the Business and Professions Code

I was reminded of this problem today when I came across a proposed amendment to the Business and Professions Code introduced by Gloria Negrete McLeod, California State Senator for the 32nd District (San Bernardino County) back in February of this year. It is currently on Governor Schwarzenegger’s desk awaiting his signature.


This is a good example of legislators going overboard.  

The proposed legislation requires the arbitration of disputes concerning the termination of an existing wholesaler by a company aquiring a beer brewery.  If the terminated wholesaler believes the new brewer has not paid him the fair market value of his distribution rights, the dispute over compensation must be submitted to arbitration. So far so good.  But here's where the legislation goes astray.

The proposed amendment requires that the arbitration of the dispute must be held

through a private arbitration services provider with at least three offices in California and a statewide roster of at least 70 neutral arbitrators, of which at least 30 have prior experience as a sole arbitrator in franchise, distribution, or related business litigation.

We don't even want to go tothe "additional amendments" that will govern the "arbitration process."

So, as in all things, moderation is key.


Fool for Love? Negotiation, Neuroscience and Joint Sessions

(photo -- Friendster or Foe -- and comment here

We learn this morning (via StumbleUpon kismet) that Love Deactivates Brain Areas for Fear, Planning and Critical Social Assessment.   

Briefly, it appears that

love [not only] turns down activity in some areas of the brain in part so that we will not see flaws in the object of our affections [but also that]  particular locations are deactivated . . . 

Among other areas, parts of the pre-frontal cortex – a bit of the brain towards the front and implicated in social judgment – seems to get switched off when we are in love and when we love our children, as do areas linked with the experience of negative emotions such as aggression and fear as well as planning. The parts of the brain deactivated form a network which are implicated in the evaluation of trustworthiness of others and basically critical social assessment. (Future Pundit's full post here).

What does this have to do with negotiated settlements?  A lot.

The parties to litigation often enter the mediation room or settlement conference chambers in a state of "autistic hostility," i.e., the litigants have each maintained a hostile relationship with one another without any opportunity for adjustment of their attitudes based upon the other's post-dispute conduct.   

We also know from Professor Thompson at Northwestern that "in controlled experiments, only seven percent of negotiators sought information from their bargaining partner that would have revealed [his/her] true goals when it would have been dramatically helpful to do so."  Thompson, The Mind and Heart of the Negotiator.

Why?

Because the parties not only withhold information from one anotheer, but often fail to even ask questions because the level of distrust is so high. 

Should they trust one another more?  Well, maybe a little.  They might, for instance:

  • trust that their bargaining partner isn't so self-destructive that s/he would forgo the opportunity to negotiate a resolution to satisfies the greatest number of her interests just to deprive her opponent of similar benefits;
  • trust their bargaining partner to behave with a sufficient degree of civility and candor  to justify a joint session in which genuine low levels of trust may begin to develop and grow so that the parties can begin exchanging the information that is so often critical to an optimal  negotiated resolution.

Certainly there are times when all of our defenses must be activated to avoid harmful admissions and prevent your opponent from gaining an unfair litigation advantage.  I find, however, that in joint session, business people are able to guage these matters with a great deal of intuition and insight.  The mediator can also be used in break-out sessions to raise issues about which the parties are feeling vulnerable.

Bottom line?  You needn't love your adversary to negotiate a dynamite deal.  Nevertheless, the strategic use of joint mediation or settlement conference sessions may well give rise to a sufficient degree of fellow feeling to "deactivate" some of your brain's "danger-here" defenses, permitting a deal-expanding exchange of critical information between the parties.  

Try it.  You don't have a lot to lose but you do have a great deal to gain.

John Leo Wagner, Federal Magistrate (Ret.) Joins the IP ADR Blog

The IP ADR Blog is pleased to announce that we are being joined in our IP blogging venture by John Leo Wagner, Federal Magistrate (Ret.).

Judge Wagner is a colleague of Mike Young's and mine at the Southern California ADR firm Judicate West.  His impressive credentials will soon be posted in the "About" section of the blog (up at the top there).  We provide only the highlights of his judicial and private practice career below.

Welcome John!!  We know that our IP ADR Blog readers will greatly enjoy hearing your thoughts on the negotiated resolution of IP disputes.

ABOUT JUDGE WAGNER

Judge Wagner has been engaged in the settlement and trial of intellectual property disputes for over 20 years. He is currently a full-time neutral with Judicate West Alternative Dispute Resolution, where he mediates and arbitrates all manner of patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress and trade secret disputes.

John was formerly Of Counsel with the Los Angeles-based law firm of Irell & Manella LLP, where he was the head of the firm’s ADR practice group and Director of the firm’s Alternative Dispute Resolution Center. He worked for over seven years as one of the ADR Center’s primary neutrals, settling a myriad of difficult intellectual property disputes.

Before joining Irell & Manella, John served for over twelve years as a United States Magistrate Judge in the Northern District of Oklahoma, where he founded and administered the Court’s mediation program, and served as the resident expert in settling IP disputes.

John has mediated and arbitrated thousands of cases and was recognized as a Southern California Super Lawyer in the field of Alternative Dispute Resolution in 2007. He has also been selected for inclusion in he 2007 edition of The Best Lawyers in America in the specialty of Alternative Dispute Resolution.

John is the President-Elect of the International Academy of Mediators, a Fellow of the American College of Civil Trial Mediators, a Member of the CPR International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution’s Panel of Distinguished Neutrals and a Diplomate Member of the California Academy of Distinguished Neutrals.   John is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Federal Bar Association's ADR Section.

John has been active in guiding national ADR policies and practice for over two decades. He was appointed by Chief Justice Rehnquist to serve on the Court Administration and Case Management Committee of the U.S. Judicial Conference, where he helped to formulate rules and policies governing ADR programs in the Federal Courts. He also served on the CPR Advisory Committee dealing with Mediation Procedures and the CPR/Georgetown Commission on Ethics and Standards in ADR.

Judge Wagner frequently teaches and lectures on ADR topics.  

We're happy and proud to have him join us here.

 

A Call to (ADR) Arms: The tail end of the Martha Stewart story.

by Eric Van Ginkel

Remember Martha’s conviction for perjury that sent her off to jail a few years back? She served a 5-month prison term and 5 months in home detention (not so bad, I guess, if your home sits on 153 acres!). Her conviction, if you recall, arose from allegations concerning insider trading of ImClone stock.

Jail was also the fate for ImClone founder Sam Waksal, after he pleaded guilty to charges of securities fraud and other charges relating to insider trading, as well as wire fraud and other charges in connection with evading sales tax on some significant art purchases. Sam is still serving a seven years and three months sentence (about three more years to go).

Here is the news: ImClone just announced it has settled the patent suit that Repligen and MIT initiated against it.

The suit involved ImClone’s cancer treatment drug, Erbitux.

The connection?  Erbitux was the drug at the center of Sam and Martha’s insider trading debacle.

So, in a way, this is the end of the Martha/Erbitux saga.

Why do I write about this case?

Because it settled only one week before trial. 

That means, of course,  that all discovery was completed, briefs written and trial preparation done. Imagine the millions of dollars wasted before the parties came to the bargaining table ready and willing to finally negotiate a settlement that constituted a better alternative to the cost and uncertainties of trial. 

For ImClone, not all the misery is behind it. It is still facing the lawsuit Abbott lodged against it earlier this year.

Could this be a wake-up call to ImClone and Abbott?

It's not just about "trying mediation" anymore.  It's about having the skill-set necessary to make the mediation or settlement process as important as the litigation process.   It's about "thinking like a negotiator" as often as you "think like a lawyer."

How does a negotiator think? 

S/he thinks like a lawyer about interests instead of about legal positions.  

More on the negotiation mind-set in future posts.

IP Apologies in the News

Thanks to IPKAT for noting this newsworthy IP settlement, especially since we're getting too old (and busy!) to keep up with pop music. 

Right, the settlor -- Amy Winehouse

Click on the image to be transported to her "official site" where you too can be introduced to her music for the first time if you're similarly generationally impaired.

If you're considering offering an apology as at least part of the "compensation" for a wrong you or your client has been accused of committing, take a look at Stanford University Professor Frederic Luskin's Nine Steps to Forgiveness here.

Contentious Litigation Tactics Can Hurt You: the Social Psychology of Conflict

 (photo left BOOH by Mohammed)

 When we say "contenious tactics can hurt you" we don't mean the kind of "hurt" imposed by Courts when they ever so reluctantly and after years of bad faith litigation behavior impose monetary sanctions on the parties &/or their attorneys.

No, we mean hurt, as in Patently O's recent observation that the Federal Circuit (here) justified the lower court's 29.2% royalty rate as damages based in part on the parties "contentious history."  See Damages:  Contentious History Between Parties Justifies High Royalty RateOUCH!!

ELEMENTARY BUILDING BLOCKS:  WHY WE'RE SO CONTENTIOUS 

As promised, we're going to lay a little social psychology of conflict on you for the next several weeks to help you understand not only how and why we use contentious tactics in litigation, but also how to strategically escalate or de-escalate litigation's contentious nature.      

First, a definition.  Conflict occurs when the parties believe their needs or desires cannot be achieved simultaneously.  (see Law Professor Richard Reuben's great power-point presenation on this topic here). Conflict emerges into a "dispute" when one (or more) of the parties suffer an "injurious event."  (See Conflict Map here).

Remember that active verb "believe."  The perception that the parties cannot simultaneously achieve their needs or desires ain't necessarily so. 

Whenever one person sues another for patent infringement, s/he alleges that the defendant is interfering with her ability to achieve her needs (income) or desires (wealth) based upon what she perceives to be hers.  The defendant, more or less predictably, responds by contending that the plaintiff is interfering with his ability to achieve his needs and desires based upon what he believes to be his. 

One of the ways to resolve the resulting conflict is to use a contentious tactic, which is what litigation is.  For the defendant the "perceived injurious event" that triggers the dispute is the litigation itself.  For the Plaintiff it was something else -- something that often becomes so lost in time to the litigators that only the Plaintiff continues to carry the "injury" with him.

CONTENTIOUS TACTICS for resolving conflict include Ingratiation and Gamesmanship; Shaming, Threats, Promises & Arguments, and,Coercive Commitments or Violence. 

The goal of all these tactics is to induce your opponent to yield to your clients' desires.   

Active litigation is, of course, both a coercive commitment -- "I will pursue you and this lawsuit until . . . trial .. . appeal . . . re-trial (etc.)" and a form of economic violence (imposing legal fees, lost time from productive business activities, potential loss of reputation in the business community or decreased value of actively traded securities, etc. upon your opponent).

So back to the question why litigation is always so contentious. 

IT'S CONTENTIOUS BECAUSE ITS A CONTENTIOUS TACTIC TO BEGIN WITH AND CAN ONLY BE PURSUED CONTENTIOUSLY.  It need not, however, be pursued in such a way that it will inflame your opponent.  Any litigation (as opposed to settlement) strategy or tactic, however, will invariably escalate conflict. 

How and why you might wish to de-escalate the conflict between the parties to litigation for your clients' strategic or tactical advantage tomorrow.

Accountability + Education = Settlement

(photo right i hate da flea by ms. oddgers)

If you don't yet know New Zealand mediator Geoff Sharp's blog Mediator blah blah . . . you're missing an opportunity to see one of the best facilitative negotiation coaches on the planet work what some may call "magic" but is really just drawing out the best in the litigants. 

Today's post on business accountability (Eat Toast in Bed -- Go to Sleep with Crumbs) exemplifies why I vastly prefer to mediate the type of commercial and IP cases I litigated -- the litigants are business people who will choose the pragmatic future over the vengeful past any day of the week.  

Here's an excerpt of Geoff's post.  For the unedited version, click here.

I [recently] ever so gently broached the subject of responsibility. . .

In [a joint venture] case [I asked the litigants] what . . . they [would] factor in for their own decision to partner with someone who was perfectly honest and competent, but just ended up not to be a good fit for them?

The response[ was] were interesting. 

[T]he JV people were, it turned out, angry at themselves for a rare lapse in judgement and happy to learn (and pay for) a lesson that would stand them in good stead for the future.

As they said, a little harshly I felt - 'if you lie down with dogs - you get up with fleas'.

And thanks, as always, Geoff, for reminding me that the well-placed question in a settlement negotiation can do more work than a thousand persuasive arguments.

If you live or work in New Zealand, we here at the IP ADR Blog of course encourage you to hire this man if he can fit you into his busy schedule.

On the Internet, Nobody Knows You're a Dog: Negotiating the Settlement of Your IP Dispute

HOW IT STARTS

"They cheated me," said the C.E.O. of a Fortune 500 company. 

"They stole my invention [or process, design, employees, product, market, or, customers]."

"They copied, knocked off, lied, misled, withheld, and, denied."

This is how the litigation begins.  You can recite it in your sleep because you drafted the complaint, the counter-claim, and, the interrogatories.  You prepared the examination, the cross-examination, and the jury instructions.

HOW IT ESCALATES

With each passing day, their wrongful, outrageous behavior and the injustice done to your client grows. 

Why? 

Because they prove their essential bad character and malicious intent with each litigation thrust and parry.  Your conduct is righteous, avenging, and, pure, while theirs only confirms their bad faith.  They destroy documents, alter evidence, mislead the Judge, and file pleadings at 5 p.m. the day before three-day weekends.

HOW IT COMES INTO THE JUDGE'S SETTLEMENT CHAMBER OR THE MEDIATION CONFERENCE ROOM

Although no one "takes it personally," by the time you bring your clients to a settlement conference or mediation, they cannot bear the sight of one another. 

I have not only been instructed that joint caucuses will not be tolerated, I've been asked to assure that the parties will not lay eyes on one another because the other side's very corporeal existence might so inflame the disputants that the negotiation session will melt down before it has had the chance to begin.

If you are a litigator with at least five or six years of experience representing clients in hotly contested intellectual property litigation of any stripe, you know that I am not exaggerating.

I want you to keep this litigation posture and emotional climate in mind for the next few weeks because all of my posts are going to be based it.

WITH A LITTLE HELP FROM OUR FRIENDS -- ENSURING THE BEST POSSIBLE NEGOTIATION   

In the coming weeks, we will be discussing some concepts in the social psychology of conflict that will help you de-esclate the conflict, which will, in turn, help everyone brainstorm and negotiate a deal as effectively and efficiently as possible.  

Toward that end, we'll talk about cognitive biases, with a little help from our friend Michael Webster, whose Psychology of Compliance and Due Diligence Law Blog was just last week named one of the ten best legal blogs on the internet. 

We'll also rely upon Harvard Business School's Working Knowledge, an invaluable, free resource that will improve every commercial litigator's ability to "cut to the chase" of the business interests that lie at the heart of every great settlement. 

Today's post, for instance, in fact the entire series of posts, was inspired by the HBS Working Knowledge Newsletter article -- Why We Aren't as Ethical as We Think - A Temporal Explanation by Max Bazerman (author of the great new negotiation text Negotiation Genuis) and his colleagues Ann E. Tenbrunsel, Kristina A. Diekmann, and Kimberly A. Wade-Benzoni. 

Other on-line resources we'll be using to explore this topic include:

Beyond Intractability (this link, for instance, is to our friend Ken Cloke's article on Mediators without Borders, which describes several great techniques for de-escalating conflict). 

The Freakonomics Blog, covering, among other things, marketing strategy that often overlaps with negotiation strategy, see e.g. Should Apple Burn its Economics Textbooks here and monetizing the value of spending more time with a loved one here

Brains on Purpose, our friend Stephanie West Allen's Neuroscience and Conflict Resolution Blog, see e.g. this recent article -- Conflict, Is it All In Your Head?, which appears, along with another cool dozen-plus conflict resolution blogs at Mediate.com's "Featured Blogs" page and Geoff Sharp's 40 Sites in 40 Minutes  including Gini Nelson's Engaging Conflicts on such topics as The Ethics of Compromise here and Diane Levin's Online Guide to Mediation on such topics as Is Your Negotiating Style Leaving Value on the Table? here.

Roger Dooley's brilliant Neuromarketing Blog, see e.g. our Negotiation Blog post on Small Talk and the Value of Joint Sessions here.

The Legal Theory Blog, see e.g. Negotiation and Time Perspective.

The Trial Lawyer Resource Center, whenever we need reminding that trial may well be the better alternative to a negotiated resolution, and to avail ourselves of the settlement insights posted there such as Listening During Settlement Negotiations

Malcolm Gladwell's Blog (the Tipping Point and Blink), see, e.g., this post on why journalists failed to detect the Enron debacle.  

The texts on which we usually rely will also be cited to assist you, including 

Professor Leigh Thompson's introductory-intermediate guide to negotiation, The Mind and Heart of the Negotiator (2d ed) -- the first chapter is online here.

Lax & Sebenius' essential 3D Negotiation -- excerpt online here.

Bazerman and Malhotra's newest compilation of negotiation advice, with which to earn your own post-graduate negotiation degree, Negotiation Genius.

The American Bar Association's massive compendium of negotiation strategic and tactical advice, The Negotiator's Fieldbook (online chapters include Analyzing Risk by Jeffrey Senger)

 Every new or existing website can benefit from search engine marketing.     Although many web hosting service providers supply domain registration, internet safety, and general marketing services, they do not locate the dedicated IP addresses you need. Just as  advertising agencies promote their client’s products or services online, search engine marketers facilitate web marketing through link exchange, email marketing, adsense promotion and the like.  An abundance of websites and articles provide internet marketing information. By reading seo reviews you can improve your chances of finding the best company to provide SEO services for your company.

Money, Possessions, Virtual Reality, Knockoffs, Patents, Friends, and the Wages of Conflict Avoidance: A Day with the Sunday New York Times

(right:  1915 New York Times logo from the Project Gutenberg eBook)

It's one of those days when nearly everything in the massive Sunday New York Times seems laser-directed at my interests, which also happen to be those of the IP ADR Blog.  So in case you didn't have my relaxing reading day, here are the good reads from today's NYT.

  1. how and why we deal with money and possessions the way we do (Even in a Virtual World, Stuff Matters);
  2. new ways to value the intangibles driving the post-industrial economy (Re:Framing - When Balance Sheets Collide with the New Economy);
  3. the painful personal results of conflict avoidance (much more about this soon) (How to Avoid, Well, You);
  4. poker strategy and tactics (yes, law/busines/IP is more poker than Clue) (When to Hold 'Em, and When to Go to Poker School);
  5. patent reform (of course) (House Passes Bill to Curb Suits by Patent Owners
  6. wait for a final ruling, negotiate settlement or pursue an at-risk launch -- Teva weighs its options after federal court refuses to enjoin its release of a copycat generic (Wyeth Loses Bout in Fight on a Generic);
  7. a challenge to negotiation orthodoxy raised by San Diego, California real estate "range pricing" to encourge the parties to negotiate in the ZOPA (A Pricing System with Wiggle Room); and, finally,
  8. the history of knockoffs (The Knockoff Won't Be Knocked Off) (more on this later as well).

That's it.  It's one of those rare Sundays when, as a result of our interior painting project and the kindness of neighbors whose new pool was finally ready to be christened, I could read the entire Sunday New York Times.

IP ADR DICTIONARY: B IS FOR BATNA

(photo "or not" by Tal Bright)

O.K., I'm adding B's to the IP ADR Dictionary. First, B was first for Bonobo (coupled with a racy moment of Bonobo physical intimacy).  But really, in any ABC's of negotiation, B must be for BATNA -- the Better Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement.  Lax and Sebenius in their brilliant 3-D Negotiation, call BATNA your "no-deal option."

Whatever you call it, before you knock on the door of any mediation or settlement conference meant to resolve your IP litigation (or pre-litigation dispute) you must know whether the litigation is a better alternative to the range of potential settlement offers that might be presented to you.     

In IP litigation, your BATNA begins with your projection of what the litigation will cost you; what your chances are of prevailing (at trial, on appeal, or on re-trial); and, how much you stand to gain (in dollars, competitive advantage, business opportunities, etc.).  Your opponents' ability to bear the cost is also a critical consideration as well as anticipated changes in the law like the Patent Reform Act recently passed by the House here in the U.S.  The possibility of market changes and alterations of competitors' strategies must also be researched and considered (who, for instance, expected Apple to drop the iPhone's cost by $200 sixty days after its release?)

I have lots and lots and lots to say about your BATNA.  I could, actually, write an entire BOOK on BATNA if someone could find a sexier name for it.  How about Paris Hilton's Sex-Slave BATNA Videotape?  

Today, however, we focus on the expense of patent infringement litigation care of Law.com's Dispute Between Broadcom and Qualcomm Provides Window into World of Big IP Fees, an excerpt of which follows:

If you ever wanted to know how big-name clients negotiate with big-name law firms about work on massive patent lawsuits, Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr has given us all an instructive look.

The Boston-based firm has filed an extensive motion in San Diego federal court detailing its $8.5 million-plus price tag for work on behalf of Broadcom Corp. in a nasty patent dispute with rival Qualcomm Inc.

Some of the highlights include an $850-an-hour rate from the top Boston-based partner assigned to the case, and significantly higher hourlies across the board than another firm charged on the case.

Broadcom did negotiate a significant discount from WilmerHale at one point in the case, and the firm said its rates were fair.

"The rates WilmerHale charges are the same as, or even lower than, the rates it charges to other commercial clients," the motion read. . . .

The motion reveals that Boston-based WilmerHale patent litigator William Lee charged $790 to $850 an hour, hundreds more than local litigators from the San Diego office of McKenna Long & Aldridge. McKenna charged up to $475 per hour for litigation partner Robert Brewer Jr., who manages its San Diego office. WilmerHale associates charged from $275 to $490 an hour.

In the motion and in an interview, the firm said its costs were entirely acceptable.

"We think it's fair and reasonable," said WilmerHale Boston partner John Regan, who, according to the motion, charges $640 an hour. "We think the rates we charge are market rates. Certainly one can't quarrel with the result."

I'm Shocked, Shocked, That Gambling is Going On Here

Anyone shocked by these fees hasn't been practicing in the Southern California legal market for the past ten years.

I too worked on cases in which there was so much money at stake that attorneys' fees of this scale were a drop in the bucket.  You try telling Exxon that the cost of litigation is high.  Its counsel's first response to me was this:  "my client spends hundreds of millions of dollars a year drilling dry holes.  Exxon does not worry about the size of my bills."  

Touche!

You, your opponent and your mediator all know which cases these are.  In these cases, the little lecture about the cost and uncertainty of trial tends to offend the lawyers and clients who do not need schooling in this.

Still, even Exxon might better spend its money drilling for oil than sending its attorneys' children to private schools and Ivy League Universities.  But hey! transferring large sums of money from one player who could afford it to another is how I spent most of my legal practice. 

IP ADR Dictionary: E is for Empathy: Bringing Your Clients in from the Cold

(photo, right, E and F by ednothing)

We were about to move on to "F" is for the Future in the IP ADR Dictionary, having already said that "E" is for Entrepreneurial Integrative Bargaining and, more simply, "E" is for Emotion.

But then we saw yesterday's Lawsagna post Three Kinds of Empathy and couldn't resist applying it to your IP disputes.  

Lawsagna not only defines the three types of empathy (according to Paul Ekman) but also has a bunch of great links on its uses, so please do check it out there. 

The bare bones are:

  1. “Cognitive empathy” is “knowing how the other person feels and what they might be thinking. . . . 
  2. “Emotional empathy” is . . . a state [of] “feel[ing] physically along with the other person, as though their emotions were contagious.”
  3. “Compassionate empathy” [is] understand[ing] a person’s predicament and feel[ing] with them [in a way that] spontaneously move[s you] to help, if needed.”

THIS IS WHY YOU NEED TO BRING THE BUSINESS PEOPLE TOGETHER AT SOME POINT IN THE MEDIATION OR SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATION TO BREAK THE IMPASSE

I have a million stories about the parties more or less spontaneously settling litigation after hours and hours of impasse in shuttle negotiation.  See e.g., Conspiracy Theories and Granfalloons.

Impasse-busting joint caucuses are particularly useful in IP negotiations because the parties are so often in the same business or industry and the lawyers, for all of their industry experience, are not.  

Listen, the clients have so much in common that you don't even need to search for the semi-meaningless-empathy-building-"granfalloon" of shared experience (same nationality, same language, same military service, same college, same hometown,etc.) to get the three empathy principles working in your favor.  Shared experience is in your clients' genetic structure.

I never commence a mediation in joint session because at that stage of the settlement negotiation, all the parties want to talk about is why they're going to win -- not a terrifically useful way to start a productive business negotiation. 

But I never let the parties leave the mediation without putting them together, with or without attorneys and mediator, in a last ditch effort to make a deal.

YEAH, LIKE WHAT, YOU ASK

In one case -- a lawsuit over the design of an Hawaiian shirt -- I was the second mediator to attempt settlement of copyright litigation that had been extremely contentious.  We were moving in such small increments toward a potential settlement (in the nano- and stratospheres) that we were essentially at impasse all day long. 

When I suggested a joint session, counsel said, "why do you think Party A will be able to explain to Party B better than you why he should pay us what we want?"

My response?  You can predict it, I'm certain. 

"These guys negotiate more deals in a day," I said, "than we litigators negotiate in a month or a year.  Let them try to do what they're best at doing."

I then coached both of the parties before their meeting (without counsel or mediator) but I don't think I needed to.  They emerged 20 minutes later with a business deal. 

When I asked how they had accomplished it (they were both smiling and proud of the result), one of them recounted, to the other's evident pleasure, "well, we talked about baseball for a couple of minutes and I said 'how about $X?'  He mentioned his son joining a LIttle League team and I told him my son had just been made Captain of his high school football team.  He responded to my demand by saying, 'I really don't want to pay more than $Y.'  I asked 'how about Q' and we shook hands on the deal."

"We didn't want the lawyers to look bad," he concluded, looking around to see that the attorneys weren't within hearing range, "so we decided to stay in the room and talk a little bit about business before coming back out.  The deal was done in only five minutes."

And this is a common experience, not a rare one-off.

Lesson? 

Trust your clients to have the capacity to empathize with one another's business plight and their skill in cutting a deal that is genuinely best for them.  These guys were seasoned business men in one of the toughest and most aggressive industries in the world.  And yet they emerged from that joint session like little kids who'd just hit a home run. 

Bring your clients and their considerable negotiation skill-set back in from the cold and they will thank you for it by bringing you their buisness the next time their first response is to bomb the bastards back into the stone age.

And with that, we finally leave the letter "E."

IP ADR BLOGGER MICHAEL YOUNG SPEAKS ON EFFECTIVE MEDIATION ADVOCACY

If you're going to the 80th Annual California State Bar Meeting, you'll want to sign up for IP ADR Blogger Michael Young's Presentation on Mediation Advocacy.

If you don't yet know, the Meeting will be in Anaheim this year on September 27-30.  Mr. Young's presentation will take place on Saturday, September 29 between 8:30 a.m. - 10:30 a.m.

Mr. Young's presentation -- Effective Mediation Advocacy, or How To Let The Other Side Have Your Way:  The Prince meets The Art of War -- is one of the must-see seminars of the Annual Meeting.  After all, 95% of your cases are going to settle, many of them during mediation.  Develop "winning" mediation strategies and your clients will be happy, your business robust and your pocket-book full. 

How much better does it get?

But that's not all, Mike will also be speaking at the 4th Annual Conference Film & Television Law to be held on October 11-12, 2007 at the Hyatt Regency Century Plaza, Los Angeles.  

His topic?  

The hot hot hot mediation issue of the day -- Deception and Manipulation in Negotiations with Co-Presenter Ted Russell, Esq., Senior Vice President, Litigation Fox Entertainment Group, Los Angeles.

Nixon Peabody: It's Not Just Fair Use, It's Parody Now

In the extremely unlikely event any IP ADR Blog readers haven't yet heard about the Nixon Peabody Theme Song Brouhaha, go to Blawg Review here (It's Not Just Fair Use . . . ) for the must-see YouTube video posted after NP sent YouTube a DMCA take down notice.

Listen, anyone over 50 could have made this mistake, so we're really sorry, NP, that it came to this.  The internet isn't just a two-dimensional chess game in which you've got to predict the other side's moves, if you mess with the Web 2.0 generation, you're deep into string theory. 

My best advice?  Don't make a YouTube move without checking it out with your first and second year associates first. 

There you go, that alone justifies the $160K first year salaries.

Federal District Court Finds Inventorship Disputes to be Arbitrable

We learn this morning from the National Arbitration Forum that a federal district court in the District of Columbia has held that inventorship claims under 35 U.S.C. § 256 are arbitrable. In particular, the Court held that an arbitrator has the power to require parties to a technology agreement to correct a patent by changing the names of the inventors from those presently designated to those required to be designated in the event of breach.   If the respondents failed to comply, held the court, "the arbitration award could be converted into a court order for correction."  

The case is INVISTA North America, S.a.r.l. v. Rhodia Polyamide Intermediates S.A.S., No. 06-2180, 2007 WL 2230273 (D.D.C. Aug. 6, 2007),

For the full text of NAF's article on this important decision, click here. 

IP ADR BLOGGERS' UPCOMING SPEAKING ENGAGEMENTS

Take it or Leave It?  (cartoon by Charles Fincher at LawComix.com

Don't get caught making unproductive settlement moves, learn from some of the best in the U.K., L.A. and Half Moon Bay in October and November. 

For our U.K. readers, Victoria Pynchon will be speaking on IP ADR in the USA: Big Ideas and Fresh Perspectives on 8 October 2007 at the Hatton Conference Centre in London.  Click here to see the day-long schedule and to sign up for early-bird discounts.  A downloadable .pdf of the conference schedule is in our sidebar to the left.

For our Southern California readers, a full-day seminar on Settlement Techniques that Give You the Winning Edge with IP ADR Bloggers Victoria Pynchon and Les J. Weinstein; Judges Alexander Williams, III (full-time settlement Judge) and Victoria Chaney (Ass't Supervising Judge of the Los Angeles Complex Litigation Court); and neutrals the Hon. John Leo Wagner (Federal Magistrate, Retired) and Jay McCauley, will take place at the Wilshire Grande in downtown Los Angeles on November 13, 2007.  Sign up here.  

If your practice crosses over with employment issues, join us for ALFA International's Labor & Employment Practice Group Seminar entitled "Employer of the Year" or "the Office": Which One Are You? (.pdf of the event brochure) at the Half Moon Bay Ritz-Carlton on October 3-5, 2007.

Once again, Victoria Pynchon will be speaking, this time with Joshua Frank, Senior Legal Counsel to DHL (moderated by James M. Peterson of San Diego's Higgs, Fletcher & Mack, LLP) on the Pro's and Con's of Employment Arbitration.

You'll have to get up early for this one -- it's scheduled from 8:45-10:00 a.m. on October 3 -- but we promise you a lively debate and fresh perspectives on an issue that might make corporate and litigation counsel want to rip those arbitration clauses out of their and their clients' employment agreements. Then again, you might just decide to rewrite those ADR Clauses altogether so that you get the best possible dispute resolution mechanism for your and your clients' work-force.

Either way, the time is ripe for reconsidering and revising the way in which you and your clients handle disputes with their employees.

JOIN US!!

Didn't Anyone Teach YouTube? Never Depose a Comedian - They Are Trained Assassins

This just in from the AP, YouTube has a secret death wish.  See story excerpt and Jerry Seinfeld explaining why you don't give awards to comedians.  Nor do you take their depositions.  They are trained assassins.  

NEW YORK - YouTube wants to question comedians Jon Stewart and Stephen Colbert as part of its defense against claims that it illegally airs Internet snippets of sports and entertainment videos. 

The request, which surfaced Tuesday in court documents, was made last week to the judge presiding over lawsuits brought against YouTube by Viacom International Inc., England's top soccer league — The Football Association Premier League Ltd. — and indie music publisher Bourne Co.

To continue reading, click here.

 

I'd Like to Trademark that Triangle Now: the Urge to Possess Continues to Possess Us

(right:  the triangle, on sale now at the IP ADR Blog)

Aggressive fighting wins human cock-fights and aggressive marketing corners the market in geometric shapes.  

The urge to possess and monetize just about everything continues to possess us.  And we at the IP ADR Blog wonder whether that's a good thing, or even an efficient or profitable one.

If you want your new sport (a brutal human cock-fight)  to grow into the new American pass-time, for instance, does it really make any sense to prevent  others from staging similar fights in an octagonal "ring" just because you used that shape first (or marketed it more fiercely than others)? 

Are we gearing up for a playground revolution with trademarked four-square courts and copyrighted hop scotch squares? 

We don't criticize the legal reasoning of the decision reported by the WSJ Law Blog today -- an opinion penned by our own federal court Judge Dean D. Pregerson -- that the Ultimate Fighting Championship (UFC) could lawfully prevent other promoters from staging similar fights within an octagonal "ring."  

We do, however continue to question what seems to have become an absolutely frenzied mania to take possession of -- and monetize -- just about everything.  

I'd give this entire topic more thought, but need to finish packing for our upcoming Hawaiian vacation -- where no one is trademarking the scent of the ocean or the curve of the white sand beach or the waves that seem to hesitate just a moment before breaking, as if they might decide to pause there for a last cigarette. 

With those images in mind, I give you the the law on geometric shapes as reported by WSJ Law Blog Today:  Octagon -- Trademark of the Ultimate Fighting Championship excerpted here and linked below:

UFC’s owner received a trademark on the octagon-shaped fighting mat back in 1998, and the court ruled UFC established common law rights on the eight-sided fence as well. 

Last year, UFC filed a suit against [a competitor's] company after he refused to pay $2,500 a year for a license to use the octagonal fence and mat. Meacham, 39 years old, claimed octagonal fences and mats are generic to the sport and told the Law Blog that he fought in eight-sided rings long before the creation of the UFC in 1993. 

In last month’s ruling, Judge Dean D. Pregerson in Los Angeles cited the aggressive promotion of the octagon mat and ring in ruling that “there was persuasive evidence that the marketplace associates the UFC with the octagon,” leading to a likelihood “the consuming public” might confuse Meacham’s company with UFC. A jury trial will take place as early as this fall to assess damages.

Meacham . . . says the decision is tantamount to “telling some boxers they can’t box in a four-sided ring.” The court disagreed, saying promoters of mixed martial arts use rings and mats of various shapes and that the sport, unlike baseball and basketball, has no regulation size for its “playing field.”

J. Bennett Clark, an intellectual property partner at Bryan Cave in St. Louis, says the decison “comes close to providing overly broad protection for such a basic geometric shape.” That said, it’s not an outlier. . . .

Click here for the remainder of the article.

International IP and Commercial Neutral Eric Van Ginkel

We're delighted to have as one of our bloggers international IP mediator and arbitrator Eric Van Ginkel.

With a background in both transactional and litigation law practices, Eric has been dealing with complex international corporate and business transactions for more than three decades. 

In addition to his IP practice, Eric has also litigated cases and advised clients concerning co-development deals, mergers and acquisitions, commercial real estate developments, straight and syndicated loans, and license and distribution agreements.

Eric acted as in-house counsel for almost ten years, and in that capacity, supervised the litigation of a substantial number of cases in the member countries of the European Union.

Eric is an arbitrator and mediator for the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC), the American Arbitration Association (AAA), the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (ICDR), the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), the National Arbitration Forum (NAF), the Australian Centre for International Commercial Arbitration (ACICA), and the International Mediation and Arbitration Center (IMAC).

He also serves on the Panels of the United States District Court (Central District of California), the Los Angeles Superior Court and the California Court of Appeal (Second Division).

In addition to his LL.M. in dispute resolution from the Straus Institute, Eric holds Juris Doctor degrees from both the Law Faculty of Leiden University in the Netherlands and Columbia Law School in New York City. Being a Netherlands citizen living in California (having lived both in Europe and the United States), Mr. van Ginkel is sensitive to cross-cultural issues.

Eric is fluent in Dutch, English, French and German, and somewhat proficient in Italian and Spanish.

Art Gallery Musings on Moral Rights from Concurring Opinions

(right:  Signs of Human 4 by Zach Stern)

In his recent Concurring Opinions post Art in an Age of Digital Reproduction, Frank Pasquale takes the time to discuss the pro's and con's of expanded "moral rights" in artwork.  Excerpt below, link above.

 
I recently went to the Art Institute of Chicago to see the Jeff Wall show. I’d seen some of his photographs in the newspaper, but I wasn’t buying the critical praise. .  .  

I’m glad I did. One of his pieces, Dead Troops Talk (a vision after an ambush of a Red Army patrol, near Moqor, Afghanistan, winter 1986), struck me as a Dulce et Decorum Est for our time. The visual monotony of a desert landscape and dull Russian officers’ uniforms is relieved only by gore and improbably animated faces, some laughing profanely, others enigmatically contemplating their fate. The startlingly inventive “Flooded Grave” . . . is set in a drab cemetery and features an open, water-filled tomb filled with a riotously colorful array of sea anemones and urchins. All the work was backlit, achieving a luminosity no printed page (or monitor I've seen) can convey.

Which brought me back to my initial lack of enthusiasm for Wall’s work. Did the newspaper copy mislead me? Would thumbnails on the web have done the same thing? . . . I’m . . .  wondering about the extent to which an artist might want the power to stop inferior copies of his or her work, if only to avoid misimpressions like mine.

On the other hand, I’d never have even gone to the show if I hadn’t seen the reproductions in the New York Times article on Wall. So I'm not sold on the need to, say, expand moral rights so as to permit artists to assure that only those appreciating the "real presence" of the work itself can see any copy of it.

BLOGGING WITH IMAGES FROM THE INTERNET

Because I use so many images to illustrate this blog and the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog, I'm keenly interested in the apparently contradictory interests of making an author's work available to an audience likely to appreciate it and keeping one's hands off another's work without first obtaining permission. 

In my own case, I've found that simply asking permission, giving credit and providing a link to a web site of the artist's choosing generally (99%) results not simply in permission but also in gratitude for the exposure.

Because posting a few thoughts on the blog, along with a vivid image, is such a spontaneous act (at least in my case) there were times in the past when I did not seek permission before posting but only gave credit and linked to the artist's site.  I figured everyone googled themselves occasionally, the artist would see his or her name, take a quick look at the context and object if the use was objectionable, in which case I'd promptly remove it.    

That, as you can imagine, finally led to a dispute, in consequence of which I no longer post any images other than those for which I've received permission, which I firmly believe constitute "fair use" or those with creative commons licenses (like the one above).

The ability to download material already on the internet in just a few seconds makes it difficult for even an IP specialist to resist.   

Nevertheless, I have learned my lesson and hence only link to but do not post a Jeff Wall image here.

The Collaborative and Reciprocal Future: In Praise of LinkedIn for IP Attorneys and Business People

View Victoria Pynchon's profile on LinkedIn

People ask me all the time now "why should I join LinkedIn" because I am always talking about it.      

Here's one reason :  LinkedIn aggregates wisdom, experience, knowledge and study through its Question and Answer function. 

Example:

Greg Barry of the Van Hyst Group (someone in my network) asked the following question of my LinkedIn Network:  

Will the recent Supreme Court decision on patents have a significant impact on technology businesses? How will the competitive landscape change, now that mashups are less protected by patents than before?

Barry was gracious enough to include a link to a summary of the case along with his question here.

More than half a dozen ridiculously highly qualified people in my network provided a thoughtful informed answer (see below).  

Julie Turner :  Experienced Intellectual Property & Business Litigator 

If you look at this whole process from prosecution to litigation, the question that KSR v. Teleflex raises for me is whether a patent applicant should conduct a *more* extensive prior art search and disclose more prior art to the patent examiner as part of his application process, or whether KSR provides a disincentive to doing so.

I imagine one fall-out will be greater deference given to patent examiners who reject a claim on obviousness grounds. Examiners are notorious for making at least an initial rejection. However, prosecution remains, for the most part, an ex parte proceeding. So it may be easier to go up against an examiner, who has limited resources and time, to argue one's way into a patent than to later go up against a team of highly paid lawyers who will scour the earth for every possible piece of prior art tucked into shoe boxes around the world.

So what I think this means is that clever patentees will cite more prior art and receive stronger patents.

As to the impact on Silicon Valley -- patents are still critically important. However, given the S.Ct.'s triad of decisions (eBay, Microsoft v. AT&T, KSR), patentees are in a weaker position in terms of available remedies (and, hence, negotiating power) and are less likely to bring suit on patents of questionable validity (fairly obvious improvements).

This is a *great* thing for technology development and innovation in my book. I agree with Jeffrey that most of the positive value in the electronics/computer world comes from actual innovation and lead-to-market. (In fact, this was a main thesis of my argument, published 10 years ago in the California Law Review.) I think we will see fewer patent "extortions" (marginal patents asserted to get a settlement) and more meritorious patent suits.

Silicon Valley engineers should be celebrating.

Continue Reading...

Integrative Solutions to the Red Cross/J&J Trademark Suit

There are some publicly reported disputes that fairly scream out for comment by a mediator with integrative solutions at the tip of her fingers. 

The Red Cross/Johnson & Johnson trademark dispute reported today by the Wall Street Journal Law Blog is one of them.  

First the facts.  The Red Cross -- which is really a movement comprised of several separate and distinct organizations -- has been engaged in humanitarian work world-wide since 1863 (the Int'l Committee of the Red Cross); 1919 (the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies); and, at various other dates (the 185 National Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies in nearly every country in the world).

The Red Cross on white background was the original protection symbol declared at the 1864 Geneva Convention.  Article 7 of the 1864 Geneva Convention, Chapter VII ("The distinctive emblem").

This is the Johnson & Johnson logo (right).  The first ready-made, ready-to-use surgical dressings were pioneered by J&J in the mid-1880's.  According to its web site, this also marked the birth of the company.

I don't know if J&J used the red cross logo as early as the 1880's, but the Red Cross, which first used it twenty years before J&J was "born" clearly used it first.

OK There are a Lot of Legal Issues Here

I can name those legal issues in three notes, Bob.  But as my friend Richard Millen is fond of saying:  "People (natural and fictitious) don't have legal problems.  Lawyers have legal problems.  People have people [and businesses business) problems."

(My husband (also a lawyer) was just in the room discussing the "legal issues" of ownership with me.  I say, "I'm not writing about ownership.  I have zero interest in ownership and J&J ought to have zero interest in it in this case too," to which he agrees, as he leaves the room still talking about ownership issues.  We can't help it, we're litigators). 

So I'm not even going to begin with a legal analysis (or end with one for that matter).  I'm going to begin (and end) with a strategic business analysis.  Here it is:  IS J&J SO OUT OF ITS FREAKING MIND THAT IT CAN'T NEGOTIATE A RESOLUTION WITH THE RED CROSS WHICH DONATES ALL OF THE PROCEEDS OF SALES USING THE RED CROSS LOGO TO HUMANITARIAN AGENCIES?

I can't resist this top-of-my-head list of potential ways to serve both the Red Cross' fund-raising and J&J's advertising interests at the same time.  

  1. cross-licenses (duh)
  2. a certain percentage of J&J profits go to Red Cross sponsored initiatives
  3. the Red Cross lends its name and logo to certain J&J products in the same way the International Olympic Committee does for products -- you know -- J&J, Official Sponsor of the Red Cross Initiative to Heal Darfur.    
  4. the Red Cross places J&J logos on its own products that meet J&J standards.
  5. the two companies jointly sponsor a rock festival; the half-time show at the Super Bowl; an Olympic event; festivities associated with the World Cup; etc., etc.
  6. J&J donates much needed ambulances carrying both the J&J and the Red Cross logos to war torn areas of the world (I won't suggest that similar ambulances be used at sporting events . . . too grim, even for a band-aid company). 

That's it for free advice.  I invite any and all of my mediator friends who want to spend a couple of brain cells on the issue to leave their integrative solutions here.

In the meantime, see Bad PR Move over at Patent Baristas and the IPKat coverage here.  

The Vanishing IP Trial, Cross-Examination and Legal Strategy

(Thanks as always to the generosity of the fabulous Charles Fincher at LawComix.com for the greatest law cartoons ever!)

And many additional thanks to Mark Partridge over at the Guiding Rights Blog for sharing this thunderbolt with us:  there were sixteen trademark, twenty-three copyright and seventy-one patent cases tried in the entire U.S. Federal System last year (the only place they can be tried for our foreign readers). 

I don't know what percentage of the total cases filed that is, but I can't believe it is more than one percent.

One of the most common questions I get from attorney-students when I teach Deposition Skills for  the National Institute of Trial Advocacy as I did last week-end is this:

"Should we conduct a killer cross-examination during the deposition or save it for trial?" 

My answer? 

You're not going to trial. 

Don't save anything unless it's for a strategic litigation as opposed to trial tactic.  You'll "try" your case, if at all, to a mediator.  Don't save it for me.

In all fairness to IP trial attorneys, I assume that a great percentage of IP litigation now takes place in arbitration.  If anyone knows how many IP cases are arbitrated every year, please feel free to pass that number along.

And thanks for the statistics Mark!

And the Objection Is? It Hurts Our Case? O.K. to Use Wayback Machine to Prove Infringement

(photo:  Lock and Key by Lord Cuauhtli)

I've already seen counsel use the Wayback Machine -- which has archived 85 billion web pages from 1996 to a few months ago -- to show prior art during the mediation of a patent dispute.  

The fact that this excellent means of independent sleuthing might constitute a crime would never have occurred to me.  But that's what creative lawyers are for Jack!  Finding ways to make the other side pay for the unfair advantage of opposing counsel's hard work and creativity. (though it appears the crux of the issue here is "getting lucky" when the Wayback Machine provided screen shots it shouldn't have).

Before proceeding on this topic, I want you to close your eyes for a moment and imagine a different world.  One in which the collective education, creativity, knowledge and experience of the world's litigators could be used collaboratively to . . . . let's say . . . meet the United Nation's Millennium Goals! 

No?  That being the case, here's the new law on using the Wayback Machine to prove your case, whether you prevail by virtue of hard work, good luck or a combination of the two.  

Bottom line -- it's not a crime either to use the Wayback Machine to prove your case nor to reap the benefit of "getting lucky" when it malfunctions.  

Read the opinion here.  Excerpt below:

Healthcare Advocates has not shown that the Harding firm viewed any images that they
were not entitled to see. The facts show that the Harding firm made requests via their web
browsers to the Wayback Machine to view archived web pages, and those requests were filled. 

Kimber Titus testified that she typed the web address she sought into the Wayback Machine, hit the “Take Me Back” button, and a list of screen shots available for viewing was presented. She clicked on the dates individually, and when an image appeared on her computer screen she printed a copy. (Id. at 78.) Ms. Titus testified that sometimes clicking on a date returned the “Robots.txt Query Exclusion” message. 

When this occurred, she clicked on the link that said “search here for all pages,” and was
provided with the list of dates from which she continued searching. No evidence has been
presented showing that the Harding firm did anything to get past the blocking mechanism. The facts show that the Wayback Machine gave Ms. Titus the ability to view archived screen shots of Healthcare Advocates’ website.

No evidence has been presented showing that the Harding firm exceeded that access. The
facts do not show that the Harding firm did anything other than use the Wayback Machine in the manner it was intended to be used. Gideon Lenkey testified that the Harding firm accessed the Internet Archive’s website with only an ordinary web browser, they did not employ any special tools. He wrote that the Harding firm obtained these images because Internet Archive’s servers experienced a condition that made them forget about protective controls.

“On some occasions and for reasons unknown these two servers would determine that robots.txt file did not exist on the HCA site and on those occasions would deliver the protected content.” The Harding firm only viewed the archived screen shots that the Wayback Machine provided.

As the facts do not show that the Harding firm exceeded the access provided, Plaintiff
attempts to convince this Court that determination of this issue must focus on the fact that the Harding firm viewed archived screen shots that the copyright holder did not want them to see. Healthcare Advocates argues that the Harding firm’s access was unauthorized because the images were viewed without its explicit permission. This fact is irrelevant. The statute only penalizes persons who exceed authorization.

The Harding firm was given the power to view the images by the Wayback Machine. While the screen shots may have been returned in error, they were ultimately provided. The Harding firm requested archived images from Internet Archive’s database, and those requests were filled. The Harding firm got lucky, because the servers were
malfunctioning, but getting lucky is not equivalent to exceeding authorized access.

There's a lot more in this case of benefit to litigators -- particularly the cautionary tales about electronic evidence and counsel's obligation to preserve "caches" on their hard drives.

 

"E" is for Emotion: Rationally Negotiating the Settlement of IP Litigation

(photo by Tom Magliery

Today's post is brought to you by the letter "E" for emotion.

First of all -- let's not kid ourselves about lawyers, business executives, managers and inventors.  People have been known to draw guns from their waist-bands, pull knives from their boots, engage in fisticuffs or, key one another's cars in suburban shopping malls when Driver A concludes that Driver B has "stolen" "his" parking place.  People have been murdered for this.

But what of the person asserting dominion over the challenged and coveted parking space?  For how long has he owned it?  Generally?  On a typical sunny Southern California day? 

60 seconds?

Now I want you to think about the anger that I've so often seen erupt in a separate caucus when an attorney ventures, for the first time that day, to suggest that the most recent offer to settle a patent dispute is not bad really, particularly given the -- well -- potential problems with the litigation . . . .

Listen, there's nothing wrong with emotion. 

We're territorial.  And when we've created something out of whole cloth, the sweat of our brow, our own hard-earned dollars, ingenuity, creativity, courage, intellect, and, ambition -- our intellectual property -- we're perfectly well justified in getting a little bit heated when someone says they invented it (or patented it) or used its name or imagineered it first.

Why It's So Important to Acknowledge and "Surf" our Emotions in Negotiating Settlement

As Harvard Professor Daniel L. Shapiro (author of Beyond Reason) explains in his terrific essay Untapped Power:  Emotions in Negotiation (the Negotiator's Fieldbook, Schneider & Honeyman, Eds.), emotions can have the following negative impact on negotiations:

  • suppressing "resentment, anger or other strong emotions can debilitate a negotiator's cognitive and behavioral functioning" by: 
    • causing us to act in ways that do not serve our long-term interests;
    • consuming "important cognitive energy" that might otherwise be available to "process information [and] think about important substantive or process issues;" or, 
    • incline us to stereotype our "adversary" in negative terms that interfere with cooperative attempts to explore benefits that might be available to both, while
  • acting out our anger also has negative consequences such as:
    • communicating to our bargaining partner a degree of hostility that reflects our willingness to go to extremes and unwillingness to soberly reflect upon potential solutions -- conditions that too often lead to premature impasse.

So What's a Justifiably Distressed Negotiator to Do?

Recognizing our anger (rather than denying it) while at the same time choosing to stress the potential for positive fellow-feeling appears to ensure a far more favorable outcome than angry or even aggressive moves at the bargaining table.  

As Shapiro explains:

[N]egotiators in a positive mood achieve more optimally integrative outcomes, use fewer aggressive behaviors and report higher enjoyment of their interaction.  As parties build affiliation with one another and develop fulfilling roles, they become more engaged in their negotiation tasks and experience a state of "flow," a peak motivational experience that is intrinsically and personally rewarding.

The power of positive emotions toward the agreement and toward the other [have the additional benefit of] overrid[ing] the temptation for parties to dishonor their commitments.

Positive emotions also foster cognitive expansion . . . , aid negotiators' attempts to problem-solve creative options to satisfy their interests [and] . . . trigger the release of . . . dopamine, which in turn fosters improved cognitive ability . . . 

[As researcher Barbara Fredrickson has found] certain positive emotions -- including joy, interest, contentment and pride -- all share the ability to broaden attentional, cognitive, and behvioral ability . . . 

[Alice] Isen's research [also] suggests that people experiencing positive affect demonstrate thinking that is flexible, creative, integrative and effcient.  Each of these characteristics is important for an interest-based negotiator, who is trying to brainstorm creative options that satisfy each party's interests.

There you have it.  Not some kum-bay-ya whoo-hoo west coast new age feel-good freak, but a Harvard Professor who has negotiated international business and diplomatic agreements throughout the world reports that acknowledging one's anger, managing it and choosing to use one's positive emotions during any bargaining session will ultimately help us drive the best commercial bargain available.  

"E" is therefore not simply for emotion.  It's also for efficiency, effectiveness and excellence as well.

Protecting the Brand by Talcott J. Franklin

 

We start a new feature today called "Our Readers Write" in which we feature IP practice and strategy books written by people practicing in firms whose attorneys read our blog (we have our ways!)

Today we feature Patton Boggs partner Talcott J. Franklin's book Protecting the Brand: A Concise Guide to Promoting, Maintaining, and Protecting a Company’s Most Valuable Asset (Barricade Books).

As explained by the Patton Boggs Trademark Website, in Protecting the Brand, Mr. Franklin

explains trademark law in a simple and easy-to-understand manner, while illustrating how advertisers, marketing professionals, executives, and entrepreneurs consistently and unknowingly work to destroy the very brands they seek to promote.

Protecting the Brand has been widely praised, including by former United States Patent and Trademark Office Director Q. Todd Dickinson, who referred to it as a “valuable and highly readable treatise.” Similarly, Judge Sydnor Thompson, formerly of the North Carolina Court of Appeals, lauded the work by stating that it “successfully pierces the veil of what for many lawyers and most laymen has heretofore been a virtually impenetrable mystery.”

“Understanding the intricacies of trademark law and being able to present an educated view of this inherently complex area is an achievement in itself,” says Patton Boggs Managing Partner Stuart Pape. “In Protecting the Brand, Tal Franklin not only accomplishes this difficult task, he puts forth a thorough yet succinct guide that is amazingly easy to read no matter what one’s knowledge of the topic, while offering exceptional instruction on how to ensure that your company is fully protecting and utilizing the potential of its brand.”

To read the reviews of Protecting the Brand, please click here. To order Protecting the Brand, please click here.

I haven't read it yet myself but am putting it on a long reading list to follow my trek through the generously meaty new Negotiator's Fieldbook that I recently mentioned here and which landed with a resounding thud on my front doorstep yesterday afternoon.

 

IP ADR Dictionary: "D" is for Deal

In 3-D Negotiation by Lax and Sebenius (listen in your car for eight bucks here) the authors quote former GO Technologies CEO Jerry Kaplan on the working value of the contracts we lawyers draft to memorialize "the deal."

[Lawyers] tend to confuse "the deal," the working understanding between two parties, with "the contract," the written words that attempt to capture that understanding at a point in time.  Words are good for capturing some tings, such as the rules of chess, but not for others, such as how to ride a bicycle.  What makes deals work are not the written words but . . . personal relationships between the individuals charged with making them work.

3-D Negotiation, Chapter Eleven, Negotiate the Spirit of the Deal at 168.

As I'm always saying, the technology companies are "getting" it faster than any other industry in town.  Lax and Sebenius go on to quote Dick Allen, Sun Microsystems' Global Commodity Manager for Memory, who oversaw a billion-plus dollars of purchasers annually.  He too focused his attention on the "ongoing social contract" rather than the precise contractual terms.  When asked for comment, he stressed that

both Sun and our suppliers sign a letter of agreement and put it in a draw.  [I] like[] to keep [my] agreements down to 3 or 4 pages, as opposed to the 30- or 40- page documents the legal staff would prefer in order to cover all contingencies.  The Commodity Team feels that the key to a successful ongoing relationship is based on trust that has been built up over many years, rather than in the words of a legal contract.

. . . Sun shares a lot of technological and strategic information with its suppliers.  This relationship is not based on contracts or monetary exchange during the development phase, but on the common goal of profitably bringing new technology to market.

I have nothing to add.  To wisdom this profound, I simply listen, stay alert for an opportunity to use it in my own business, and then attempt to apply it there.

From Suit to Settlement: Sony & 3M Break Land Speed Record

(photo by Eole)

The fact of settlement by way of license agreements between BIG PATENT is no surprise, but rarely does a suit filed in March of year One (3M Sues Sony on March 8) get settled by July of Year One (3M Settles with Sony on July 30). 

That's four months, folks -- barely enough time for the junior associates to pull the canned patent infringement interrogatories out of the computer and begin tinkering with the details, let alone to negotiate a deal whereby "Sony Corporation and Sony Electronics [become] 'licensed sources of batteries containing 3M's cathode technology.'"  

We don't know how they did it, but we LIKE IT, WE LIKE IT.

Blawg World 2007 and the TechnoLawyer Problem Solution Guide

TechnoLawyer has released TWO-TWO-TWO-EBOOKS IN ONE! (above).

The first EBook, BlawgWorld 2007, contains the best posts chosen by some of the world's top legal bloggers.  Though I won't include my Settle It Now Negotiation Blog as one of the "World's Best," I am honored to appear among such Blawg heavyweights as Gerry Riskin's Amazing Firms Amazing Practices, Laura C. Woods Phosita, Justin Patten's Human Law, Evan Schaeffer's Legal Underground, J. Matthew Buchanan's Promote the Progress, Stephen Albainy-Jenei's Patent Baristas, Arnie Herz's Legal Sanity, J. Craig Williams' May It Please the Court, and John Wallbillich's Wired GC

The second EBook, TechnoLawyer's Problem Solution Guide, is a compendium of common questions and innovative answers to your most daunting legal-technical questions.  

Though I contributed to both E-Books, I'm giving you here one of my favorite negotiation posts, "Rationalizing Numbers," which also appears there.    

I urge you to download this free E-Book and puruse it at your leisure over the course of the following year before all of today's technology gets replaced by tomorrow's . . . at which point another TechnoLawyer/Blawg World EBook will appear on the web.  Isn't that GREAT?

That said, here's one of my favorite negotiation posts.

Rationalizing Numbers

I won $200 at Morongo recently, accompanying my husband to one of his law fi rm’s business development events. I always think gambling (excuse me, gaming) outings are good for lawyers and business people—the litigation risk-taking analogies being so plentiful.

The lesson from this trip, however, was not about sunk costs or risk aversion. It was about my own subjective experience of money.

“Don’t worry,” I was saying to Mr. Thrifty, as I pulled three twenties from my wallet to pay for an afternoon gourmet picnic in Griffi th Park. “I’m paying for it with the casino’s money.”

Thrifty gently reminded me that this was the third time I’d spent my winnings—the fi rst on that spa visit before I hit the gaming fl oor; the second on a few Crate and Barrel essentials we picked up at the outlet stores so conveniently located next to the hotel; and, the third for our picnic in the park.

Actually, by the time we were collecting our food tickets, I’d also “spent” my unexpected windfall on the gift I’d planned to buy for my father’s birthday the following week.

Spending Your Negotiation Dollar Ten Ways from Sunday

The lesson of my little gaming foray? In negotiations, two and two is rarely if ever four. You can place your two dollar bets on winning; fairness; future opportunities; or, investment return. You can lay your chips down on need or equity or equality. You can wager your money (or more importantly, your negotiating partner’s money) on common sense or risk aversion.

You can spend it on respect or conserve it with empathy and understanding. The brilliant part of all of this is that you can spend the same two dollars on each of these things during any negotiation session, doubling your two with every move so that by day’s end it has become six, eight, ten or even one hundred.

When your mediator is engaged in shuttle diplomacy, she is consciously doing that which we all unconsciously do everyday—rationalizing numbers and creating subjective monetary “accounts.” How important are these subjective “accounts” and how infl uential our monetary rationalizations?

Leigh Thompson of the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University tells us in the Mind and Heart of the Negotiator, that monetary accounts are important enough to strongly influence the outcome of a negotiation even if they are meaningless.

 

Continue Reading...

Top Ten Ways to Effectively Manage IP Conflict Resolution

Here's a must read article for anyone involved in or representing a client prosecuting or defending an intellectual property action -- Developing a Coherent Strategy for Managing Intellectual Property Disputes  by Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP located at Point of Law.  In addition to the links (above) I'm providing you with Milbanks Ten Strategic Points and excerpts of the article on those matters critical to the the negotiation of a winning settlement.  

 

First the points:

  1. Develop A Business Strategy 
  2. Choose The Right Location For The Dispute 
  3. Carefully Manage The Issues 
  4. Pursue "Early Exit" Strategies When Appropriate 
  5. Don't Underestimate Your Opponent 
  6. Recognize and Understand Weaknesses In Your Case 
  7. Fully Utilize Internal Resources 
  8. Take Control Of Disbursements 
  9. Carefully Review Billing Statements From Outside Counsel 
  10. Choose The Right Litigation Team

Business Tactics and Early Exit Strategies

As Milbank stresses, 

too often companies get caught up in "winning" the litigation and don"t explore business solutions to the dispute. You should have definite business goals established as early as possible and should revisit those goals often as the case progresses, looking for opportunities to resolve the dispute in a way that achieves the business objectives.

These business considerations should be front and center at all times so that you're able to derive the maximum benefit from the timing of settlement negotiations.  Milbank counsels that 

your legal team should also be looking for opportunities to bring the case to an early favorable conclusion . . . [T]here may be business opportunities to settle a case. For example, the defendant may have IP that could be cross-licensed to the plaintiff or a supplier relationship could be established that benefits both companies. Often IP disputes can be resolved such that both companies benefit, but such opportunities must be uncovered and pursued.

These may seem like obvious points, but we do tend to lose sight of these business concerns as we fight to win the litigation with strategic discovery battles, early summary judgment motions, and the like.

Settlement Team Anyone?

For any litigation with an amount in controversy exceeding five million dollars, we recommend the creation of a settlement team within the firm that is litigating the case.  The settlement team can and should place its entire focus on potential business opportunities that could be synergized with the ebb and flow of litigation sucesses and reverses.

This team should also keep close track of all corporate and/or commercial/financial market events that might weaken one's adversary's appetite for continued pursuit of the dispute.  This enables the client to make strategic timing decisions -- convening a mediation or settlement conference, for example, just after one's opponent has experienced a shake-up in top management or prior to a merger or major acquisition.  Transactional counsel within the firm in which the trial team is working may be best positioned to serve as "settlement" counsel throughout the litigation.

Kaleidoscopes and the Law

previously posted on June 27, 2007 

(photo:  fractal232 by Lynn M)

 I was having lunch with a mediator friend today, talking about litigation's inability to keep up with the speed of technology.

Though we're both mediation converts, we're also both lawyers who worry about the continued public development of the law.

We're not quite ready to toss out the adversarial system bag and baggage.

While we were talking I was recalling that Todd Lewis Mayover in the IP Counsel Blog once compared the law to a kaleidoscope.

"A kaleidoscope," he wrote,

is a tube through which a viewer can see beautiful colors, shapes and patterns of small pieces of glass. The pieces of glass move based on the rotation of the tube, gravity and the rotational forces of Earth, thus causing different patterns, shapes and colors with each slight rotation of the kaleidoscope.

Aside from the Courts, those great rotators of the law's narrow tube, changes in economics, technology, science, society and politics will all play a role in shifting our perception and perspective on what activities ought to be allowed and which prohibited, what injustices should be righted and which left to the great adjustor of the marketplace.

In praising the good of change, Mayover concluded that "[w]ithout a slight rotation our view of the law [would] never change."

"We've just got a lot more options now," I said to my friend, "and more ways of looking at a dispute, additional strategies for tackling the thing. It's a good thing. The one commodity that will never be in short supply is human conflict."

And so we turned the kaleidoscope just a notch to the north for the day.

Collaboration, Corporate Governance and Settlement Negotiations

(photo:  MorgueFile from PhotomimeFeel

Whether they know it or not, litigators are riding the bow wave of the biggest legal paradigm shift since we evolved from trial by ordeal and physical combat to trial by jury and intellectual combat. 

The new paradigm?  It's the same shift that's occuring in business and technology, from competition to collaboration; from rule-bound top-down governance to principled participative and collaborative processes.

Why do we believe that?  Because business has been ahead of the law for quite some time now and Harvard always get there first. 

So we credit this Monday morning insight to the Harvard Business School Working Knowledge Newsletter article "Why Wikipedia Works (or Doesn't)" by Sean Silverthorne about the work of Harvard Professors Andrew McAfee and Karim R. Lakhani.

Why and How Does Wikipedia Work?

According to the work of McAfee and Lakhani, "Wikipedia may look like chaos barely contained," but it's not.

 "When people look at these sorts of phenomenon at Wikipedia, they misread the anarchy," Lakhani says. "All these people, thousands of people, there must be no rules! But there is a very ornate and well-defined structure of participation. One of our big learnings was to actually dive into the structure: What is the structure that enables these guys to produce this great resource?"

One element instilled by founder Wales is an ethic of self-governance and treating others with respect. In many online communities, personal insults fly freely, often fueled by youth and anonymity. Wikipedians, however, do not cotton to personal attacks. "The elbows are sharp on Wikipedia. It's not cuddly. But at the same time, I'm not entitled to call someone a bleep," says McAfee.

Another reason the governance structure works, adds Lakhani, is that it is transparent—everyone's edits can be read and commented upon by anyone else.

But the real basis of Wikipedia governance is a collection of policies and guidelines developed over the years that defines everything from article evaluation standards to the etiquette surrounding debate.

"When I got involved in this Article-for-Deletion process [read more about McAfee's wikipedia experience here] they kept citing chapter and verse the policies and guidelines to me," McAfee says. "It really showed me how much Wikipedians rely on these—they really are the foundations that Wikipedia uses.

"So you've got a very clear set of criteria for telling your fellow Wikipedians, 'Here's my contribution, here's why it's valid and needs to be included,' " McAfee continues. "Now, you can argue about the wordsmithing and the structure of the article, but as far as the core question of what goes into an article, they've got that largely nailed."

The Lesson for IP Litigators?  Collaborative Dispute Resolution Negotiation or Mediation

Web 2.0 continues to pile up the evidence that collaboration beats competition hands down, time after time.  It is anarchy (there's no -- or very little -- hierarchical structure).  But its not unprincipled.

Can we "wikipedia" our way to the resolution of a hotly contested mega-buck patent infringement case? 

Well.  Yes. 

The collaborative structure to do so?

Negotiation and mediation processes, both of which can be played competitively (distributive bargaining) or collaboratively (interest-based or integrative bargaining).  See e.g., the single-issue monetized shuttle no intake lawyer controlled mediationLegally Astute NegotiatingNegotiating Past Impasse; and, the Tip of the Iceberg

More on the application of these principles to the settlement of your IP lawsuit tomorrow.


Another Reason to Settle Patent Litigation: BIOS Code and Sanctions

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

See today's Cal Law report on the "crippling sanctions" against Toshiba entered by an East Texas federal judge in patent litigation with Juniper Networks, Inc. (sorry; subscription required).

Cal Law reported that:

Judge T. John Ward slammed Toshiba for "willfully and intentionally" violating the court's order to produce evidence during discovery in a patent infringement case involving Juniper Networks Inc., [specifically its] critical computer code known as BIOS . . . "

If you're a seasoned litigator, you've been here at least once yourself.  During the deposition, a witness testified that Toshiba's BIOS code was not "unavailable" as represented to the Court, but was in Toshiba's possession and available for production.  

The sanctions? They include:

cutting by half Toshiba's voir dire time, number of juror strikes and opening statement time — as well as limiting by two-thirds the company's closing statement time at trial . . . [and] prohibiting Toshiba from using any expert witnesses who could speak about non-infringement at trial. . . .

The Judge also indicated that he "plans to instruct the jury that the company intentionally withheld evidence."

Extraordinary writ of mandate anyone? 

IP Attorney Martin J. Trupiano Opens New Office

We received the below announcement yesterday from Les Weinstein's and my good friend Martin J. Trupiano, with whom we both worked.  I worked briefly with Marty at the (now departed) Los Angeles office of Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz, and Les worked with him for a much longer time at, successively, Pepper; Graham & James and, finally, Squire, Sanders & Dempsey.

Here's the thing about Marty.  He's not simply a sophisticated, creative, careful and dogged advocate for his IP clients, he's truly one of the nicest people I've ever known.  (Is that libel per se when applied to a litigator?)  Marty's no push-over.  But he is one of the last of a breed -- the gentleman lawyer who relies on depth of knowledge, skill and, yes, cunning, rather than threats and obstruction.

If I needed an IP lawyer, Marty would be the first attorney I would call.  He's particularly dear to my ADR heart because he knows the difference between a legal position and a business opportunity and is always ready to craft a deal rather than to endlessly pursue litigation.

An example of Marty's generosity:  when I asked Marty if he'd co-teach a session of my ADR class at Pepperdine Law School on the resolution of religious issues on the job, he did as much or more work than I do in preparing for the class; met with me for two hours to discuss the issues in detail (an experience that deepened my own understanding immeasurably) and taught the class to rave reviews from my students.  Gratis.  For the love of the subject.

He's one of the good ones.  If anyone's looking for representation, you couldn't do better at any "big firm" than to take advantage of Marty's "big firm" expertise in his new boutique practice.

All of that said, here's Marty's announcement:

MARTIN J. TRUPIANO

is pleased to announce the opening of the

LAW OFFICES OF MARTIN J. TRUPIANO

The firm will represent companies and individuals in business litigation relating to patent, trademark and, copyright infringement, theft of trade secrets, unfair competition, antitrust violations, licensing disputes, breach of contract, and other commercial claims in federal, state and arbitral forums in California and throughout the United States.

Referrals welcome.

16000 Ventura Blvd.
Suite 1000
Encino, CA 91436
Telephone: 818-783-5151
Facsimile: 818-783-8585
Email:
mailto:MTRUPIANAOLAW.COM

Deal Points to Settle IP Litigation

(click on image to order text)

I recently surveyed some of my "linked in" contacts to determine the critical "deal points" IP attorneys should come prepared to a mediation to resolve. 

The few points I mentioned off the top of my head were:  licenses & royalty rates, including fields of use/territorial restrictions and beneficiaries (e.g., current and future affiliates, downstream customers, distributors and sales representatives); potential business synergies; indemnities; identification of IP to be transferred/licensed (e.g., patent applications, know-how, trademarks, copyrights); approvals by affiliates and third parties; assignability and succession; waivers and, dispute resolution regarding performance of the agreement.

Here are the extremely useful responses generously provided by IP attorneys Timothy Fearnside, Paul Jorgensen and Todd Sullivan.

Timothy Fearnside  (Associate General Counsel at Boise State University) suggests the following (after noting that his list comes "from the perspective of University counsel, which is often within the context of sponsored research -- an animal unto itself.")

  1. Perhaps most important, make sure you define both the IP and the ownership issues carefully, i.e., does it include prior research; future or related inventions; any differences between IP developed solely by one party, or jointly?, etc.
  2. When dealing with Universities, publication rights will often prove sticky, i.e, while Universities may be willing to license IP to third parties, they are typically reluctant to surrender publication rights, and/or, the right to use research results for University purposes. You may need to address these types of issues in your agreement.
  3. Exclusivity.
  4. Termination/renewal/revocation, i.e., is there a time frame under which the licensee must patent and/or commercialize the invention? If so (and if the licensee fails to do so within the allowed time), does the license revert back to the licensor? May the licensee extend the license? 
  5. Confidentiality/non-disclosure issues. 
  6. Use of copyrights, trademarks (also IP, of course, but often a separate issue) 
  7. Miscellaneous- warranties (if any), liquidated damages, limitations on damages, jurisdiction, venue, attorney fees.

Thanks Tim!

Paul Jorgensen, owner of the Jorgensen Law Firm PLLC was also generous with his response:

Don't forget term, termination and post-termination obligations. These seem self-evident, but I have seen many agreements fall apart because they forget them. I would also suggest that the parties agree on the level of confidentiality they want about the agreement, the relationship going forward, and materials they may exchange during that relationship. Although not clear from your question, you need quality control provisions if you are licensing.

Paul wisely suggested omitting "potential" business synergies from an agreement as "imprecise" and "prospective."  Wise counsel.  I was, however, suggesting that the parties discuss potential business synergies on their way to a negotiated resolution -- synergies that could be precisely defined after an agreement in principle is reached. 

Thanks Paul!

Finally, Todd Sullivan, Managing Attorney at Hayes Soloway PC, weighed in with the following

I am not sure this business deal would be substantially different from any other IP business deal, so I would take a look at all the 'deal points' of a standard IP agreement.

I would add choice of law and forum. If the license is exclusive, will the licensee have the right to pursue future infringement cases against third parties?

Minimum royalties (which may be required both to continue the license and to satisfy past transgressions).

Other hurdles to reach a deal may include compensation for past acts (and release thereof), willingness to license, and publication of the settlement (IP owners like to show others they successfully enforce their rights).

Finally Paul recommended a book on Patent License Agreements by Brian Brunsvold that I will definitely pick up before my next patent infringement mediation.  

Thanks Paul! and to you all!

Another Reason to Negotiate a Business Deal

From IP Frontline.com we are given yet another reason why it makes sense to take your IP back into your own hands by negotiating a business deal with your legal adversary.

Patent Rendered Invalid through Grammatical Error by Harold Wegner

In Microstrategy, a panel affirmed a summary judgment of invalidity under 35 USC § 112, ¶ 1, keyed to poor English usage. The Court’s conclusion rendered fatal the patentee’s grammatical mistake.

He should have claimed ““the client system transmitting the retrieved information to the at least one web server”, but he instead claimed “the client system using and transmitting the retrieved information to the at least one web server[.]”

As a matter of English grammar, the clause rendered the claim indefinite because it “lacked an object, and there was more than one plausible way to correct the error (i.e., by adding an object or deleting the phrase ‘using and’). [The patentee] contend[ed] this was error, and that the district court should have instead construed ‘the retrieved information’ to be the object of both ‘using’ and ‘transmitting.’”

For the complete article, click here.

ADR and Technology: Conclusion of Jay Taylor Interview

This is the third part of a three-part interview with Jay Taylor, a partner with the Indianapolis, Indiana law firm of Ice Miller. Mr. Taylor's primary practice area is intellectual property law with a focus on patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret litigation and mediation. He also concentrates in business aspects of intellectual property law such as acquisition, sale and licensing of intellectual property assets, and computer hardware and software sale and licensing.

MS. PYNCHON: Do you believe that the speed at which technology is changing these days should make mediation even more attractive to attorneys handling IP disputes?

MR. TAYLOR: I can tell you that the technology most effecting litigation practice today is electronic discovery. The new rules and case law on that topic are going to make discovery even more burdensome than it already is. And I’ve no doubt it will be abused by some attorneys for the sole purpose of forcing the opposition to capitulate.

Moreover, as technology advances, the costs required for experts to explain the technology in terms the court and jury can understand increases exponentially.

However, it is true that advances in the client’s patented technology often has an impact on the parties’ desire to settle a lengthy case. Many years ago, I was involved in a case involving a patent on controlling pattern stitching on sewing machines. While the case was pending, the technology advanced to the point where the patented technology was obsolete. The new technology was vastly superior and the old patent was worthless. The case settled quickly and reasonably because the whole market changed. This is going to be even more evident in the future as old technology is replaced more rapidly with new technology.

We will always, however, have the trolls with us, who attempt to reinterpret old patents to cover the new technology. Still, in many fields, the valuable life a patent is more limited today than it used to be by virtue of technology’s volatility.

MS. PYNCHON: Do IP disputes have other characteristics that make them uniquely appropriate for mediation?

MR. TAYLOR: I think the primary reasons IP cases and particularly patent cases are particularly good candidates for mediation is the cost of the litigation and the unpredictability of the results. The law itself is always in a constant state of flux. But with the Supreme Court overruling the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit on a regular basis in several very significant areas, that flux has increased to the point that very little is certain.

A patent case that may have looked very good several years ago, may now look less appealing because the standards for obviousness have been lowered, or the likelihood of an injunction reduced, or the likelihood of a willful infringement determination due to the failure to product an attorney opinion undermined.

Trademark disputes raise a whole set of other issues. Most often, the goal is an injunction to prohibit continued use of the infringing mark. Damages are usually less of a concern, so money alone is not going to get the matter resolved. Here, creative settlements are a premium and often the only way a trademark dispute can be resolved.

I once had a trademark case where the two clients reached a business settlement in the courthouse hallway as I was picking a jury. That is a case where mediation would probably have produced a comparable settlement much earlier and at much less expense to both sides, but neither the court nor the parties pursued mediation. At that time, mediation was not as widely recognized and practiced as it is today. Today, knowing what I now know, I would push such cases harder toward mediation.

MS. PYNCHON: Are you seeing a marked increase in mediation in your practice.

MR. TAYLOR: Oh, yes. Quite a bit. I am seeing more and more attorneys recognizing the benefits of mediation and counseling their clients to agree to it. Some courts are also beginning to recognize the benefits of mediation and pushing for and implementing rules for court ordered mediation. The Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit has implemented a mediation program for all cases appealed to that court. Personally, I think that by the time a case gets to appeal, it is too late to mediate. Only time will tell if the program works.

MS PYNCHON: Thank you so much for sharing your experience and insights with us. It’s been very illuminating and education for me. Do you have any parting thoughts?

MR. TAYLOR: Yes, the mantra for the modern businessman should be "mediate, don't litigate." Litigation is costly, time consuming and disruptive for a business. Businessmen want as few uncertainties in their business as possible, and the result of litigation, by its very nature, is totally uncertain. Mediation, on the other hand, provides both sides with an opportunity to resolve a dispute on terms that are mutually acceptable at a cost far less than litigation. If the dispute is one that can possibly be settled, every attempt should be made to do so as early as possible through negotiation, and if that fails, through mediation.


More Expertise from LinkedIn: Maximising the Value of Your IP

Julie Turner of the Turner Law Firm has platinum educational and law firm IP experience.  In the LinkedIn Q & A section, she responds to Supriya Sun's  inquiry about the available "techniques and approaches for assessing (and extracting maximum value from) an owned patent portfolio" as follows:  

 

There are a number of ways to value IP, from the "Monte Carlo Method" (really a combination of other ways), to assessing the prices and availabilities of alternatives, to looking at royalty rates in an industry and for what type of IP, to determining whether to license separately or as a portfolio.

There is an outstanding article on this topic at WIPO: Really goes through it very nicely and it's freely available.

One of the best IP valuators and writers on this subject is Richard Razgaitis. His qualifications are unparalleled for this kind of thing. He wrote a book called "Valuation and Pricing of Technology-Based Intellectual Property" that I highly recommend.

Another source if you are near a good library is the journal, Les Nouvelles. This is the journal of the Licensing Executives Society, a fabulous journal all about licensing and IP valuation.

Negotiating License Agreements

(PHOTO BY Jason Matthews)

I am slowly coming to understand the power of LinkedIn, recommended to me by my favorite marketing guru (not just my web log guru) Kevin O'Keefe at LexBlog.

LinkedIn not only connects you with your market's markets, it also provides some pretty high level advice.  Here, I reprint an answer to the question:  What's the Best Way to Handle Licensing.  The question was asked by a "third degree" contact of mine -- systems architect Paul Robichaux.  

The question was answered by several LinkedIn experts.  This answer in the international marketplace was provided by Legal & IPR Counsel at TNO ICT Folkert J.M. Teernstra:

The aim of any licensing model is to extract the added value created during research and development. In an ideal world, you would aim for the maximum value. However, this is not always possible. In case of ongoing development you might have a need for instant cash. This can be accomplished by either licensing against a lumpsum or by an arrangement that allows for advance payments of future revenues. This is often called "frontloading". It goes without saying that this is usually not the best way to maximize returns.

If you have no "frontloading" requirements, a better way to maximise returns would be to charge for a combination of a one-off fee for access to background knowledge and turnover-dependent per item payments (royalties). In this arrangement, the licensee is usually free (within certain limits !) to set their own selling price. This is a preferred model where the licensee has better insight in a specific market than the licensor. However, make sure you ask for minimum annual license fees !

As to technology valuation, there are three classic approaches: cost based, market based and income based. The overall license fee paid by the licensee should be a reasonable percentage of the true market value. If you overcharge, the market will probably not buy your licensees product..There is a rule of thumb called the "25% rule".

As an alternative you could also consider a distribution or OEM or white label agreement with a reseller. In this case an IPR license would not be required.

Once you have determined the value of your technology and the appropriate licensing model, have a license contract drafted by an experienced licensing professional or a lawyer with experience in this field. Especially in case of cross border licenses there are numerous possible complications, eg in some jurisdictions you are not allowed to charge for expired patents, in others your licensee might be required to pay a witholding tax (to be deducted from YOUR license fee..) or you license arrangement might be held to be anti-competitive.

Be also VERY aware of the risks involved in granting a patent indemnification to your licensee. This is best avoided altogether.

There are many pitfalls in technology licensing. If substantial amounts of money are involved in your technology product, hire a professional !

Mr. Ternstra cautions, of course, that

THIS IS NOT A PROFESSIONAL LEGAL ADVISE AND MAY NOT BE CONSTRUED AS SUCH. I TAKE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ACTS OR OMISSIONS THAT MIGHT RESULT FROM THE TEXT ABOVE.

Welcome to the IP ADR Blog

Why an IP ADR Blog?

We litigators are trained to organize party interests around legal theories. Our clients, however, organize their thinking around their business interests, which often involve potential synergies with the competition.

Whether you're negotiating the settlement of your IP case or striving to obtain a more efficient arbitral resolution, it's helpful to have a "coach" or neutral who is as attuned to potential business solutions to legal problems and s/he is to the legal strategies already being pursued.

That's why we're joining the high-level conversation about IP commercial, regulatory, legal and technical issues already underway in the IP blogs we've listed in our sidebar.

Collaboration and reciprocity are the by-words of the blogosphere and the key to the settlement -- or the effective management -- of complex IP litigation.

We're looking forward to learning from those already at the table and hopeful that we'll be able to add value for everyone who preceded us here, be they transactional or trial attorneys, General Counsel or the executives they serve.

We're here to listen and to connect. 

Whether you were first introduced to us by our (old) blogger site or are finding us for the first time here, please pause to leave us a comment, letting us know who you are and how we might best serve you.

Mediating IP Disputes: Interview with Jay Gordon Taylor

Mr. Taylor is a partner with the Indianapolis, Indiana law firm of Ice Miller. His primary practice area is intellectual property law with a focus on patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret litigation and mediation. He also concentrates in business aspects of intellectual property law such as acquisition, sale and licensing of intellectual property assets, and computer hardware and software sale and licensing.

Mediators and litigators don't talk to one another nearly often enough.  We've therefore recently begun to interview IP litigators to increase our understanding of one another's interests, needs, desires and concerns.

Jay Gordon Taylor is the classic L.A. hyphenate -- in his case, the hyphen connects litigator and mediator.  Jay continues to represent his own clients while at the same time helping other lawyers find the best resolutions available for theirs.  Though a hyphenate, Mr. Taylor does not live and work here in L[hyphen]A but in in Indianapolis, Indiana.  We have, by the way, already published the first part of this interview here.  

We're pleased and honored to have Mr. Taylor join us for our first day "live" on our new site. 

Thanks Jay! 

MS. PYNCHON: Mediators are always talking about the way in which mediation reduces expense, creates greater opportunities to craft one’s own “remedy,” and (of course) avoids the risks and burdens of litigation. Assuming litigation/trial could deliver a relatively quick and efficient means to resolve the matter, would mediation still be a better alternative. 

MR. TAYLOR: Often the goal of patent litigation is to force a competitor out of the market. If that is the goal, mediation is probably fruitless. I had a case, years ago, where the settlement demands by the other side were very simple -- agree that you are infringing, pay us everything we think we are entitled to -- including our attorney's fees -- and stop selling the allegedly infringing product. Their demands never changed. 

Needless to say, the case did not settle, even though my client would have been willing to pay a reasonable royalty by way of compromise. After a very lengthy, costly trial and appeal, plaintiff's six patents were held either invalid or non-enforceable. Thus, by being unreasonable, they deprived themselves of a substantial royalty stream.

MS. PYNCHON: Do you believe that a mediator with industry knowledge and experience representing clients in patent litigation could have made a difference in that case? I recently mediated a patent infringement case with a similar motive on Plaintiff’s part. Nevertheless, we were able to craft a business deal that capitalized on the defendant’s international marketing network. This was an opportunity that wouldn’t have been available to Plaintiff by way of trial and I believe the settlement provided the Plaintiff with more value than winning the litigation would have.

MR. TAYLOR: It is possible that mediation might have been beneficial. I could never determine if the client was driving this hard settlement position or whether the lawyers were not properly advising the client on the merits of the case. It is possible the mediation might have produced a settlement in that case if the settlement position was the result of bad advice. However, if the client's sole goal was to get my client out of the market, I doubt that mediation would have been successful.

EXPLORING COMMERCIAL INTERESTS

MS. PYNCHON: I often find that the attorneys representing their IP clients haven’t fully explored all of the commercial interests that are driving the dispute, or at least not all of the business opportunities of which the client is aware. Have you found that in your practice as an advocate or as a mediator?

MR. TAYLOR: I think it is unusual that the client does not communicate its goals to the attorney. I have found it far more likely that the attorney does not candidly inform the client of the merits of the case and the risks of loss. Sometimes I've believed that the attorney has torpedoed a settlement for personal reasons, either ego or money. I have observed the philosophy by some litigators that it is always in the best interest of the client to litigate through trial. In reality, of course, it is rarely in the interests of the client to go to trial, particularly where there is an acceptable settlement that makes business sense. It is always more lucrative for the attorney to try the case, and unfortunately, some of our brethren overlook or push the ethical envelope in advising clients regarding settlement.

MS. PYNCHON: I have heard many mediators and settlement Judges express that opinion and it may be true. But my experience has been that an attorney is always eager to settle a case if s/he believes the settlement will truly make the client happier than continued litigation.

MR. TAYLOR: Well, that should be the goal of every attorney, but none of us knows what is truly motivating the other side. There is, however, another factor that enters into IP cases that is not reflected in the general commercial litigation case.

THE PERILS OF AN ENGINEERING OR SCIENTIFIC MIND-SET

Many IP attorneys simply do not understand the reasons for settlement or how to best settle a case. Often, IP attorneys are engineers or scientists whose undergraduate training has not prepared them to fully understand the nuances of the legal issues being litigated. I’ve found that some engineers and scientists who are also attorneys continue to view the world in black and white terms and to ignore the grey. They have reviewed the case and arrived at their conclusions. Because they are convinced that they are right, they often refuse to see any basis to settle a patent infringement case on any terms other than their own. This failure – maybe this inability -- to recognize the potential that the other side might also be “right,” often prevents settlement.

EVALUATIVE AND FACILITATIVE SOLUTIONS

This is an instance where evaluative mediation by an IP specialist mediator can be very helpful. The client gets an opportunity to see and appreciate both sides of the case and to appreciate the risks involved. I once had a client that would not accept my candid advice and counseling regarding the merits of the case and the desirability of settlement until he heard the other side's presentation during mediation. Somehow, hearing it from the other side made more of an impact than hearing it from me.

MS. PYNCHON: I know. I’ve often had counsel pull me aside and say, “listen, when I tell my client his case has holes, he thinks I’m being disloyal. I need you to do it.” I also often find that the attorney sometimes cannot bring himself to deliver the bad news to his client in the way his client can hear it. The case, of course, doesn’t necessarily get better over time but the client often continues to believe it’s as pure and pristine as the day he first brought it to his attorney. Helping the attorney save face is something I see as a pretty common part of my job as a mediator.

MR. TAYLOR: Yes, I’ve experienced that as well. And as you suggest, one of the greatest benefits of mediation is the opportunity for the parties to examine the business issues as opposed to the legal issues. The lawyers get too bogged down in the legal issues and fail to recognize that litigation is and should be merely a business tool for the client.

All clients should be advised up front that litigation must be approached in the same manner as every other business decision -- what are the goals or benefits, what are the risks and what are the costs. The same benefit, cost, risk analysis should be done whether it is a decision to enter a market, produce a new product or bring a law suit. If the business goals or benefits can be achieved by settlement as opposed to trial, there is no reason to go to trial.

Stay tuned for the conclusion of the Jay Taylor interview tomorrow!

U.S. Supreme Court Takes Up Expanded Judicial Review

 
As you may recall, a few days ago I posted a piece about the arbitration of disputes involving foreign patents. I suggested that in some cases the parties might want to agree to a procedure that includes appellate review by a tribunal of three arbitrators on limited grounds. 
 
One of my reasons for recommending appellate review by an arbitral panel rather than the district court is the Ninth Circuit's opinion that an agreement to appeal an arbitral award to the district court would constitute an unlawful extension of the judicial review permitted under the vacatur grounds of the FAA. Kyocera Corp. v. Prudential-Bache Trade Servs., Inc. (9th Cir. 2003) (en banc) 341 F.3d 987, 1000. 
 
The Circuits are divided about this issue, with the Ninth and Tenth Circuit clearly ruling against appellate review and the Seventh and Eighth Circuits agreeing with the Ninth and Tenth, albeit in dicta. On the other hand, the Fourth and Fifth Circuits, as well as lower courts in the First and Second Circuits favor contractual provisions enabling arbitral appeal. On May 29, 2007, the Supreme Court granted certiorari to decide the issue whether parties can validly enter into an agreement that provides for the possibility of appellate review of an arbitral award by the district court having jurisdiction over the parties. Hall Street Associates, LLC v. Mattel, Inc., --- S.Ct. ----, 2007 WL 142533 (U.S.), 75 USLW 3633, 75 USLW 3636, 75 USLW 3398; see the Ninth Circuit Hall Street Associates Memorandum Opinion here. 

Appeal of Arbitration Awards Should Be Permissible 

Back in 2003 and 2004, I wrote extensively about this subject, contending that such an agreement is clearly legal and that courts and scholars alike ought to be capable of distinguishing between vacatur on the one hand and appeal on the other. See “Reframing The Dilemma of Contractually Expanded Judicial Review: Arbitral Appeal vs. Vacatur, 3 Pepp. Disp. Res. J. 157 - 220 (2003)” ; and ‘Expanded’ Judicial Review Revisited: Kyocera Overturns LaPine, 4 Pepp. Disp. Res. J. 47 - 60 (2004)
 

 

The English Arbitration Act of 1996 clearly distinguishes between the two: Section 68 deals with vacatur and enumerates the grounds for annulment of the award. It is mandatory and the parties cannot modify or exclude it. On the other hand, Section 69 deals with limited appeal from an award, and describes the conditions and grounds upon which a party can seek leave from the court to appeal the award. It is not mandatory, and the parties can agree to exclude it in their arbitration agreement. 
 

 

The Supreme Court should take this opportunity to end the confusion between vacatur and appellate review, and favor the strong public policy of enforcing the arbitration agreement over the flawed arguments that grounds for judicial review cannot be expanded beyond the vacatur grounds of Section 10(a) FAA.

 

Tit for Tat: The Google-eBay Pillow Fight

 (photo by Steve McFarland)

In its recent article Google-eBay Kiss and Make Up after Ad Spat AP reported that eBay resumed running its Google ads after pulling them in apparent retaliation for Google's plan "to siphon attention from eBay’s annual user celebration in Boston."

As the AP explained:

In the past week, eBay — one of the biggest buyers using Google’s AdWords marketing program — increased advertising on Google rivals, including Yahoo Inc. . . . EBay executives have insisted that pulling ads off Google was in the works for months, but the move came just as Google was planning “Let Freedom Ring” — a reference to the fact that San Jose-based eBay, which owns transaction service PayPal, does not allow rival Google Checkout as a payment method.

(for the economic details on the collaboration and competition between these two internet giants, see Search Engine Land's post eBay Ads Still Off Google).

Tit for Tat in Managing Conflict Between Commercial Competitors

 

The Google-eBay spat provides us with the necessary material to keep our earlier promise to explore the childhood game of tit-for-tat in commercial negotiations.  As background, I'm providing an excellent summary of the development of the strategic theory of tit-for-tat (The Story of Tit-for-Tat) written for "lay" readers by Chris Meredith who was a PhD student at the Australian Neuromuscular Research Institute at the time of its writing.  Chris discusses the evolutionary biology of reciprocal altruism that we've discussed on our negotiation blog several times before. I'm skipping the interesting story of tit-for-tat that you can read by clicking on Chris' article above and moving straight to the "rules."

To effectively respond to competitive negotiation tactics and encourage cooperative bargaining, we are advised:

1. never be the first to make a competitive move

2. retaliate only after your bargaining partner has responded to a cooperative gesture with a competitive one.

3. be prepared to forgive after carrying out just one act of retaliation

4. adopt this strategy only if the probability of meeting the same player again exceeds 2/3 (remembering that it is a long life and a small world).

Continue Reading...

Dismiss Copyright Infringement Action When You Agree to Arbitrate

(photo by Bansky)

by Eric Van Ginkel

If you and opposing counsel enter into a post-dispute arbitration agreement that involves a copyright infringement issue, be sure to dismiss the action that was pending in the US district court. If not, chances are you will be held liable for the winning party’s legal fees incurred in post-award proceedings under 17 USC § 505.

That is the lesson I draw from the decision of the US District Court for the Northern District of California in Brayton Purcell LLP v. Recordon & Recordon, --- F.Supp.2d ---, 2007 WL 1462365 (N.D. Cal., May 18, 2007) (currently available only on Westlaw).

What happened?

The law firm Brayton Purcell, headquartered in Novato, California (near San Francisco), discovered that the website of San Diego-based Recordon & Recordon had materials on elder abuse that looked a lot like Brayton Purcell’s page on that subject. Recordon brought the web designer, Apptomix, into the lawsuit, which argued that it had developed that page based on independent research.

The three parties decided to submit the dispute to binding arbitration. In May 2006, the arbitrator found in favor of Brayton Purcell, and the two defendants sought to vacate the award. The district court denied the motions to vacate and confirmed the award. Then Brayton Purcell filed a motion for post-arbitration fees and costs.

The Court’s Holding

The court found that Section 505 of the Copyright Act applied to this case.  

As this case was not dismissed by the parties when they agreed to submit the dispute to arbitration, this case remains a “civil action under this title” within the literal meaning of § 505. In this regard, cases cited by Recordon denying post-arbitration fees are inapposite. They do not involve a continuation of a court case in which interim arbitration has taken place, but rather the initiation of an independent lawsuit seeking confirmation of an arbitration award.

In other words, [t]he analysis might be different had the parties in the case at bar stipulated to a dismissal of the case as part of their agreement to submit to binding arbitration. There would no longer have been a “civil action” under the Copyright Act pending before the Court, and any new court filing seeking to confirm the arbitration award arguably would not be a “civil action” under the Copyright Act.

Rather, federal jurisdiction for such a suit would have to have been independently established, e.g., diversity. To be absolutely clear on the matter, the court stressed that in agreeing to binding arbitration, the parties could have stipulated that fees would be awarded only in arbitration, and not for any post-arbitration proceedings.

Continue Reading...